r v> »-«a 
123 \ 

AX53 







































































































































A* <f> 



% 




© K 

* ' v '^p V |> ^ -V a 

v s a % vi r 

<1 ^ 1 fl * ^b ,0' c ° 

A A . -/ O 0 » 



r 



«.X V 

o<y 





•*<> *, 

< A 

*<% aV' ,s 

a b ** 


\ 


0 © 



* aO 


0 


\ 


«J rft >■ 

t> <* 

/*• C y^O 

^ ^|1 

> Q 

* % A* * 

° V 

: f v * 

* •* '% °«■ e 

< * — s' A ^ y <>* A 

«•““*.% ,/ v*\7.*, °o 

^ A- ^ ' S 7\ •< 

* *■ 


C' x 


, v*** 0 " A , 

; *t O V A* 0 /■ 

* - 

. A ^ • 



A y ^ °wli 

S * ** ^ 

» * * s .A . , 8 %> ' 0 * 

A V* * ^ o- 

<► ■ a ■*• WxTfe, s, ° 

s a\ N &(f //yl2~, * 

*a y - 

* r * 

J5- 


V \0 J '°, * , N o 5 

^ s 4 ’“ % N \> i* *"/' 







\ 00 ^ 




* A 
\ A >’ 

* *i i * A° 


o 



=» <* A 

A A 

■“A 

0 M C , V, 

r\ V k. R <5^ 

0° y -r^ - ' - > 



v/> 

v^w> r> %*'» 

> aAs^Y> C‘ ” V v <- v ° 






a A> 



V 


0 o 


& * 



.9%oA> 0 ’ R 

/V ° << ca 

^40 A v ° 

/y h £■ , / v. ,-/7i j;V\\\ v 

nK: • / ^ \ >' <f> k 'A'^'WX^ «® A C. ^ 

[;pA O .VV' © Y//>A \W . <L ^ 

*»,♦, ^ “.W,* A 

, A A y / 

* S t \\ _ V l ft A V" 

V ZMffig? * 
mft a 

*y t 

>» 

•^V’"*’ V^’t' * «/ 



^ aV 

^ |, nt* ti. 0 

> ' *A S 

r ' A * 

° A v> ° 

Z - z 

« A ^ ° -u , 



SB C. P> 

vf* « 

„ ^ ay v> 

% °> 0 

-C, 0 N : sS«® ' 


J> <t 



0 e 




V 


,J o o V 



x 00 ^ 


d \ \ 


V* A 

,. s ^0 J 





s * < >^yv** ■/:< -r ■ •/%' Av" ■ * V 

^ a^/T/7^-> * & A>0\\\^ vr .A N tfpfil///!?-> * 

^ ® /sv ^sa«y£.7* ^ V «. 

«■ 



r> w 
t/> ,^v 


i 






y' 



-o a\ 

^ V s ; 



y 





V / ^ '» 

^. ■ > ,o-' -£> 'ir "■ y N y ^ 1 

* «/• > * 1 ' s' * * r* % J H \>A° /• y> 


... 

c. o, '.‘^*'V' "''yV' 1 '* 

< Aov-u^ ^ ^ ^fi!//y^ * 

o 

<, UN ^?fj 41 

x0< ^’ ‘ -- . v (V 

- ;%■ ♦—* y; v.„ ^.V. > *-X‘ ' * 

X V (0 ’ 5 * 41 - ^ A, - ^ ^ 

.; jSk< 

^ ^ ^ ° A ° ^ 

y - y> < 

o-^ yy \A vl „ ^ y °*^ a° 0 Nc yy'*< 

r < W y llJP °o o° / ■ ^ 

- o0 x 




j? t 







\ 



* <V> A‘ 

r x/> 



.A A 0 

v _v v «v 

y 

- ^ A - 

° y A ° 

s rp •> 



\ 


0 < 



t * 3 N 0 \' 

^ % V 
- %, > 


«). •< a o f 

s> 41 



V 1 8 


I « 


,'°/. *». k o ’ y x 
'/ c> v «. ^ * 0 /• 


A \ v ^ w „ s . 
6 ,'y-‘ /- . s 




</> \ 

% y ®*^ A , <u 

" ^ g 0 ’ /l;y v 


» C. /i 

^ . Cj^ ^ 

s V s v* v * * * ?*b! 0 4 x " o^c ° n c y<S* ^ 4 ' A * x \ . 

^ '^.,X . ooi .'A'. % 

, , « , A * - 0 H 0 ° \^ b. " a ° s a°° s 

^ v9 , ^ ^ >V V a ^ ^ 0 /■ X* ,o y s s 

v. «e $* ♦. . atv v A • - <?. , <•• . A> ^ 

\ ^ * <v. aV O’ <^. 


^ V 

o o x 


• / 
* V 





v 


7 





° * /t» N c * %**“ sS 1 • « 

C> ^ c^sSXv * 'r' .A x v '/ O 

y. ^ A. <v\' ^ A ? grtV/vyy + 


_ <\* </> ^ 37 a v' ■*. 

© aVA' </> o U/f y< \\v ^ >. 

y ^ V ARA* ./ ^ 



o « Jk 



R v 


vx* c, - 
V V 


A # ** 
v 'A <- 



Ac> 

,\ ^<> 



^ * 

y c °«* < ■%/' ■ *' s y «> 1 * * y ° *' 4 o 4U < “ ^ ‘«"H*" 

-a © ^ ^ "K : x A o ^ ^ 

■Cx ^ 


vi <r 


. > •■ y ,.'"vV'"*’v' 

° ^ V ° 




o 0 

o A ^ « 


A 


\ 


0 c 


« o 



° 0 

** y c b-. ^ 

* A" Rr ^ ~^6p4S* n ' ^ A C* y " ' N ^V r c a^ cR ' b- '^^'' ^ y *) 

» r • "/ R * * ‘ ' " yA S A* r ''% * ■’ ^° N > V ^ v * 0 y. ■ * 0 1 ' " o> A ** 
A J* . «, . a» >XsIfttevV #L . . tf .^.JBL*L - A^ r A 


v <y * 

S A AT) y 

ft ^ <\ . j n ^ 

yy , * v 8 * *o 

j u y ^ o 




g°* yzz*i*+ 

<*. 



V 

-> ° 

R/ v 

^ A A ,A * 

ft ft ^ .\ \ i a * o & y 

y ^ / c9 ^ 


f 

\ v ^ j y*' y0 v 

// O v ^ ^ ^ 4 S s 

'* % d> .Wa' <5i. 4’^' * 

a\A V AW y^^s. //>) © y V^ > CJ 

aS‘ ,/> z Y///VK«V\\V * 

« A ^ ^ WmW * 

-a v ' ✓ \ . ^ ^tv ^ 'S’ -i o v ~ x 

o N fAf ^ * S S A x « V I e ^ '’W y 0 41 * * rip 0 N c ^ 7 ' 

^ >\ X «. 41 * O A V C 







^ ^ ,x / / / i/'z&y *v 

ft o r rP i ^'tpP r * y: ' <“> 

, ^ * o H o •> W v , 5 »' y°' -w 

^ cv \> ^y *«/■ > “ 1 y> 

s 'P^ ^ <s s . -v A * n J 


^ ,R 


\ 


v k 
















































































sV 




./> ^ V V 1 * -a/ y* 

^ A oV 

^ y 0 * x * ^.0 

'*^- °o c. 0 ’. 1 ”"' 

- ,j oo^ : 

«. V 


_ - \ V <J> ( 

xW </> O 

* *$> ^ ^ 


* ft 


\ v 


U * K <k Vi 

,0’ c 0 c « 

W- ^ v* 





ft 

A 

0 

y X ft v 1 

1 fi ^ ^0 

\ 

V _ /> 

'3 

V Cjfc’fl' 

f//i 2_ ^ 


17 J> 


o' 


O v 


,0 c> 

\ yf> 


* v> N u \ V V. 

X* V %' * 0 !■ ' 

.-a * <i> A 1 * ‘ 

► * 

•&* v kWii * A x ' V* v> '^ , * 

+ x,. ^ 

", ^ v* : 



° o5 ^ " 

.... _, > * 

"c>. A , -■>* a5-‘ ^P> ’' >,^ \P \0' * 

N v> * < * 0 / > 9 1 A s' * *> ^C- 

- - - % & ^ \ ^ 
= o 

- Av - 


4 -y, >* 

^ A , 


■V 


'-?/ y o „ .>. ■*■ jU N 

0 ’ < ° * - '■* 
_ . y * 

* 



0 


\ 


0 o 


o>V ,.,V'*^’*'/ ^ 

^<y c- \> ***«>, 

A . V _a*f«W S'?. *- O O, « 


c> 


,^‘ '-C/> o 
'V •;>. 


A 


‘a 




,p- ^ 

ft 

A O " y n _ . * .u N x ^ / v c s ''A y o 9 ,k^ A 

^ ^b .0^ c« s & * % A ^ X ^ v ‘ *« ''b. r 0^c° NC « 

*- ''^ yA ' AAMVw ^ A i. sF(\ ///yb * ^ 

^ > * jgtfs ^ o 0 

X° % ‘ 

/ 
c* 

X> <VJ O . ❖ ^ A -' <V V 





^ ^4^ « CL* 

^ * o X 0 5 ^ , . 0 ^ 

C* V ^ ^ 

**%<& 


"'e 0 s1 = ^ 

7 ‘ ' ‘ / O S ^ V ° N ° ’\>' ^ - * "> 


^ A 



° \S^ ^-v ° 

^ ^ ‘^y *-> v ^ 

^ ^t;s'V llf 

v c y . <* v 8 * o. 

/ 

•« *0 o' 


r ' e$ 

o <P y 



*, , s A. 

P A v V ../y»^ "» 




2*“ / -nt 

'?/.'* o Vo 5 ’ <*’*' 

‘V'v N \ > . \ * 0 - 



O V ^ A ° oV 

A" s ^ 9 r ^ °N° \^ V * 0 r '> 

.*b J s. V T- <? « A 

" <$> ^ 


( \ 

* ; 0 ^ 

A r * 1 '/?»-.,v ;r:; %■ • ■' .«-* ♦, % 

* . s ^5c.\V>iftk ^ a' 0 Jf(lf/6y5? * <- *■ 

o ^ 





,A V '^r. o f/W * cS 

\ •'JW^i* / ^ . . 
" ' ' & -,, <^ '' 
V * < V 


ft ft 


?5 V 





0 o 


\ v « 


Q7 C. 

* V A' ^ 

^*v-\7.* s ;°* xs :/,^;v 00 x v° ° 

v ^ csSvxxu^ ^ ^ A ///^p * ^ 




ft 

o 

’*>0...v-'->v 

o ^ 0 

‘ x ' ^ ^ u 3 

^ y 0, 

N5 /• ^ ft ft ’ t ^ 

C 4 <5^. 

* S -1 O 




O' ft 

A ' vwv ■* v ^' ^mi/yy * 

V \y -- ■■ vO 4 

x -v v ^ ~ ,» 

v s O ^> ^44^ ft CL' 

,. .. f° ».,/%"•»•’ ,'♦ » 

v »' ' > x-)> 0 ^ 'P*L"< c * v ,* 

- c v v ° v \.v « 

*mr; ^ v , » 

** * «" 6 * / o. c.o 

'“’ - s: '' Vt - y - 


<V 




-» r\^~ r ^> C^* 

C* * y " * a* C^V A 

A ,, ’ , ’^:-:'.V"”/V 



^ o 


A 


" ,A^' % ° 

—V v, ry ft 

^ *' x\ A ., , J 

s* v\JA °o 



A 1 * 

x* <.V ^ *•» „ , ,L' , 0 *' "O. 

V # V>* '> ^ 





V v^V°— ' V**- 

a^ ^ * ^U. 

A * ^ 0 

z - ~ ^ 

> <p, 



» ^ V ^ o 

* «/c 0 N c . ^ ^ ^ S A - V . . , > 0 / 0 " , 0 ^ C 0 N c 


$%. • 



































































































































































































































* 














































































































V 












. 













PyCCKHM 


CF'JCKO-XPBATCKH 


. an 


PRESIDIO of MONTEREY, CALIFORNIA 

| ♦ 

n- i/ifP 

TEXT BOOK 


BL/TPAPCKII 


POLSKI 


6a =& 

nu 


SHQIP 


MAGYAR 


VOLUME I 

LESSONS 1-5 


CESKY 


EAAHNIKA 


U * 


TURKgE 


ESPANOL 


PORTUGUES 


JULY 1952 


FRAN^AIS 






ROMANA 


SVENSKA 


DANSK 


ITALIANO 


SERBO - CROATIAN 
LANGUAGE DEPARTMENT 


NORSK 


DEUTSCH 


L 


3 




















































u. J. 


dsi 


S E R B 0 


CROATIAN TEXTBOOK 
VOLUME I 

INTRODUCTORY LESSON 
& 

LESSONS 1-5 


Second Printing 
July 1952 







TABLE OF CONTENTS 


Page 


INTRODUCTORY LESSON : 1 

I - ORIGIN OF THE SERBO-CROATIAN LANGUAGE 1 

II - ORGANS OF SPEECH 2 

III - ARTICULATION OF THE VOWELS OF THE SERBO-CROATIAN 

LANGUAGE-ACCENT 3 

IV - DIVISION OF THE CONSONANTS OF THE SERBO-CROATIAN 

J LANGUAGE 6 

- CHART OF SERBO-CROATIAN CONSONANTS 8 

^ V - ARTICULATION OF THE CONSONANTS OF THE 

> SERBO-CROATIAN LANGUAGE 9 

e - CYRILLIC ALPHABET 14 

A - SAMPLE OF SERBO-CROATIAN HANDWRITING 15 

- VI - PRONUNCIATION DRILL SENTENCES l6 

VII - VOCABULARY 27 


LESSON I : 

DAILY UNIT Is 


Dialogue No Is Our School 
Grammar Analysis No Is 
Par, 1 - Nouns 
Par. 2 - Kinds of Nouns 
Par. 3 - Gender of Nouns 
Par. 4 - Declension of Nouns 
Par. 5 - The Nominative of Nouns - Definition 
and Use 

Par. 6 - The Nominative Plural of Nouns 
Par. 7 - Th^ Stem of Nouns 
Par. 8 - Change of Velar Consonants 
Grammar Exercises No 1 
Reading Text No 1 - Our Lesson 
Questions on Reading Text No 1 

Translation Exercise No Is Our School - We Study 
Serbo-Croatian 
Vocabulary No 1 
DAILY UNIT IIs 


Dialogue No 2: Students 
Grammar Analysis No 2: 

Adjectives 
Gender of Adjectives 
Stem of Adjectives 
Formation of Feminine and Neuter 
Gender Adjectives 
Indefinite and Definite Form of 
Adjectives 

Formation of Definite Form of. 
Adjectives 

Adjectives with Definite Form only 
The Nominative Plural of Adjectives 


Par. 

9 

Par. 

10 

Par. 

11 

Par. 

12 

Par. 

13 

Par. 

14 

Par. 

15 

Par. 

16 


33 

33 

33 

g 

35 

35 

36 


36 

37 

38 

38 

39 

40 
40 


41 

41 

43 

43 

45 

45 

45 


46 _ 

46 

47 ^ 
47 

47 


I 






Par. 17 - The Movable "A” 

Grammar Exercises No 2 
Heading Text No 2: Students 
Questions on Reading Text No 2 
Translation Exercise No 2: Students 
Vocabulary No 2 
DAILY UNIT Ill s 

Dialogue No 3* Family 
Grammar Analysis No 3* 

Par. 18 - First,Second and Third Person 

Par. 19 - Pronouns 

Par. 20 - Personal Pronouns 

Par. 21 - Verbs 

Par. 22 - The Infinitive of Verbs 

Par. 23 - Present Tense of Verbs 
Par. 24 - Auxiliary Verb "Chth" 

Par. 25 - Present Tense of the Auxiliary Verb 
”6hth m 

Grammar Exercises No 3 
Reading Text No 3 
Questions on Reading Text No 3 
Translation Exercise No 3s Our Family 
Vocabulary No 3 
DAILY UNIT TV s 

Dialogue No 4s The First Period 
Grammar Analysis No 4; 

Par. 26 - Interrogative Pronouns 
Par. 27.- The Sentence 
Par. 28 - The Subject 

Par. 29 - The Predicate 

Par. 30 - The Simple Sentence 

Par. 31 - Kinds of Sentences 

Par. 32 - Declarative Sentences 
Grammar Exercises No 4 
Reading Text No 4s Classroom 
Questions on Reading Text No 4 
Translation Exercise No 4 
Vocabulary No 4 


48 

49 , 

50 

50 

51 
51 
53 
53 
55 
55 

55 

56 

56 

57 
57 


57 

58 

59 

59 

60 
60 
62 
62 
64 
64 
64 

64 

65 
65 

65 

66 

67 

68 
68 
69 

69 


LESS ON U s 

DAILY UNIT I s 

Dialogue No Is Progress 
Grammar Analysis No Is 

Far. 33 - The Predicate Nominative and the 
Predicate Adjective 
Par. 34 - Word Order 
Far. 35 - Interrogative Sentences 
Par. 36 - Interrogative-negative Sentences 
Par. 37 - The Long Plural of Masculine Nouns 
Grammar Exercises No 1 


71 

71 

71 

73 


73 

73 

73 

75 

75 

76 


II 






Reading Text No 1: Work 
Questions on Reading Text No 1 
Translation Exercise No Is The First Student 
Vocabulary No 1 
DAILY UNIT II : 

Dialogue No 2 s Studying at Home 
Grammar Analysis No 2: 

Par. 38 - The Present Tense Endings 
Par. 39 - The Present of Verbs with the Connecting 
Vowel ,, A M and with the Pr. T. Endings 
"AM, Alii, A ..." 

Par. 40 - The Present of Verbs with the Connecting 
Vowel "E" or ,, H rt and with the Pr. T. 
Endings "MM, Mill ..." 

Par. 41 - Use of the conduction "£A" 

Par. 42 - Imperfective and Perfective Verbs 
Grammar Exercises No 2 
Reading Text No 2s Homework 
Questions on Reading Text No 2 
Translation Exercise No 2: Work at Home 
Vocabulary No 2 
DAILY UNIT Ill s 

Dialogue No 3* Leaving for School in the Morning 
Grammar Analysis No 3* 

Par. 43 - Transitive and Intransitive Verbs 
Par. 44 - The Direct Object 

Par. 4? - The Singular Accusative Case of Nouns 
Par. 46 - The Present Tense of the Verb "h*ih" 

Par. 47 - The Accusative Case with Prepositions 
Grammar Exercises No 3 
Reading Text No 3s What a Student Does 
Questions on Reading Text No 3 
Translation Exercise No 3 
Vocabulary No 3 
DAILY UNIT TV s 

Dialogue No 4s Where are Things in the Classroom 
Grammar Analysis No 4s 

Par. 48 - The Locative Singular of Nouns 
Par. 49 - Demonstrative Pronouns 
Grammar Exercises No 4 

Reading Text No 4s Where are Things in the Classroom 
Questions on Reading Text No 4 

Translation Exercise No 4s What the Student Does 
Vocabulary No 4 


g 

78 

79 
81 
81 
82 
82 


83 


84 

84 

85 

86 

87 

88 
88 

89 

90 

90 

91 

91 

92 

92 

93 

94 

96 

97 

% 

98 

100 

100 


102 

103 
1°5 

106 

107 

107 

108 


LESSON III ; 111 

&ILY UNIT I t 111 

Dialogue No Is About the Town of Monterey 111 


III 







Grammar Analysis No Is 

Par. 50 - The Accusative Plural of Nouns 
Par* 51 - The Locative Plural of Nouns 
Par. 52 - The Accusative Singular of Adjectives 
Par. 53 - The Accusative Plural of Adjectives 
Grammar Exercises No 1 

Reading Text No Is The Army Language School 
Questions on Reading Text No 1 

Translation Exercise No Is The Army Language School 
Vocabulary No 1 
DAILY UNIT II s 

Dialogue No 2s Weather 
Grammar Analysis No 2s 

Par. 54 - The Compound Past Tense or the Perfect 
Grammar Exercises No 2 

Reading Text No 2s The Climate in Monterey 
Questions on Reading Text No 2 
Translation Exercise No 2 
Vocabulary No 2 
DAILY UNIT Ill s 

Dialogue No 3s Nature 
Grammar Analysis No 3s 

Par. 55 - The Locative Singular of Adjectives 
Par.56 - The Locative Plural of Adjectives 
Par.57 - Final A and 0 
Par.58 - Collective Nouns 
Grammar Exercises No 3 

Reading Text No 3s The Monterey Peninsula 
Questions on Reading Text No 3 
Translation Exercise No 3s Nature 
Vocabulary No 3 
DAILY UNIT IV s 

Dialogue No Is About Animals 
Grammar Analysis No 4s 

Par. 59 - Possessive Pronouns 
Par. 60 - The English Possessive Pronoun "Its” 
Par. 61 - Review of Declension Endings 
Grammar Exercises No 4 
Reading Text No 4: Animals 
Questions on Reading Text No 4 
Translation Exercise No 4 
Vocabulary No 4 
LESSON IV s 

DAILY UNIT I s 

Dialogue No Is The Human Body 
Grammar Analysis No Is 

Par. 62 - Kinds of Adjectives 
Grammar Exercises No 1 
Reading Text No 1: Face 
Questions on Reading Text No 1 


1^3 

113 

113 

114 

115 

116 

117 

118 
118 
119 
121 
121 


123 

126 

127 

127 

128 
128 
131 
131 
133 

133 

134 

134 

135 

136 

137 

13 § 

138 

139 

141 

141 

143 

143 

144 

145 

147 

148 

148 

149 
149 

151 

151 

151 

153 

155 

156 
157 


17 







Translation Exercise No 1: Our Body 
Vocabulary No 1 
DAILY UNIT II : 

Dialogue No 2: About our Life and Body 
Grammar Analysis No 2: 

Par. 63 - Adjectives Ending in "ckh" 

Par. 64 - Assimilation of Voieed and Voiceless 
Consonants 

Grammar Exercises No 2 
Reading Text No 2s Body (Parts) 

Questions on Reading Text No 2 
Translation Exercise No 2s The Human Body 
Vocabulary No 2 
DAILY UNIT Ill s 

Dialogue No 3s About Food 
Grammar Analysis No 3s 

Par. 65 - The Genitive Case 

Par. 66 - The Genitive Singular of Masculine Nouns 
Par. 67 - Genitive Singular of Feminine Nouns. 

Par. 68 - Genitive Singular of Neuter Nouns 
Par. 69 - Genitive Plural of Masculine Nouns 
Par. 70 - Genitive Plural of Feminine Nouns 
Par. 71 - Genitive Plural of Neuter Nouns 
Grammar Exercises No 3 
Reading Text No 3$ Meals 
Questions on Reading Text No 3 
Translation Exercise No 3* Meals 
Vocabulary No 3 
DAILY UNIT TV s 

Dialogue No 4s Purchasing food (meat and vegetables) 
Grammar Analysis No 4s 

Par. 72 - The Genitive Singular of Masculine and 
Neuter Adjectives 

Par. 73 - The Genitive Singular of Feminine 
Adjectives 

Par. 74 - The Genitive Plural of Adjectives 
Grammar Exercises No 4 
Reading Text No 4: Meat 
Questions on Reading Text No 4 
Translation Exercise No 4: Purchasing of food 
Vocabulary No 4 


158 

158 

160 

160 

162 

162 


164 

164 

166 

167 

167 

168 
170 
170 
172 
172 
172 
172 
172 


173 

174 
174 
174 
176 

176 

177 
177 
179 
179 


181 


182 

182 

!83 

184 

184 

185 
185 


LESSON V s 

DAILY UNIT I : 

Dialogue No 1: About Dishes 
Grammar Analyses No Is 

Par. 75 - The Genitive Possessive 
Par. 76 - The Genitive of Quality 
Par. 77 - The Genitive of Origin 
Grammar Exercises No 1 


189 

189 

189 

191 

191 

192 

192 

193 


V 







Reading Text No 1: How Meat Is Prepared and Eaten in 
Yugoslavia 

Questions on Reading Text No 1 

Translation Exercise No 1: How Meat is Eaten in 

Yugoslavia 


Vocabulary No 1 
DATT.Y UNIT II : 

Dialogue No 2 s Where We Buy Foods 
Grammar Analysis No 2: 

Par. 78 - Adverbs 
Par. 79 - Adverbs of Place 
Par. 80 - Adverbs of Quantity 
Grammar Exercises No 2 

Reading Text No 2s About the Bread in Yugoslavia 
Questions on Reading Text No 2 
Translation Exercise No 2s Where We Buy Food 
Vocabulary No 2 
DAILY UNIT Ill s 

Dialogue No 3s In the Grocery Store 
Grammar Analysis No 3s 

Par. 81 - The Genitive Partitive 
Par. 82 - The Genitive Partitive after Nouns 
Par. 83 - The Genitive Partitive after Numerals 
Grammar Exercises No 3 
Reading Text No 3s About Numerals 
Questions on Reading Text No 3 
Translation Exercise No 3* T n the Grocery Store 
Vocabulary No 3 
DAILY UNIT TV s 

Dialogue No 4s In the Restaurant 
Grammar Analysis No 4s 

Par. 84 - English "There is" and "There are" 

Par. 85 - The Genitive Partitive after Adjectives 
Grammar Exercises No 4 
Reading Text No 4s Menu 
Questions on Reading Text No 4 
Translation Exercise No 4 
Vocabulary No 4 


194 

194 


195 

196 
198 
198 
201 
201 
201 
202 
20* 3 
20 ' 
205 

205 

206 
208 
208 
210 


210 

210 

210 

212 * 

213 

214 
214 


215 

216 
216 


218 

220 

220 

221 

222 

222 

223 


VI 





INTRODUCTION TO THE SERBO-CROATIAN LANGUAGE 


I ORIGIN OF THE SERBO-CROATIAN LANGUAGE 


The Serbo-Croatian language is one of the Slavic, or Slavonic 
languages. It falls Into the language group known as Indo-European. 
The English language, too, belongs to this large group. Therefore, 
the two languages do not differ fundamentally, and it is possible 
to make a close and true translation from one language to the other. 

The Serbo-Croatian language derives Its name from the fact that 
it is spoken by both the Serbs and the Croats. The Serbs, Croats and 
Slovenes make up the population of Yugoslavia. The Slovenes, who In¬ 
habit the northwestern part of the country, have their own language 
which is called Slovenian. This language Is very closely allied to 
Serbo-Croatian. 

The Serbs and Croats use the same language, but, due to histori¬ 
cal reasons, there are certain differences between the Serbian, which 
is the idiom spoken by the Serbs, and the Croatian, which is the idi¬ 
om spoken by the Croats. However, these differences are very slight 
and have been disappearing gradually since the formation of Yugosla¬ 
via after the First World War. We are able, therefore, to speak of 
one, and only one language - the Serbo-Croatian language. The study 
of this language will be the object of our course. 

The Serbs, who are members of the Eastern or Orthodox Church, 
use the alphabet known as Cyrillic (so do the Russians and the Bul- 
gars). The Croats and the Slovenes, who are Roman Catholics, use a 
modified Latin alphabet (so do the Poles, the Czechs and the Slovaks) 
This Latin alphabet is the same as that used in English except for 
the fact that a few of the consonants are also used with special dia¬ 
critic signs. 

Many Serbs and many Croats use both alphabets freely. The stu¬ 
dents will be required to learn both alphabets. However, the Cyrillic 
alphabet will be Introduced first, and the Latin will be given at a 
later stage, after the students have become fully familiar with both 
the printed and the written characters of the Cyrillic alphabet. 

The Cyrillic alphabet was named for St. Cyril who, with his 
brother Methodius, converted the Slavs in Moravia in the ninth centu¬ 
ry. However, the Slavs in the Balkans were converted by their dis¬ 
ciples. St. Cyril invented this alphabet in order to further the suc¬ 
cess of his mission and to make possible the writing of the Holy 
Scriptures in the various Slavic languages. 

The original Cyrillic alphabet was reformed and simplified in 
the first half of the nineteenth century by the great Serbian phi¬ 
lologist and author, Vuk Stefanovic Karadzic. This modern Cyrillic 
alphabet is basically phonetic, that is, each single letter repre¬ 
sents one and only one sound . Vowels make an exception to this rule 
in so far as the same letter represents sounds of various lengths 
and tones, but the quality of the vowel remains the same. 





II ORGANS OF SPEECH 


In order that the student may master the pronounciation of 
various sounds, he must learn how these sounds are produced. The 
sounds of speech are produced by breath which is forced from the 
lungs and then modified by the vocal organs. The vocal organs,or 
organs of speech, consist of: the lips, the teeth, the teethridge, 
the palate, the tongue and the vocal cords as shown in the picture 
below: 



1. Upper lip 

2 . Lower lip 

3 . Upper teeth 

4. Lower teeth 

5. Teethridge 

6 . Hard Palate 

7. Soft Palate 
(Velum) 

8 . Uvula 

9. Tongue: 

a. Point 

b. Blade 

c. Front 

d. Back 

10. Vocal Cords 


The lips: the upper and lower lip. 

The teeth : upper and lower . 

The teethridge, or alveoli, is the gum Just behind the teeth. 
The upper teethridge is more important than the lower. 

The palate consists of the hard palate and the soft palate , 
or velum. The hard palate is the roof of the mouth from the teeth¬ 
ridge back to about the middle of the palate. The velum extends 
from the middle to the back of the roof of the mouth. The uvula is 
a soft appendage hanging down from the back of the velum. The velum 
carl be raised to the back wall of the throat where it enters th. 

Oft sal cavity, so as to shut off the passage of air into the nasal 
cavity. 


2 
















The tongue consists of: (a) the tongue tip or point , (b) the 
blade of the tongue P which is the edge of the tongue immediately 
behind and around the tip, (c) the front of the tongue , which Ex¬ 
tends from the blade back to about the middle of the tongue (about 
li inches). When the mouth is closed, the front of the tongue lies 
directly underneath the hard palate; (d) the back of the tongue , 
which is the remaining part of the tongue back of the middle. When 
the mouth is closed the back of the tongue lies directly under the 
velum. 

The vocal cords are actually a pair of folds in the mucous 
membrane containing ligament and muscle fiber. They are contained 
in the larynx which is an enlargment of the upper end of the wind ¬ 
pipe . The front edge of the larynx forms the Adam*8 apple . 

The organs of speech that have just been described are used 
to articulate the sounds in the following way. When the air is ex¬ 
pelled from the lungs it passes through the larynx and the pharynx , 
and then forward and out through the mouth or the nose or through 
both. However, this flow of air may be stopped or Impeded at vari¬ 
ous points along the way,and the shape of the chambers through whlcl 
it passes may be variously modified. 

The sounds are divided in two large groups: the vowels and the 
consonants. When vowels are articulated, the passing of air is left 
unobstructed except for the fact that the shape of the oral cavity 
is modified by various movements of the tongue and of the lips. 

When consonants are articulated the current of air is either com¬ 
pletely stopped at some point by closing the passage through which 
it flows, or the passage is narrowed so that the air current has to 
squeeze through, or an elastic organ, like the tongue point for in¬ 
stance, is caused to vibrate rapidly. 

In order to pronounce correctly the sounds of a certain language 
it is necessary to know how these sounds have to be articulated, 
tnat is, how the speech organs have to be used in order to produce 
exactly the sound desired. It will now be explained how the sounds 
of the Serbo-Croatian language are articulated. 


Ill ARTICULATION OF THE VOWELS OF THE SERBO-CROATIAN 

LANGUAGE 

There are five vowels in Serbo-Croatian: "a", w e w , M u M , M o M 
and M y M , as represented by cyrillic letters*. Two of these, that is, 
H e H and w u H are front vowels , which means that they are articulated 
by raising the front of the tongue towards the hard palate. The 
other three are back vowels , which means that they are artlculs"ed 
by raising the back of the tongue towards the velum. 

When pronouncing "a", the tongue is raised least; when pro¬ 
nouncing M e M and "o' 1 , the tongue is raised more; when pronouncing 
M u" and M y tt , the tongue is raised most. Consequently, M a H is a low- 
back vowel; H e M is a mid-front; "o M is a mid-back; M u rt is a high- 
front, and M y M is a high-back. 

♦In the alphabet of the International Phonetic Association the 
following phonetic symbols are used to designate respectively the 
above vowels: n a M , M e M , M i M , M o ,J , "u rt . Wnen referring to vowels in 
this course, only the Cyrillic characters will be used. 


3 


A 















The position of the tongue as well as the 
lips while pronouncing Serbo-Croatian vowels is 



teeth and of the 
illustrated by 

Serbo-Croatian "y* : 

Teeth almost closed; 
lips closely rounded; 
back of the tongue 

raised high towards 

velum. 


Serbo-Croatian n o» S 

Teeth more apart 
than far "y*; lips 
less rounded than 
for "y*; back of the 
tongue raised towards 
velum, but less than 
for "y*. 


Serbo-Croatian "a w : 

Teeth more apart 
than for "o*; lips 
wide open; back of 
the tongue raised 
towards velum, but 
leas than far "o*. 


In addition to the quality of the vowel, which is determined 
only by the position of the speech organs as shown above, one must 
also observe the length of a vowel and the tone of a vowel. Neither 
the length nor the tone should have any influence upon the quality 
of the vowel in Serbo-Croatian. It is true uhat in loose uncontrolled 
speech of a native, a certain vowel may seem to have a quality 
different from the quality that the same vowel has when standing 
in another syllable. However, the student should ignore this and 
should strive to always give the same quality to his vowels as in¬ 
dicated on the diagram, no matter in what syllable the vowel 
stands. 

Each of the five vowels can be either short or long. There 
are no reliable rules as to when a vowel must be pronounced short 
and when long, except for the following; the stressed vowel and 
the vowels that follow the stressed vowel can be short or long; 
the v wels that precede a stressed vowel must be short. 

The tone of the vowel is a peculiarity of the Serbo-Croatian 
language. There are two kinds of tone; the rising tone and the so 
called falling tone, which is actually a rising-falling tone. 


4 


























The rising tone consists of a rise In pitch within the vowel 
of about a semitone or a full tone. The rising-falling tone is f 
formed by a similar rise followed by a fall of approximately two 
and half to three tones. Both in the case of the rising and of 
the rising-falling tone, the syllable that follows that vowel is 
pronounced with the raised or lowered pitch respectively, that is, 
the next syllable has the same pitch as that which the preceding 
vowel has after it has been raised or lowered. A vowel with a 
rising tone is pronounced in almost the same way as the stressed 
vowel in an English word pronounced with a questioning tone: Are 
you coming? A vowel with a rising-falling tone is pronounced as 
a stressed English vowel in normal speech: I am coming. 

There are certain rules as to the use of tone in words: 

(1) Only the stressed vowel in a word can have a tone, either 
a rising, or a rising-falling tone. All the unstressed vowels are 
toneless . There are no rules as to which vowel in the word is to 
be stressed. There is only a general guidance: most of the Serbo- 
Croatian words do have the stress on their first vowel, that is 
the first syllable (in Serbo-Croatian, there are as many sylla¬ 
bles in a word as there are vowels in that word), and in words of 
four or more syllables, the stress is most likely to fall on the 
third syllable from the end. The last syllable is never stressed. 

(2) In words that consist of only one syllable (monosyllabic 
words), the vowel can have only the rising-falling tone, or it 
can be toneless. It can never have the rising tone. There are 
definite rules as to when the vowel of a monosyllabic word has the 
rising-falling tone and when it is toneless. These rules will be 
explained later. 

(3) In words of two or more syllables, we have to distinguish 
as follows: 

(a) if the stress falls on the first vowel in a word, 
that vowel can have either a rising or a rising-falling tone; 

(b) if the stress falls on a vowel other than the first, 
that vowel can have only a rising tone. 

Consequently, the problem of discerning the tone of a vowel 
boils down to finding out whether the first and stressed vowel in 
words of two or more syllables has a rising or a rising-falling 
tone. Since most of the words in Serbo-Croatian do have their 
stress on the first syllable, the problem of discerning the tone 
of vowels in Serbo-Croatian remains a difficult one for the stu¬ 
dent. 

When writing Serbo-Croatian, neither the length, nor the tone, 
nor the stress is Indicated. However, in order to assist the stu¬ 
dent in pronunciation, in all the Serbo-Croatian words which will 
appear in the vocabulary at the end of each lesson, the vowels 
will be marked as follows: 

(1) 1 will mean a long, stressed w a H , with a rising tone; 

% 

(2) S will mean a long, stressed •‘a", with a rising-falling 

tone; 


5 



(3) will mean a short, stressed “a", with a rising tone; 

(4) & will mean a short, stressed w a“, with a rising-fall¬ 

ing tone; 

(5) a will mean a long, unstressed "a*; 

(6) a will mean a short, unstressed “a". 

IV DIVISION OF THE CONSONANTS OF THE SERBO-CROATIAN 

“ LANGUAGE 


When articulating vowels, we are concerned only with the po¬ 
sition of the tonerue, of the teeth and of the lips. When artleu- 
lating consonants we have to use all the organs of. speech. 

The organs or speech are divxded in “articulators", tna\» is, 
the movable organs, and those that are not movable, but can serve 
only as “points of articulation*. The articulators are; the lips, 
the tongue (front and back), the velum and vocal cords. The teeth, 
the teethridge and the hard palate are points of articulation. 

The lips can approach the teeth; the tongue can approach the teeth, 
the teethridge, the hard palate and the velum; the velum can be 
raised to the back wall of the throat. As to the vocal cords, they 
can be drawn apart (as during ordinary respiration), or they can be 
moved so as to narrow the space between them (this space is called 
the glottis), or as to close that space completely. When the glot¬ 
tis is nearly but not quite closed, the passing air current sets 
the elastic edges of the vocal cords into rapid vibration. 

All the consonants that are pronounced with the vibration of 
the vocal cords, are called voiced : those that are produced with¬ 
out this vibration are called voiceless . 

In addition to this, there are two other divisions of conso¬ 
nants: 

(1) Division of consonants according to the organs of speech 
which are used to produce them: 

(a) Bllabials (lips Joined); 

(b) Labiodentals (lower lip against upper teeth); 

(c) Dentals (tongue against upper teeth); 

(d) Dento-Alveolar (tongue against upper teeth and 

teethridge); 

(e) Alveolar (tongue against teethridge) 

(f) Palatal (tongue against hard palate); 

(g) Velar (tongue against velum). 


(2) Division of consonants according to the way obstacles are 














put in the flow of air while the consonants are being articulated: 

(a) Plosives : The current of air is completely stopped at 
some point (by means of the lips or the tongue), and then it is 
suddenly released so that an explosive sound is articulated; 

(b) Fricatives : The passage between two speech organs is 
narrowed so that the impact of breath upon them is heard; 

(c) Affricates : They combine the features of the plosives 
and the fricatives, beginning with a complete stoppage of air 
and ending with a fricative sound; 

(d) Nasals : The velum is lowered so as to leave the nasal 
cavity accessible to the air stream, which then flows out through 
the mouth and through the nose; 

(e) Laterals : The median line of the mouth passage is stop¬ 
ped, but an opening is left along one or both sides of the tongue 
for the current to pass through; 

(f) Rolled : The passing of the air current causes an elastic 
organ to vibrate rapidly, like the point of the tongue for ex¬ 
ample. 


If we combine the three above divisions of consonants, we 
can classify all the Serbo-Croatian consonants as in the chart 
on the following page. The symbols used are the cyrillic letters 
which represent the corresponding consonants* the symbols in 
parentheses are the phonetic symbols of the International Pho¬ 
netic Association. 

As can be seen from that chart, some of the Serbo-Croatian 
consonants occur in pairs, both as voiced and as voiceless . some 
only as voiced, some only as voiceless. 

For those consonants that come in pairs, when the student 
has mastered the pronunciation of the voiced variety, he will 
automatically be able to pronounce the voiceless variety by 
articulating it in the same way as the voiced one, but he will 
not cause his vocal cords to vibrate. When the student is pro¬ 
nouncing the voiced variety, he will hear a loud hum in his 
head if he puts his hands tightly over his ears. Or, if he rests 
his fingers upon the outside of the larynx, he will feel there 
the vibration of the vocal cords. 


7 










CHAFI OF SERBO-CROATIAN CONSONANTS 



Bi¬ 

labial 

Labio-* 

dental 

Dental 

Dento- 

alveo- 

lar 

. _ (3) 

Alveo¬ 

lar 

Paia- 

tal 

Velar 


L (2 

Vs. 

Vd. 

Vs. 

Vd. 

Vs. 

Vd. 

Vs. 

Vd. 

Vs. 

Vd. 

Vs 

Vd. 

Vs. 

Plosives 

lb) 

n 

(p) 



<J> 

T 

(t) 







r 

ML 

Ji 

Frica¬ 

tives 



(V) 

c h 



3 

(z) 

c 

(s) 

X 

iaL 

ii) 

ill 



Ml 

Affri¬ 

cates 








(&) 

i<|) 

if) 

iV 





Nasals 

1C 

(m) 




(S) 






i£) 




Laterals 









if) 


U) 




Rolled 









(r) 







Cl) Vd. for Voiced 

(2) Vs. for Voiceless 

(3) Both the palatal and the alveolar consonants (except jl 
and p). will be referred to as palatals when discussed 
later in this course# 


8 





































The chart shows that the following oonsonants come in pairs: 

Voiced consonants : <5, b, a, 3, x, p, $>, r 

Voiceless consonants : n T t, c, m, v, k, k 

Further, the consonants "p" and "x" occur only as voiceless. 

Finally, the following consonants: m, h, ji, p, j, a, j> 
have only the voloed variety. If they are made voiceless they be¬ 
come inaudible unless they are turned into fricatives by increased 
force of breath. These consonants are called sonorants*. They 
occupy a position between consonants and vowels, and one of them, 
the consonant M p M , is used in Serbo-Croatian both as a consonant 
and as a vowel, as will be explained later. 


V ARTICULATION OF THE OONSONANTS OF THE SERBO-CROATIAN 

LANGUAGE 


It will now be explained how the various Serbo-Croatian con¬ 
sonants are articulated. For this purpose, it will be convenient 
to divide them in three groups: 

(a) consonants that exist also in English and are arti¬ 
culated in the same way as in Serbo-Croatian: b, cj>; 3, c; j; m; 

(b) consonants that exist in English but are not arti- 
oulat.ed in the seme way as in Serbo-Croatian: 6, nj a, t* r, k; 

*, m« p, h; h; jl; 

(c) consonants that do not exist in English: x; p; 

M a; j >$ p. 

The consonants of the last two groups will be taken up indi¬ 
vidually. 

(A) Serbo-Croatian consonants that exist in English but are 
pronounced differently . 

(1) "n", H (5 H ; M r", "k* are articulated in the same way 
as the corresponding English "p", "b 11 , "g" (as in goal), "k", ex¬ 
cept for the fact that these English consonants are aspirated 
whereas the Serbo-Croatian are not. 


<5a(5a 

<5©<5a 

<5y<5a 

nana 

nona 

Ca<5© 

0©<5e 

<5v<5e 

n&n© ' 

non© 

6a6n 

<56(5h 

<5y(5H 

n6nH 

n6nn 

6a(5y 

6e6y 

<5y<5y 

n&ny 

nony 

6k6o 

<5e(5o 

<5y<5o 

nano 

nQno 

•The 

sonorants can 

stand next to 

voiced or voiceless conso. 


nants, either precede them or follow them; a voiced and a voice¬ 
less consonant cannot stand next to each other. If a voiced pre¬ 
cedes a voiceless, the voiced is converted into its voiceless 
variety. If a voiceless precedes a voiced, it is converted into 
its voiced variety (regressive assimilation). 


9 









K&na 
, K&ne 
K&ny 
K&no 


nera 

n&re 

ryna 

ryice 

Eor 

E6ra 

ne ry 

ryny 

E6ry 

n&ro 

t^ko 



(2) "a", are articulated differently from the corre¬ 
sponding English M d\ M t M . In English they are alveolar and are 
pronounced with aspiration; in Serbo-Croatian they are dental 
and are pronounced without aspiration. 





English "d". "t"; 

Serbo- 

-Croatian M 


tongue 

ridge 

point 

against teeth- 

tongue point against 
teeth 

upper 

A© A 

A$T© 

T^xa 

AHKa 

T^na 

nyAa 

A^Aa 

T&Aa 

Abba 

T&(5e 

K&Aa 

ryxa 

a^ Ay 

T^Aa 

A&K 

T&KO 

raAH 

(5^AH 

A ft A© 

TkTa 

A^ra 

T^ra 

naAa 

(5hth 


(3) The Serbo-Croatian "at 1 
from the corresponding English 
in bishop)s 




, tt ui M are articulated differently 
M 3 M (as in measure) and M J kM (as 



Th e English "3" . as in measure, 
and y * as in bishop: 

Tongue raised so as to approach 
the blade to the teethridge and 
the front of the tongue to the 
hard palate; tongue spread lateral¬ 
ly 


Serbo-Croatian w 3c w and n m n : 
Tongue point against gums of 
lower teeth; tongue blade 
raised towards teethridge 


*a<5a 

uiaica 

nyx 

xora 

myra 

rt?xa 

xyxa 

um<5a 

n?xy 

zHxa 

ui£ra 

nyxe 


ryiua 

ryine 

r^inH 

rymo 


10 








(4) The Serbo-Croatian ,, n w , M h m are articulated differently 
from the corresponding English H (as in gin) and M U* M (as in 
chin): l . 

; wd 



English « as in gin, and 
M tJ M as in chin: 

Blade and part of the front 
of the tongue against the border 
of the teethridge and the hard 
palate, followed by an explosive 
release and the tongue moving 
down so as to come between the 
teethridge and the lower teeth 




Serbo-Croatian 


■jL* 


and 




Blade of the tongue against 
the teethridge 


U an 

w 

hen 

UHH 

<5yua 


H&ina 

H©Ka 

HHTS 

nyna 


na^e 

nyne 

nbne 

nbne 


(5) The Serbo-Croatian m h m is pronounced differently from 


the English 





Tongue point against the 
teethridge, with sides touching 


Serbo-Croatian u h m : 

Tongue point against the upper 
teeth 


In both languages this consonant is nasal. Consequently, 
the air flows through the mouth and the nose. As a result of this 
any vowel occuring next to it is partially nasalized. 


\\ 

Ham 

HOSC 

H&ra 

HHSCH 

HyflH 


AaH 
A an a 
A&Hy 

aShc 

AaHH 


caHTa 

cShtc 

cShth 

cSHTy 

cShto 


(6) The Serbo-Croatian m ji m is articulated in the same way as 
the English clear M 1 M (as in H lily M ), that is, with the tongue 
point against the teethridge and with the sides of the tongue 
free (lateral consonant). The student should guard from using the 
dark variety of the English M 1 H (as in ‘•mill' 1 ) for rendering the 
Serbo-Croatian "m 11 ; 


11 








jryjra 

jryjie 

jiyjm 

•nZ'Xy 

jryjio 


v 



JLSUL& 


(B) Serbo-Croatian consonants that do not exist In English : 


(l) The Serbo-Croatian M x M Is articulated by forming a nar¬ 
row passage between the back of the tongue and the velum, and by 
forcing air through the passages 



Mex 

M&xa 

M$xy 

pfrxo 

T&XO 



(2) The Serbo-Croatian M n M Is articulated by pressing the 
tongue point against the back of the lower teeth, and the blade 
of the tongue against both the upper teeth and the teethridge 
(it is preferable to have the teeth closed during this articu¬ 


lation) 



liana 

IlHUa 

Il6na 

<5^na 


fl^na 
jraije 
Man a 
Myna 


(3) The Serbo-Croatian M k w and "k 11 are articulated by pres¬ 
sing the tongue tip against the lower teeth, and the blade of the 
tongue against the teetnrxuge. a very narrow passage is left 
between the tongue and the lower teeth (in the middle of the 
tongue) to let the air pass throughs 



k&ka r&ke 
k&ke nSk 
k&kn iikn 
K&ky HSk 
k&ko Kyka 


(4) The Serbo-Croatian m h> m Is articulated by pressing the 
tongue point against the lower teeth, and the blade of the 
tongue against(both the teethridge and)the fore part of the 
hard palate. Being a nasa] sound, the velum is left open: 




12 









(5) The Serbo-Croatian "a" is articulated by pressing the 
tongue point against the lower teeth, and the blade of the tongue 
against (both the teethridge aitf.) the fore part of the hard pal¬ 
ate. The velum is closed. Being a lateral sound, an opening is 
left on ]x>th sides of the tongue to let the air pass through: 

jbkra KfLta 

Jbejbo E 9J>o 

Jb&.I>aH dSjb© 

jbojba. k & j >© 

jbyjbQ. K^a 

(6) The Serbo-Croatian "p" is articulated by raising the 
tongue point towards the teethridge and by causing the tongue 
point to vibrate. Lips 


If the tongue point is trilled more than three times (if 
there are more than three taps), H p H becomes a vowel. The M p M 
is used in Serbo-Croatian as a vowel in the following cases: 

(a) between two consonants in the middle of a word; 

(b) in the middle of a word, before the vowel "o'* 
which was originally an f, ji M and was converted into H o H , in which 
case the "p" is marked with two dots; 


must be kept apart 





(c) in front of a consonant at the beginning of a 
word; when a prefix is added to such a word, the M p tt still re¬ 
mains a vowel. 


"p M as a consonant: 


p&Ha 

<5&pa 

np&TH 

capMa 

peKa 

dfcpe 

npeTH 

<5&p(5a 

pft6a 

(5£pa 

npSua 

CBtlpKa 

p$(5a 

(56pa 

np6Ta 

v6p<5a 

P^Ka 

(5fpa 

np^iie 

scJ-pOa 


as a vowel 


a) 

(b) 

, ( °) 

>6hh 

yMgo 

ft^aB 

>bSt 

rjSou© 

pBav 

>AO 


pT 



3aJ)l> 


cpue 


13 



CYR/JJJC ALMIABEIL 


p/?/n ted | 

WRITTEN iJ 

PHOHErfc 

PRINTED 

WRITTEN t} 

a) 

pmrnc 

SYMBOL 

Capital 

6 MALL 

CAPtTAL 

SMALL 

SYM&OL 

CAPITAL 

SMALL 

CAPITAL 

SMALL 

A 

a 

£ ,2 . 1 

Ct 

-'tar 

i 

a 

H 

H 

/✓* 

2 J 

it 

/ 

n 

B 

6 

* * ^ 

r 
*,* 

£ 

b 

IB 

H> 


//* 

/ 

Jl 

B 

B 

& 

> 

V" 

0 

O 


Vi 

0 




i 




✓V 

1 2 3 


r 

r 

,i 

£ 

9 

Hi 

n 


» 

P 

Jx 

A 

i 

Si 

* s' 

/f- 

d 

P 

P 

& 

*• 

/ 

r 

Tj 

E 

* 

e 

% 

,c 

c4 

e 

C 

T 

c 

T 

£ 

4 /IJ 

£ 

' r £& 

/f 

s 

t 

X 

3K 


, 2 

*j€N!>3 

5 

'R 

k 

■€ 

'£ 

tf5 

3 

3 

4 

1 , 

a 

f 

1 4 < 

Z 

y 

y 

, r , <• 
ft 

’ 1 # 
.'fs 

a 

H 

H 

% 

2 S 
// 

Ms 

• 

l 

$ 

$ 

w 


f 

J 

j 

i'/*■ 

& 

///i 

1 3 

• 

j 

X 

X 

/ .2 

' f 

AX>% 

/• 

X 

K 

K 

* 

•ST'. 

/* 

i 

Jc 

n 

n 

/ / 

2 S 

it 

ts 

Jl 

Jl 

Cx£ 

» i* 

/' ** 

1 

H 

H 

% 

X 

V 

Jb 

U 

M 

Vv 

£ 

.< 

y(p 

Uu 

X 

m 

ij 

iil 

U 

m 

/V* 

ir 

t 

2 3 

ft 

/// 
j 2*±±l 

<k 

J 


1) When writing the letters, begin each stroke as indicated and 

follow in the direction of the arrow. The numbers near the arrows 
indicate the sequence of the strokes. Follow this sequence. 


2) As used by the International Phonetic Association (when reference 
is made to a consonant in this course, only the Cyrillic charac¬ 
ter, not the phonetic symbol, will be used). 


14 




































SAMPLE OP SERBO-CROATIAN HANDWRITING 


( WMay scale -foe ? <Ja, y&etuctc, 

^lliZceu $u- y/utctce. ? cftiL&coocfi&zjZi^^ yezutc. 

tfCojUs je$u-/t ccZoyuaue ? <Ja, z#6-cyiu.^t ew^tectcu. . 

&la. sue 'OU^fcO'yuuujzauu c/i&c/co&p'tZftccKiu. 9 %uye. 
UiIZcO' sttuuM- 'ZttfuctjboyicrZtc/t ? $t /uua^c yodfiO'. 
okt- sue y£ e^txc/cic Moeqtatc ? Zty’c -ul#qta#> -*£ saye iuc mmc. 
& a Je Z&cyuJL ytxJayi- ^a*> ? ^/ye 
^u^luZct ^odctfi ? %(^e taye 

z/L 'Kzy^ cfadafi 'tftZHMsfC ? c J'Ciagsu/l 
<^ct, </V(sC S^c AOAMssK£fiL& Jctta '/a, £&&> 


fl£iZMf<sH£Ute 4CfiL^, j[CO ? '/Z^ f7,a^aceaiy. 

^a^utzz^y ^a<5^ceuic ? ZZ^t^ccuie dfiGo', 

mtuZec, *Mutco ? ^UtuiOs ^uZlcc s^o^tec 

U{* giaz* 'Utacto 'flu? s+tGstic sOZ& ICC r3'*L£l>JtCK 

ZZuOi^ ^tetU^^Q ? "^teHAJLlC- il’UOlU. SC^ 

tf'lfictt ^tvtcazzee ? < $*taz*tcty ^ JcM^cuzsze. . 

zutr ^tsKjZsUce zt&ficy ? zzefLcr^ zzcuz^/i^. 


15 


VI PRONUNCIATION DRILL SENTENCES 


1. 

Ja OftM 

I am a student. 

2. 

T5 eg J-HOHHK. 

You are a student.(Informal) 

3. 

BS CTO J-HOHHK. 

You are a student, (formal) 

4o 

Oh j©. i^HOHHK. 

He Is a student. 

5o 

Mfi CMO ^HOHHHH. 

We are students. 

6 o 

BH CTO ^HOHHHH. 

You are students. 

7. 

6hH cy 

They are students. 

8. 

Ja caM HacTtBftHKo 

I am an instructor. 

9. 

BH CTO H&CTaBHHK. 

You are an instructor. 

10. 

6h j© e£.CT*.BHHK • 

He is an instructor. 

llo 

Mfi CMO H^CTaBHBHHo 

We are instructors. 

12. 

6hh cy HacTaBHZHH. 

They are instructors. 

13. 

IilTk CaM ja? 

What am I? 

14. 

Bfi CT© HAcTaBHHK. 

You are an instructor. 

15o 

HItA CT© bS? 

What are you? (formal) 

16. 

Ja c«m ^hohhk. 

I am a student. 

17. 

A hit A ch xfi? 

And what are you? (informal) 

18. 

H ja caM J-HOHHK. 

I, too, am a student. 

19. 

IUtA J© ©h? 

What is he? 

20. 

H ©H j© j^HOHHK. 

He, too, is a student. 

21. 

IUtA CT© BH H ©H? 

What are you and he? 

22. 

Mh CMO 

We are students. 

23. 

MtA cy 6hh? 

What are they? 

24< 

6hH cy J-HOHHHH. 

They are students. 


16 













25o IHt& cto b2? 

26 o Jfi cau ocj&uHp o 

27 o A mtSl ct© b2? 

28. J& can n6 go (trail hp o 

29. A bh? 

30. Ja caM 3Sc t&bhhk o 

31. Ut& j© Bibi hSh? 

32. Ja caM Kap&TlH . 

33. IIIt& j© bIliu hhh? 

34. JS caM nbpyHHHK . 

35o A niT& j© bJoh hhh? 

36. Ja caM n&TnopyHHHK . 

37. UItsl je bIUu hhh? 

38. Ja caM cTaprajra b&ahhk . 

39. A mxa je bAih hhh? 

40. Ja caM BbflHHK . 

41. UTra je tbo j ^2 h? 

42. J® caM MJI&.V5 B^flHHK o 

43. lilT^L Je bIih hhh? 

44. Ja caM aec^Tap . 

45. A bU rn? 

46. Ja caM 6 op an; . 

47. A TB^j H0H? 

48. Ja caM gdpap. 


What are you? 

I am a commissioned officer . 

And what are you? 

I am a non-commissioned officer , 
And you? 

I am a warrant officer . / 

What Is your rank ? (formal) 

I am a captain . 

What is your rank? 

I am a first lieutenant ., 

And what Is your rank? 

I am a second lieutenant . 

What Is your rank? 

I am a master sergeant . 

And what is your rank? 

I am a sergeant first class . 
What Is your rank? (Informal) 

I am a sergeant . 

What is your rank? 

I am a corporal . 

And yours? 

I am a private first class . 

And your rank? 

I am a private . 


17 


























49o K6 cto b9? 

50* J3 cart KanoTlH Hon flcfor)• 

51. HIt 3 jo rocnbflHH £o(y)? 

52. 0h jo Kan^TaH. 

53 o K& c&u jfi? 

54. Bh cte HftcTaBHHK rocnbflHH 
Il3 T#OBHix . 

55. HItA jo njrKOBHHK (rocnbAHH ) 
Cmht? 

56o Oh jo komAhasht . 

57. K& j© n&TnyKQBriHK? 

58. n6TnyKOBHHK (rocnbAHH fioH3. 

59. K6 jo 

60. rocn^AHH Boji jo M^jop. 

61. HItA cy nyKOBHHK, nbxnyKOBHHK 

H m 3jOp? 

62. 6hh cy b^uih o(^huhph . 

63. ElTff cy KanoTaH, nbpyHHHK h 
nbTnopynHHK? 

64. 6hh cy hAskh ocfcHHHpH . 

65. Dlxi cy cTkpnjH b^ahkh, b^ahhk 
H MJlk^H b6aHMK? 

66. bHH cy n$AO(frKHHPH o 

67. A hitA j© AOc^Tap? 

68. H Sh je n6AO$HHHp. 

69. Kb je roHopaji (^eHepaji) l 

70. rocn^AHH Cthjiboji j© roHopaJi. 

71. HIt 3 cy roHkpSJi h d6pau? 


Who are you? 

I am Captain John Doe. 

What is Mr. Doe? 

He is a Captain. 

Who am I? 

You are the instruct or, Mr. 
nOTpOBHix. 

What is Colonel Smith? 

He is the commandant . 

Who is a lieutenant colonel? 

Lieutenant colonel Jones. 

Who is a major? 

Mr. Beilis a major. 

What are the colonel, the 
lieutenant colonel, and the major? 

They are field grade officers * 

What are the captain, the first 
lieutenant and the second 
lieutenant? 

They are company grade officers * 

What are the master sergeant, 
the sergeant first class and the 
sergeant? 

They are non-commissioned 
officers . 

And what is the corporal? 

He, too, is a non-commissioned 
officer. 

Who is a general ? 

Mr. Stillwell is a general. 

What are the general and the 
private? 


18 




















72. 6hh cy boIheum q 

73. K)bco j© b&hic &m©? 

74. Mb jo „ &Me j© XpkcTH$op 
HMLM{{)6pOBHix . 

75. KAko j© TBbj© Amo, a kIlko 
j© tb 6J© np©3HMe ? 

76o Mbje Am© je PbjE>a, a icbj© 
np©3HM© XkvHii. 

77. K&ko j© Mbj© ihie? 

* 

78. Bkni© Am© j© “B^p^e HhhhhIio 

79. KAko je B ku© kue? 

80. Mbj© Am© j© rj>ryp MHa>KOBHiio 

81. Ja cem CjbtfBH, a Dirk ct© b$? 

82. Ja caM AMepanfoan . 

83. Kb j© XbB&T? 

84. TocnoAHH MbniTpoBHk j© x£b5t. 

85. HIt& BH y^BT©? 

86o Jfi YHHM jbsBK. 

87. KbjH j b 3HK yHKT©? 

88. i^HHU cfenOKH jb3HK M X^BaTCKH 
j ©3BK. 

89. TB yHHUI CpnCKOxbBgTCKH j ©3BK ® 
90 o ^a, y^HM cpncKOxJ)BgTCKH 

j©3BK. 

91. flbflpo , a Kbjn jb3HK 
nbpynHHK Xpede^aHOBBk? 

92. H 6h ynB cpncKokpBaTCKf jb3HK. 


They are soldiers . 


What Choi/) Is your name ? (formal) 

My name Is XpBCTHtJjop 
HhKh(J)Opobh1i . 

What Is your first name , and 
what is your last namef tInformal) 

My first name la Fexa, and my 
last nameXai^Hix. 

What Is my name? 

Your name is lop^e HhhhbIi. 

What Is your name? 

My name Is rpryp Mhj>kobh}i. 

I am a Serb , and what are you? 

I am an American . 

Who Is a Croat ? 

Mr.MemTpoBHk is a Groat. 

What do you study ? (formal) 

I study the language. 

What ( which 1 * ) language do you 
study? 

I study the 3erblan language 
and the Croatian language. 

You study the Serbo-Croatlan 
language. (informal) 

Yes . I study the Serbo-Croatian 
language. 

All right , and what language 

does First Lieutenant Xpe<5e.i>aHOBHi. 

study? 

He, too, studies the Serbo- 
uroatian language. 


19 


J 




























93» A KbjH jb3KK Kan&TaH 

r^(5aii H BbAHHKTJTfiKOBHM 

94o H 6 hh cpncKOxJ)BaTCKH 

j©3HK. 

95. Kbjg j^SHK ^HT« BH H CT&- 
pgjg b6aHHK r&HHil? 

96. M£ frHBMO CpiICKOx£>BaTCKH 
jb 3HK• 

97 • jA jvb. bS rbBOPHTe cpncno- 
x^bStckH? 

98. H&, .IS He rbBQpHM cpncico- 

X^BaTCKHo 

99. flit .^g AecbTap Uohs rbBopfi 
c pnc kcxJjbStc kh? 

100. Hh 'oh H<5 r^BOpHo 

101o Kb jg jb shk rbBopgTe bh h 6h? 

102. H oh h ja rbBOPHMQ bHr^iecKH . 

103. jl h th rbBopMm cpncKO- 
xpBarcKH? 

104. tife. 

105. J& JOL CMHT V XaMHJITOH rbBOPC 
CpnCKOXpBSTCKR? 

106. H'b, He r^BOpe hh &hh. 

107. fla jm b&hi HacTaBHHK rbBopfi 

bHiviecKH? 

108 o At t, HSlII _HaCTaBHHK t6boph 
bHrJiecKHc 


109. A& jih je eHrjiecKH jb3HK 
Tuscan? 

110. Hb, ^HrjiecKH H&jc t&kbk. 

111. flit joi je cpncKOx^BlTCKli jielk? 

112 • He 9 CpnCKQxJ)BSTCKH HH je JlfeiK | 
H^ro TejfcaKo 


And what language j 2&_ Captain 
rp(5nii and Sergeant First Class 
CTomoBHk study? 

They, too, study the Serbo- 
Croatian language. 

What language do you and 
Master Sergeant rannh. study? 

We study the Serbo-Croatian 
language. 

Do you speak Serbo-Croatian? 
(formal) 

No , I do not speak Serbo-Croatia 

Does Corporal Jones speak Serbo- 
Croatian? 

He does not speak either . 

What language do you and he 
speak? 

Both he and I speak English . 

Do you speak Serbo-Croatian? 

(informal) 

No. 

Do Smith and Hamilton speak 
Serbo-Croatian? 

No, they do not speak either. 

Does your instructor speak 
English? 

Yes, our instructor speaks 
English. 


Is the English language 
difficult ? 

No, English is not; difficult. 

Is Serbo-Croatian easy ? 

No, Serbo-Croatian is not easy, 
but difficult. 


2U 





























- 


113* JX&. jib je ..kAico fob^phth 

eHrjiBcKH? 

114. Aa, jislko je roB^puTH ©HrjiecKH. 

115. fla job, je TeigKO tob^phth 
cpncKci^BaTCKMY 

116. A&, TeiUKO je roB&pETE 
CpnCKOX^BSTCKE? 

117. K&ko r&Bop5 ^HrjiecKH 
TOCn^AHH IJOH3 ? 

118. Oh a6(5po roBopa ©HrJiecKH. 

119. K&ko r^BOgH rocn^AHH Uoh3 
CpnCKOX^BaTCKH? 

120. Oh r&BopH cpncKoxJ>B&TCKH 
J^jaBo. 

121o K6 je Aoflap yneRHK? 

122* EpayH je A&6ap tneHHKo 
123. R& jm je Cmet pfraB ^eHHK? 

124* Rk 9 Cmht je £)|>aB ^hohek. 

125* 3&iiito je oh ^)^aB JKeHEK? 

126. §h je £>$aB, jep HEje ngacj>KB . 

127* Kojii ^neHHK je nmHB? 

128. £&<5ap J-neHEK je n&scjbEB. 

129. Rk jm je AOdpo 6 &th nascjbEB? 

130. £&, A&tfpo je <5&th na3Kj>HB. 

131. Rt jm je A^dpo <5 &te Hen&aubHB? 

132. 9 HEje A^dpo d^TH Hen^JKjbHB. 

133. R a jie _be pasyMeTe iatI. ja 
r'bBOpEM? 

134. He pasyneM uiTa be r^Bopirre; 
155. 3aiiiTO He paayMein? 


Is It easy to speak English? 

Yes, It Is easy to speak English. 

Is It difficult to speak Serbo- 
Croatian? 

Yes, It Is difficult to speak 
Serbo-Croatian. 

How does Mr. Jones speak English? 

He speaks English well. 

How does Mr. Jones speak Serbo- 
Croatian? 

He speaks Serbo-Croatian badly . 

Who Is a good student! 

Brown is a good student. 

Is Smith a bad student? 

Yes, Smith is a bad student. 

Why is he a bad student? 

He is bad, because he is not 
attentive . 

Which student is attentive? 

The good student is attentive. 

Is it good to be attentive? 

Yes, it is good to be attentive. 

Is it good to be inattentive ? 

No, it is not good to be in¬ 
attentive. 

Do you understand what I am 
saying? 

I do not understand what you 
are saying. 

Why don't you understand ? 

(informal) 


21 


. 
























136* He pa 3 yMeM, jep roBopliTe (5p3Q » 

13V. A& Jm bh h 6h pa3^MeTe k&a 
r^BopHM nojiaKO ? 

138. R$l. pa3yM6Mo k&a roBopHTe 
noji^KO. 

139. Rk jih _6hh pa3>Me.jy k&a bh 
rftBopHTe cpncKoipBaTCKH? 

140. '6hh He pa3yuejy .<kA ja rbBopHM 


141. j£k Jin M^pnk pa^yMe k&a Ta 

r^BOpHM? 

142. Ak, oh pa3yM6o 

145. A& jih_b 2 pa3^MeTe k&a ja 
r$BopHM (5p30 ^HrjrecK0? 

144. A&, pa3^MeMO k&a bh <5p30 

r^BopHTe &HIVieCKH . 


145. 1Ht& b 2 ynHTe AaHac? 

146« A^Hac ,1a ^hhm a! hhtslm » 
147 . A& JUS. H TH ^HHin A& H^Tani? 


148. Hi, is ja 

149. HItS. bh h oh ^HHTe a!i HHTaTe? 


150. M& yHHMO a& h^Ithmo cpncKo- 

Xj)BaTCK0 o ~ 

151. KaKO HHTajy 6 hh cpncKO- 
x{>BaTCKH. 

152. £>hk H^Tajy A^C5po. 

153. AI Jos. je Teimco? 

154. HAteth cpncKOxijBiTCKH Hifcje 

T 61 UKO . 

155. AS Jim je Tennco ro B&pHTH 
CpnCKOX^BaTCK®?* 


I do not understand, because 
you speak fast . 

Do you and he understand when 
I speak slowly ? 

Yes, we understand when you 
speak slowly. 

Do they understand when you 
speak Serbo-Croatian 9 

They do not understand when I 
speak. 

Does Mapnk understand when I 
speak? 

Yes, he understands. 

Do you understand when I 
speak English quickly? 

Yes, we understand when you 
speak English quickly. 


Whap are you learning today ? 

Today, I am learning to read . 

Are you , too, learning zo read ? 
(informal) 

Yes, I, too, am learning. 

What are you and he learning to 
read ? 

We are learning to read Serbo- 
Croatian. 

How do tney read Serbo-Croatian 

They read well. 

Is reading difficult? 

To read Serbo-Croatian is not 
difficult. 

Is it difficult to speak Serbo- 
Croatian? 


22 

































156. Hiije TeniKO, Ltih H^ije hh 
•tiIlko. 


157* M&jihm .niuto ce naxe "Good 
morning"? 

158. "Good morning" ce K?xe 
" flfrgpo .I^tpq " * 

159. XBfiuiao A k&ko ce K§xe 
^Good day w ? 

160. "Good day" ce itSxe " H6d ap 

Aslh ” q 

161e K&ko ce nSxe “Good evening" 

162 o "Good evening” ce Kaxe 
" fl6(5po B^ve ". 

163 o M6 jihm, kIlko ce Kaxe "So 
long"? 

164o "So long" ce kSx© n RoBvih&- 
H»a" • 

165 o Klko ce Kaxe "Good-bye"? 
166. "Good-bye" ce KSxe " 3(5broM " 
167® KAko cTe? 

168® #6(5po cbm, xb&jl&o 


169. IllTk 3H&HH " baK "? 

170o To 3 hShh "pupil". 

171. A HIT& OHaVH " j^VKTej) "? 

172. To 3 hSvh "teacher". 

173® Rk JOS. BH 3HfiLT6 1UT& 3HaHE 
"llkxjbHB"? 

174® Ja to He 3HaM . 

175. Kb 3 Ha? 

176® Mia t6 h h 3HaMO . 

177® jXk jut th to 3 Ham? 

178. Ja 3HaMo To shShh “attentive 


It is not difficult, but it is not 
easy either. f 

Please, how is “Good morning" said 
(how does one say “Good morning")? 

“Good morning" is said “£o<5po 
jyTpo". 

Thank you . And how is “Good day“ 
said? 

“Good day" is said “£ 06 ap flaH”. 

How is “Good evening" said? 

“Good evening" is said “£o<5po 
Bene**.' ~ ’ 

Please, how is “So long" said? 

“So long" is said “/loBH^eaa”. 

How is “Good-bye" said? 

“Good-bye" is said “3<5oroM". 

How are you? 

I am all right, thank you. 

What does mean ? 

That means “pupil" . 

And what does “yvHTej>“ mean? 

That means "teacher" . 

Do you know what “nax^HB" means? 

I do not know that. 

Who knows ? 

We do not know that. 

Do you know that? (informal) 

“I know,That means “attentive". 


23 





























179* flbdpo. A 3 &HITO 6hh He 
180. OHH^Hfe 3Hrjy, jgp Hifcy. 

n&X2>HBH b^UHo 

181c IUtSl , 1 a n^TaM? 

182. Bh n&TaTe iht& 3 hShh 

"nAjKJbHB"? 

183. A iht& bS OArbBapSTe? 

184c Ja QflrbBapaM o "He 3 HaM”. 

185. K&a ihieHHK QArbBgpS? 

I860 K&a 3hI ihtIl HaCTaBHHK 
niiTa. 

187. K&a jNeHKHH nffTajy ? 

188 v bma nHTajy k&a He pa 3 ^Mejy 
rntTSthe * 

189. 3ibiTO th He OArbBapaiir? 

190. He OAr^BapaMj j§p He 3 h 5 m. 

191. 3&hito bS h 6 h He oArbBapaxe? 

192. He QArbBapaMo ,jep 3HaMo. 

\ _ N / 

193 o 1 HMare_£H AaHac uncase? 

194. HMaMO h nHcaae h nfiTase. 

195. &Mam jih th nbpo h n&ngp ? 

196o &MgM h nbpo h nkntfp. 

197 o jih je nncase Tennco? 

198. Haje hh .kAko hh xeiUKOo 

199 o Kano ee nSme " pa 3 yM& xH ”? 

200c TS ce name "p.a.3.y.M.e.- 
r eH• w . 

201« A k&ko ce nfiiue " 3 H&th w ? 

202 o Tb ce nfiuie "3 .h. a. t.h."• 


All right. And why don't they know ? 

They do not know because they are 
not attentive pupils . 

What am I asking ? 

You are asking what M na3Kj>HB" means? 

And what do you answer? 

I answer; "I don't know". 

When does the student answer ? 

When he knows what the Instructor it 
asking . 

When do the students ask (questions] 

They ask (questions) when they do 
not understand the question. 

Why aon 8 1 you answer ? (inrormal) 

I am not answering because I don't 
know. 

vmy are you and he not answering? 

We are not answering because we 
don't know. 

Do you have writing today? 

We have both writing and reading. 

Do you have pen and paper ? (informa! 
I have both pen ana paper. 

Is writing difficult? 

It is neither easy nor difficult* 
How is " to understand " written? 

That is written M p. a* 3 . y # m. e. t. h. **. 
And how is " to know " written? 

That is written “ 3. h. a* t. h. ". 


24 











































203. Ulxk k Mljy jNeHHim AaHac? 

204# 6hh HMajy HHTaae h iracase. 

205. HItI je t6? 

206. 6bo je p^hhuk. 

207 . Hh.1h je to p^hhhk? 

208. 6bo je mq j p^VHEK. 

209. Hkja je to ob-zieaHHua? 

210. 6bo je Mbja <3b JieacHHua . 

211. Hkje je to nepo? 

212. 6bo je Mbje nbpo. 

213. Kb com ja? 

214. Bh cTe HacTaBHHKo 

215. Hkjn com j'S h^lctrbhhk? 

216. Bfi CTe Him HacTaBHHK o 

217. Jlk jl h je 6 bo TBbja KH&ra? 

218. Hi, to je Bliiia . 

219. Ko jii je raeroBa ojioBKa? 

220. 6ho je abroBa ojrOBKa. 

221. jtr je t'o aeroBO nbpo? 

222. Hije. 6 bo je Mbje nepo. 

223. A nbje je abroBO? 

224. 6ho je abroBO. 

225. KbjH je abroB p^hhhk? 

226. 6ho je aeroB pIhhhk. 

227. £o<5po je kMaTH p§hhmk. 


What do the students have today? 
They have reading and writing. 

What is that ? 

This is a dictionary. 

Whose dictionary is that? 

This is my dictionary. 

Whose notebook is that? 

This is my notebook . 

Whose pen is that? 

This is my pen. 

Who am I? 

You are an instructor. 

Whose instructor am I? 

You are our Instructor . 

Is this your book ? (informal) 

No, that is yours , (formal) 

Which is his pencil ? 

That one over there is his pencil 

Is that his pen ? 

It isn't. This is my pen. 

And which is his? 

That one over there is his. 

Which is his dictionary? 

That one over there is his 
dictionary. 

It is good to have a dictionary. 




























228* Jlkuo je ;Khth k&a je 

P&HHHK A0(5ap o 


229. jim je 6 bo H&ma KH^ra ? 

230. Hkje, to je mxobi. 

231. Jos. je t 6 h&xobo n^po? 

232. Hfcje, t 6 je H&iiie . 

233. JXk. jim cTe bS hAxob 
HaCTaBHHK? 

234. , jg HHcan b&xob 
H aCTaBHHK. 

235. Hhc Te? A nkjfi CTe? 

236. Ja caM biiiii HaCTaBHHK. 

237. R& jik cTe bh h 6h HacTaB- 

HHIJH? 

238. He, mh hhc mo Hac t&bhmhh. 

239. Hll TH HHCH HaCTaBHHK. 

240. HHcaMo 


It is easy to study , when the 
dictionary Is good. 

Is this our book? 

No, that (it) Is theirs . 

Is that their pen ? 

It Isn’t, it is ours . 

Are you their Instructor ? 

No. I am not their instructor. 

You are not ? And whose are you? 

I am your Instructor. 

Are you and he instructors? 

No, we are not instructors. 

Neither are you an instructor. 

(informal) 

I am not. 


26 




















1 


Abbreviations: 


VII VOCABULARY 


m. 
f. 
n♦ 
pi. 

pron.,m.f.n. 
adj • ,m. f.n. 
v. 

pr.t. 

adv. 

prep. 

conj. 

coll. 


noun, masculine 
noun, feminine 
noun, neuter 

plural (irregular plural of nouns) 

pronoun-masculine, feminine, neuter 

adjective-masculine, feminine, neuter 

verb, Infinitive 

present tense 

adverb 

proposition 

conjunction 

collective 


A 

1. a,eonJ. 

2. kkn 9 conj. 

3. AMepHK^Hau, m. 

pi.sAUepHK&Hmi 

B 

4. O^JiexHHna, f. • 

5. 6Ath, v. 

pr.t. scaM,cH,je,cuo,cTe^cy 
pr.t.,negative: H6caM,HHCH 

HHje jHHCMO 
Ifl&CTe,HHcy 

6. (5<5pan, m. 

pi. :c5(5pum 
7o ego, adj.,m. 
d|3a, f. 

(5p3o s n. 

<5poo, adv. 


8. bAoi, pron. ,m. 

bAhis, f. 

Blue, n. 

9. b 0, pron. 

10. bhuxm, adj. ,m. 

BMma, f. 
bmuiS , n. 
sftmg, adv. 
sftma o^nip,m. 

11. B'bflHHK >m. 

pi.: b6ahhuh 


- and(used to contrast two words or 

-but two clauses) 

- American 


- notebook 

- to be 


— private first class; private 

- fast, quick 


- fast, quickly 


- your, yours 


- you (2nd person plural.and 2nd 
person singular-formal) 

- higher, taller 


- higher 

- field grade officer 

- sergeant first class 


27 


A 



r 

12. renepaji. t ^eHepeui) , m* 

13. TOBOpHTH, v. x 

rbBopHM, rbBopBm, roBopfi 
roBopHMo,rbBopSxe,roBope 

14. rocnoAHH, m. 

pl.i rocnoAa, f., coll. 

A 

15. a'a : ) t adv. 

A&, conj. 

A& *h 

16* am, m. 

17. AaHac, adv. 

18. Aacbfip, ffl. 

19. A'bdap, adj. m. 

Aodpa, f. 

A^Opo, n. 

Aodpo, adv. 

(5bj>a,m., comparative 
C56jba, f. 
dbjbS, n. 

6hj& f adv. 

Hajdoj.3, m., superlative 
HajdoJb§, f. 
najdojbe , n. 

Htjdoj>§, adv. 

20. AOBH^eawt, adv. 

21. ^an, m. 

pi.: $>Iuh 

22. ©HrjiecKH, ad j •, m. 

eHiviecica, f. 
eniviecKO, n. 
emviecKH, adv. 

23. sacTaBHHK, m. 

*pl.« 3aCTaBHHUH 

24. s'amxo, adv. 

25. adoroM, adv. 

26. 3HaxH, v. 

pr.t.: 3Hai£,3Ham, 3Ha 

3H8.MO , 3HaX0,3 Ha jy 

27. 3HanH, v., 3rd person sing. 

28. h, conj. 

h-h, conj. 

29. hm&xh | v. v 

pr.t. i HMaM,HMam^t, hm! 

kuaMO, iniaxe, HMgjy 

30. hm@, n. 

t>l.f HU@Ht 


- general 

- to speak; to say 


- mister (Mr.), sir 


- yes 

- that 

- interrogative particle 

- day 

- today 

- corporal 

- good 


- well; all right 

- better 


- better 

- best 


- best 

- so long, till we meet aga: 

- pupil 
E 

- English 


3 

-warrant officer 

- why 

- good-bye 

- to know 


- (it) means 
-and 

- both...and 

- to Jiave 


- name; first name 


28 


J 


31. ja, pron. 

32. j^3HK, m. 

pi.; j63HUH 

33. jgp, conj. 

34. j^-Tpo, n. 


35. k&a, conj. and adv. 

36. ce 

37. k&ko, adv. 

38. Kan^TaH, m. 

39. K&$ra, f. 

40. k b 9 pron. 

41. k6j*h, pron.m. 

K$ja, f. 

Koje, n. 

42. KOMiiHAaHT, m. 


43. jiilk. adj., m. 
jiaKa, f. 
jt&ko, n. 
ji&ko, adv. 


- I 

- language 

- because 

- morning 


K 


- If; when 

- It Is said 

- how 

- captain 

- book 

- who 

- which 


- commandant 


Ji 


- easy 


- easily 


M 


44. mIi j op, m. 

45. m 3, pron. 

46. adj. , m, 
Mjra$I, f. 

, n. 

47. BOflHHK 

48. moJ . pron. ,m. 

mo ja, f. 

M6je, n. 

49. uhjmu 


- major 

- we 

- younger 


- sergeant 

- my, mine 


- please (I beg) 


50 o h&c TaBHXic, m. 

pi.: HacTaBHHua 
51. Ham, pron. ,m. 
Hama, f. 
shoe, n. 

52 o hI. adv. 

h©(o r or He) 

53. H&ro, oonj. 

54. Henk&bHB, adj.m. 

HenaaubHBa, f. 
HenaxjbHBO, n. 
HenkxiHBo, adv. 

55 . hh, conj. 

HH.HH, conj. 


- Instructor 

- our, purs 


-no < 

- not (negative particle) 

- but (after negative clause) 

- inattentive 


- Inattentively 

- nor 

- neither.nor 


29\ 




- lower 


56- h&kh, adj.,m. 
HfejKfi, f. 

H&xg, n. 
h^»§, adv. 
h&xh ocfMuiip, m. 


- company grade officer 


Hb 


57. i&broB, pron.,m. 

H&roBa, f. 

^h^tobo, n. 

58. h&xob, pron.,m. 

aJtxoBa, f. 

H^XOBO, n. 

0 

59. 6bo, pron. 

60. OAr6BapaTH, v. 

pr.t.: OAr6BapaM,OAr6Bapani, 
OArbBapa,OArbBapauo , 
OArdBlpaTe,OAr&BlpSjy 

61. ojiOBKa, f. 

62. 3h, pron. 

63. &hh, pron. 

64. 6ho, pron. 

65. o($mHp, m. 

n 

66. nlkxubHB, adj • , m. 

nkaubHBa, f. 
nkscjbHBO, n. 
nkac*HBO, adv. 

67. nknfip, m. 

68. nbpo, n. 

69. nHcasbe, n. 

70. nHTaae, n. 

71. n^raxH, v. 

pr.t.s ni t au,n®Tam,nS tI 
, nHTaMo,n®TftTe,n®Tijy 

72. nHine ce 

73. n^AOc^nmip, m. 

74. nojir.Ko, adv. 

75. n6pynHHK, m. 

pi. Sn6pyMHnna 

76. ndTnopy^HHK, m. 

pi. Jn^TnopyHHHAH 

77. n^TnyKOBHHK, m. 

j4* sn^TnyKOBHHAM 

78. npesHMe, n. 

79. n^TKOBHHK, m. 

pi.SnyKOBHHAH 


- his 


- their, theirs 


- this 

- to answer 


- pencil 

- he 

- they 

- that over there 

- officer 


- attentive 


- attentively 

- paper 

- pen 

- writing 

- question 

- to ask a question, to questl< 


- it is written 

- non-commissioned officer 

- slowly 

- first lieutenant 

- second lieutenant 

- lieutenant colonel 

- last name, surname 

- colonel 




30 




p 


80. pa3^M6TH, v, - to understand 

pr.t.: pft3yMeM,pa3yMem,pa3yMe 

pa3j-M^MO,pa3jriyt5’Te ,pa3^Me jy 

81. p&hhhk, m. - dictionary 

pi. jp&hhhuh 

82. £>$>aB, adj,,m. - bad 

£>$>aBa, f. 
p^aBO, n. 

p|>aBO, adv. - badly 


C 

83. CptfHH, m. 

^pl.jC^dH 

84. cpncKH, adj.,m. 

cfcncKa, f. 
cpncKO, n. 
cpncnE, adv. 

85. cpncKOxpBaTCKH, adj.,m. 

cpncKox|)BaTCKa, f. 
cpncKoxpBaTCKO, n. 
cpncKox^paTCKH, adv. 

86. cTkpHjS, adj.,m. 

CT^pHja, f. 
cTkpnje, n. 
ct&phJh boahhk, m. 

T 

87. tb 8j, pron. ,m. 

tb 6ja, f, 

TB^je, n. 

88. T^xaK, adj.,m. 

TlniKa, f. 
t^ihko, n. 
t6hiko , adv. 

89. t 3, pron. 

y 

90. m. 

pl.: fHenvmn 

91. yvHTej), m. 

92. y^HTH, v. 

pr.t.: 

yvfiMo, J-HfiT© ,yne 

X 

93. X^bItt, m. 

94. xi>BfiTCKH, adj.,m. 

±pBaTCKi, f. 

^PBaTCKO, n. 

. xpBaTCKff,adv. 

95. XB&aa, f. 


- Serb 

- Serbian 

- In Serbian. In Serbian 

- Serbo-Croatian | fashion 

- In Serbo-Croatian(fashta) 

- olaer 

- master sergeant 

- your, yours (informal) 

- difficult, hard 

- with difficulty 

- that 

- student 

- teacher 

- to learn, to study 

- Croat 

- Croatian 

- in Croatian (fashion) 

- thanks; “thank you" 


31 


96. hhJh, pron. ,m. 

nkja, f. 
hhJ§, n. 

97. h6h, m. 

pi.: 'EHHOBH 

98. HETaae, n. 

99. H^TaTH, v. 

pr.t.: HHTaM,H^Tam,HkTa 

H^TaMO,HHTtT6,HHTajy 

HI 


100. ihtSl, pron. 


- whose 

- rank 

- reading 

- to read 


- what 


32 


LESSON I 


DAILY UNIT I 


IIPBH IxEO 
mJAJior efcj i 


PART I 

DIALOGUE NO. 1 



Hama niKOJia 


1. HacTaBHHKi Aodpo jyTpo. 

y^ieHHK• Hodpo jy*po.. 

2. HacT: 

IUxa HMaMo caA? 


CaA HMaMo AH.Ia^ior. 

3. HacT* 

Ulia je AH.lajior? 


To je KaA roBope Ha- 

CTaBHHK H VHeHHUH. 

4. HacT• 

Z^OdpO. KO CT6 BH, 

MOJIHM? 

Ja caM aeceTap Ilexap 3eij. 

5. HacT* 

”3^” CpnCKOXpBaTCKH 

3Hann 

"rabbit 

£h: 

£o<5po, xBa-na. 

6. Hac T: 

Kojn je obo nac? 

y^: 

Obo je npBH nac. 


iQur school 

1. Instructor : Good morning. 
Student : Good morning . 

2. Instr s What do we have now? 
St : Now we have the dialogue . 

3. Instr : What is a dialogue . 

S£: That is when the instruc¬ 
tor and the students speak. 

4. Instr : All right. Who are 
you, please? 

St : I am Corporal Peter Zee . 

5. Instr : In Serbo-Croatian 
11 zee ” means " rabbit ". 

St: All right, thank you. 

6. Instr : What ("which") period 
is this? 

St : This is the first period . 












































7. HacT * 3HanH, flH.laJtoi^ je ?# 
npBH Mac • W | 

yn : M, a rpaMaTHKa Je 
flpyrn Mac# 

8• HacT ° A k&a je rpauaTHMKa 8. 
Bestfa? 

Yvl} Beacfle cy TpebH Mac . 


9. HacT * Kafl Je MHTaae? 9. 

yM » Hgtaae h npeBobese je 

M6TBPTH Ma6 » 

10. HacT * Jil^a je neTM naff^ 10. 


yM » IlHcaae h npeBobege 
Ha cpncKOxpBaTCKH. I 

11,. HacT * iMxa je iuccth ^ac? il. 


iiiecTH Mac je an j funor ♦ 

12• HacT * /la, flH.1a.ao3H cy 12. 
npBH H luecTH Mac . 

Yh I 3a uiTa je mthbo . 

MOJIHM? 

13. HacT * lUTHBa , cy 3a MHTaae 13. 
H 3a npeBobeae Ha eHi\aecKH. 

Yni Xeeuia. ! V , 

14. HacT » A 3a urxa je gepo? 14. 

£m : Ilepa^ cy 3a nacaae. 3a 
neTH Mac ! 

H< 1 


Instr: That jneana, the dia¬ 
logue is the first period. 

St : Yes, and grammar Is the 
second period. 

Instr: And when Is the gram¬ 
mar exercise ? 

Sts The exercises are the 
third period . 

Instr : When Is reading ? 

St s Heading and translating 
Is the fourth period . 

Instr : What Is the fifth 
period ? 

Sto Writing and translate 
into ("upon") Serbo-Croatian. 

Instr : What Is the sixth 
perlM ? 

St s The sixth period Is the 
(jla lo g u g. 

Instr : Yes, the dialogues 
are the first ana the sixth 

P. e rl. o a. 

St: What Is the reading 
text for, please? 

Instrs Reading texts are for 
reading and for translatlng 
into ("upon") English. 

St : Thank you. 

Instr : And what Is the pen 
for? 

St : Pens are for writing. 

For the fifth period ! 


34 



















































flpyrn zieo 

TPAMATHHKA AHAJIH3A EP. 1 


GRAMMAR ANALYSIS NO, 1 


PART II 


(The numbers in front of the example sentences are those under 
which these sentences appear in the dialogues) 


PAR. 1 - NOUNS 


(3) To je ksa roBope Hac tsbhhk h yneHHUH . 
(5) " 3eu " cpncKoxpBaTCKH 3HanH "rabbit"* 
(14) A sa uiTa je nepo? 

(9) KaA je HKTaae ? 


Words denoting names of persons (HacTaBHHK,yHeHHuii) animals 
(3eu), things (nepo), ideas (nKTane), are called nouns. 

PAR. 2 - KINDS OF NOUNS 


(4) Ja can AeceTap lie Tap 3eij. 


Nouns which are the names of individual members of any 
species (ileTap) are called proper nouns. 

(4) Ja can AeceTap IleTap 3eij. 

(3) To je ksa roBope Hac tbbhhk h yneHHUH . 

Nouns which name a species (AeceTap, HacTaBHHK, yHernmn) 
are called common nouns. 

Nouns denoting something that cannot be seen or touched, 
but is supposed or imagined (Joy, knowledge) are called abstract 
nouns. 


PAR. 3 - GENDER OF NOUNS 



Every Serbo-Croatian noun has a grammatical gender; 
masculine, feminine, neuter. 

Grammatical gender of nouns is determined by the letter 
in which they end, and not by the sex. 
















(2) CaA HMaMO AHjajror * 

(6) Kojn je obo Mac ? 

(4) Ja caM AeceTap o 

Most Serbo-Croatian nouns ending in a consonant are 
of masculine grammatical gender (AHjajior, Mac, AeceTap). 

(7) JX a, a rpaMaTHna je. Apyrn nac. 

(8) A KaA JerpaMatHMKa BeasOa? 

All Serbo-Croatian nouns ending in w a M are of feminine 
grammatical gender (rpaMaTHKa, Beatfa). 

(9) HHTaae h npeBObeae je Me tbpth Mac* 

(!4) lIepo je 3a micaae » 

(15) HIthbo je 3a MHTaree * 

All Serbo-Croatian nouns ending in M -e M (MHTaae, 
npeBo^eae, micaae ) and practically all Serbo-Croatian nouns 
ending in M -o w (nepo, ihthbo) , except personal names and 
nouns in which final “-o' 1 is preceded by a vowel, are of 
neuter gender* 

NOTE ; (a) The gender of animate nouns determined by the sex is 
called natural gender* Grammatical gender is important for declension 
of nouns (Par 4) and natural gender for agreement* However, the gram¬ 
matical and the natural gender of animate nouns in most cases are the 
same* 

(b) In the vocabularies of these lessons the grammatical 
gender for all listed nouns will be given (m.- masculine, f* - feminine, 
n, - neuter)* 

(c) There is no article in Serbo-Croatian. 


PAR* 4 - DECLENSION OF NOUNS 

Nouns change their form in Serbo-Croatian according to 
their function in the sentence. Each such change of form is 
called a " case ” and the procedure is called M the declension 1 * 
of nouns* 

NOTE ; There are only three cases in English; the nomi¬ 
native, the possessive, and the objective, and there are 
seven cases in Serbo-Croatian; the nominative, the genitive 
(possessive), the dative, the accusative (objective), the 
vocative, the Instrumental and the locative. 


PAR. 5 - THE NOMINATIVE CASE OF NOUNS - DEFINITION AND USE 

Ja caM Aecerap* 

I am a corporal * 

(8) A KaA je BeacOa? 

IlHTaH>e je TeiUKO* 

The question is difficult. 

(15)a 3a nrra je nepo? 


36 


















The nouns "AeceTap" , " B e*<5a", "nHTa^e” and "nepo" in 
the preceding sentences are in the nominative case singular. 
This is the form in which nouns are listed in the vocabularies 
of these lessons and in all dictionaries. The nominative case 
is the case most frequently used. The most common use of the 
nbminative is as the subject of a verb. 

NOTE : (a) The subject is the word in a sentence about which something 
is asserted. 

(b) The nominative case, used as a subject, answers the 
questions •'Who?” or "What?": 

je oba© • - The teacher is here, (Who is here?) 

IlHTaae je TeniKo. - The question is difficult. (What is 

difficult?) 


'PAH. 6 - THE NOMINATIVE PLUPAL OF NOUNS 



Mh cmo AeceTapH . 

We are corporals . 

(8)a KaA cy Be^de? 

IlKTa^a cy TeuiKa. 

The questions are difficult. 

(15) lie pa cy 3 a nHca^e. 

The nouns "AeceTapn" , "Beatde" , tf nHTaS6a" and "nepa" in 
the sentences above appear in a form which is different from 
the forms of the same nouns in Par. 5. Serbo-Croatian nouns, 
like English nouns, have two numbers: singular and plural. 
The forms "AeceTap", "Beacda", "naia^" and "nepo" in Par. 5 
are the nominative singulars and the forms "AeceTapH", 
"Be&de", "nHTaita" and "nepa" are the nominative plurals of 
the same nouns. 

The nominative plural as well as all other cases of 
Serbo-Croatian nouns are obtained by adding certain endings 
to the stem of nouns (Par. 7)# 


37 











in 


The nominative plural endings are : 

For all masculine nounss -z; aeceTap _ H 

For all feminine nouns which in the nominative singular end 
"-a n i -e: Bescd - e 

For all neuter nounss -a; nzxaa - a, nep - a 


PAR. 7 - THE STEM OF NOUNS 


The constant (unchangeable) part of nouns, the part which 
appears in all cases and to which are added the endings to form 
different cases, is called the stem . 

The nominative singular of masculine nouns ending in a con¬ 
sonant (fleceTap, yneHHK, Azjajior) is the stem itself except the 
nouns which in the nominative singular have a movable w a M (see 
Par. 17). 

The stem of all feminine nouns that end in •‘a* in the nom¬ 
inative singular (dejrexHzua, Be&da, rpaMaTzza) and of all neuter 
nouns (nepo, jyTpo, nHTaae) is obtained by dropping the final 
vowel. 


The nominative singulars * 

fleceiap 

yneHHK 

flHjaJior 

dejiextHHua 

B 63 K( 5 a 

rpaMaTHKa 

nepo 

jyxpo 

nzTaH>e 


The stem: 
fleceTap- 
yneHUK- 
flujajior- 
(5ejre3KHHu- 
Beacd- 
rpaMaTHK- 
nep- 
jyxp- 
nzTazb- 


PAR. 8 - CHANGE OF VELAR CONSONANTS 

(3) To je Ka# roBope h HacTaBHHK z yneHzijz. 
(I 2 )£a, flH.jajro 3 H cy npBH z mecTZ nacT 
* # Ohz cy czpoMacz , 

They are poor-men. 


If the stem of masculine nouns end in a velar consonant 
(k, r, x), that consonant is changed in the nominative plural 
and in all other cases the ending of which begins with w h m . 

"k" turns into “i^s yneHZKj stems yHeHHK” 1 nom.pls yneHHnz 
AH j ajI0r . stems AHjajiorr; nom.pl:/ AH jajio 3 z 
czpoMax; stems czpoMax-; nom.plsczpoMacz 


--- w ^ aj, 

w r H turns into W 3 M 
w x w turns into M c tt 


38 










TPE’RH ZIEO 


PART III 

GRAMMAR EXERCISES NO. 1 


PPAMATKHKE BE3KEE EP. 1 


1. Use the proper form of the adjective "Aodap" 

(good) before each of the following nouns (Aodap - nom¬ 
inative singular masculine; Aodpa- nom.sing.feminine; 

Aodpn - nom.sing.neuter )j 

AMepHKaHau, dejreHHHija, dopau, boahhk, reHepa^i, rocnoAHH, 
AaH, AeceTap, *>aK, 3ac tbbhhk , HMe , je3HK, jyTpo, KaneiaH, 
KabHra, KOMaHAaHT, Majop, HacTaBHHK, ojiOBKa, o(f«UHp, nepo, 
nopyaHHK, nannp, nHcat&e, nHTase, noAO^Hnnp, noTnopynHHK, 
nyKOBHHK, p^HHH9,CpdHH, XpBai*,yyeHHK, ,y^ZT6Jb, HHH, 3©H, 
HHTaite, uiKOJia, A^ja^ror, Be»da, npeBo^effe, iiithbo, jreKijHja, 
peHHHK, dpoj, CHpOMaX. 

2. Determine the stem of the following nouns: 

Boahhk, reHepaji, AaH, Aecerap, ^aK, 3 ac TaBHHK, je3HK, 
jyTpo, KaneTaH, K^Hra, KOMaHAaHT, Majop, Hac TaBHHK, ojioBKa, 
ocJjhhhp, nopynHHK, nannp, nepo, nnca^e, XpBaT• 

3. Give the nominative plural of the following 
nouns: 

Boahhk, reHepaji, ash, AeceTap, *>aK, je3HK, KOMaHAaHT, 
AHja^ior, cnpoMax, de^reJKHHna, K^nra, ojroBKa, rpaMaTHKa, 
jieKHHja, Beacda, nepo, iiithbo, nHTaTte . 

4. Translate into Serbo-Croatian: 

My dictionary is big. 

My grammar is big. 

My pen is big. 

Our dictionary is not good. 

Our grammar is not good. 

Our pen is not good 
Your dialogue is easy. 

Your lesson is easy. 

Your reading text is easy. 

He is the first student. 

She is the first student. 

This is the first reading text. 

This is the last dialogue. 

This is the last period. 

These are dictionaries. 

These are pencils. 

These are pens. 


39 







HETBPTH flEO 

1UTMBO EPOJ 1 

-,- 


PART IV 

READING TEXT NO. 1 


Hama jreKHHja 

npBH fleo je AHjaJioro Hpyrn aeo je rpaMaTHKa. Tpehn aeo 
je rpaMaTHHKa Besctfa. HeTBpTH aeo je cpncKOxpBaTCKO hithbo. 
rieTH Aeo cy nHTaaa Ha to hithbo. HfecxH Aeo je eHiviecKO hithbo 
sa npeBO^eme Ha cpncKOxpBaTCKH. CeaMH aeo je peHHHK• 

IIpBH aeo je 3a npBH h mecTH nac. Apyrn aeo je 3a apyrn 
nac. TpeLH aeo je 3a TpehH nac» HeTBpTH aeo h neTH aeo cy 3a 
ne tbpth Mac. illecTH aeo je 3a neTH nac. UlecTH aeo je 3a npe- 
Boijei&e Ha cpncKOxpBaTCKH h 3a a^KTax• 

3a npBH nac aaHac HMaMo a^ja^ior <5poj jeaaH, a 3a nrecTH 
Mac HMaMo anja^ior (5poj asa. 3a npBH nac cyTpa HMaMo anjajior 
(3poj ABa ? - a 3a inecTH nac HMaMo TpekH anjajior* HIthbo 6poj 
jeaaH je 3a aaHac, a hithbo <5poj aBa je 3a cyTpa. 


IIETH ZIEO PART V 

IIHTAHA H3 iilTHBA EPOJ 1 QUESTIONS ON READING- TEXT NO. 1 


lo UlTa je npBH aeo? 

2. lift: a je apyrn aeo? 

3. UlTa je TpeixH aeo? 

4* UlTa je ne tbpth aeo? 

5. UlTa je neTH aeo? 

6. UlTa je rnecTH aeo? 

7. IUia je ceaMH aeo? 

8. 3a ko j h nac je npBH aeo? 

9 o 3a ko j h nac je apyrn aeo? 

10o 3a ko j h nac je TpekH aeo? 

11• 3a ko j h nac je neTBpTH aeo? 
12. 3a ko j h nac je neTH aeo? 

13* 3a ko j h nac je iiiecTH aeo? 

14o Ko jh aeo je 3a AHKTaT? 

15. Kojn aeo je 3a npeBO^ene? 

16. Kaa HMaMo AHjaJior 0poj jeaaH? 

17. Kaa HMaMo anjajior <5poj asa? 


40 












18. Kaa hk&mo TpeLH AHjajior? 

19. Kafl Kuavco ihthbo <5poj jeAaH? 

20. KaA HMaMO dithbo 6poj ABa? 


IHECTH ZIEO PART VI 

BEHCEA H3 IIPEBO’EEHA EPOJ 1 TRANSLATION EXERCISE NO, 1 

Oar school. We study Serbo-Croatian 
Today we have our first lesson. Our lesson is not easy. 

The first dialogue, the dialogue number one, is for today. 

The dialogue number two is for tomorrow. We study the dialogue 
both the first and the sixth periods ("period"). 

Grammar is difficult, but we study it ("that") both the 
second and the third periods ("period"). The third period is 
for exercises. 

Translating into Serbo-Croatian is difficult. To trans¬ 
late the Serbo-Croatian reading text into English is not 
difficult. Dictation is easy. 


.CEjIMH flEO PART VII 

PEHMK EPOJ 1 VOCABULARY NO. 1 

Abbreviations: 

Cardinal numeral: card.num. 
Ordinal numeral : ord.num. 


101. niKOJia, f. 


school 

102. caA, adv. 

103. Aujkjior, m# 

pi: AHjajio3H 


now 

- 

dialogue 

104. 3eu, m # ■ 

pi: 3eneBH 

- 

rabbit; hare 

105. nac , m. 

pi: hIlcobh 

— 

period 

106. npBH, ord.num.,m. 
npBa., f. 
npBO, n. 

' 

first 

107. rpaMaTHKa, f. 

- 

grammar 

108* Apyrz, ord.num.,m. 

Apyra, f. , AP^ro >n . 

— 

second 


41 











grammatical 


109. rpaMaTHMKH, adj.,m. 
rpaMaTHHKa 9 f. 

rpaMaTHHKO , n. 

110o b6x6 a j f* 

lllo Tpfeiifi, ord.num.-, m. 
Tpeka, f. 

Tp&ke* n. 

112. npeBo|)§iie 9 n. 

113. HeTBpTH, ord.num., m. 

neTBpTa, f. 

H&TBpTO, n. 

114. n@TH, ord.num., m. 

n§Ta, f. 
neTO, n. 

115. 3a, prep. 

116• Ha» prep. 

117. ui§cth, ord.num. ,m. 
uiecTa, f. 
uiecTO, n. 

119. iuthbo, n. 

119. JieKUHja, f. 

*81. pe^HHK, m. 

P 1 - P6HHHUH 

120. flSo, m. 

pi: rSjiobk 

121. AHKT8.T , m. 

122. <5p$j, m. 

pis CpojeBH 

123. jeAan, card.num. y m. 

jeAH* ? f. 

J aho , n. 

124. cyTpa, adv. 

125. abS, card.num.,m. 

AB6 , f. 

abS, n. 

126. cHpoMaXp m. 

pi: cnpoMacH 


- exercise 

- third 


- translating 

- fourth 


- fifth 


- for 

- on, upon 

- sixth 


- reading text 

- lesson 

- vocabulary 

- part 

- dictation 

- number 

- one 


- tomorrow 

- two 


- poor man 



42 


















DAILY UNIT II 


IIPBH JXBO PART I 

ffHJiUIOr BPOJ 2 DIALOGUE NO. 2 

<■ • ' ' } 



HacTaBHHK ° Rbl Jivi je cpncKQ- 
XpBaTCKH .1 e 3 UK TeHEK ? 

y^e hhk - Hnje hh xereaK HH 

JlSiK . 


Instructor ; Xs the Serbo - 
Croatian Language difficult ? 

Students It is neither 
difficult nor easy . 


2. HacT: £a jiu je cpncKOXPBaxeKa 2. Instrs Is Serbo-Croatian 


rpai.taTHKa Jiana? 

y^ o Hnje, ajin rpaMaTHHKe 
Beade cy Jiane » 

3- HacT ? Jja jiu je hithbo Jiaico ? 

y*i ° illTHBa cy £aica, a h 
flHjajosH cy JiaKH. 

4. HacT ° Ka# je yneHHK aodap? 

Yh” YneHHK je aodap ano je 
flapOBHT H Mapj>HB » 

5. riacT ° Aa jih je jiow. YHeHHK 
npBH hjih nocjre ah>h? 

Yh ° Oh je nocjie ash . 


grammar easy ? 

Sts It isn't, but grammar 
exercises are easy , 

3. Instr s Is the reading text 
easy ? 

St s Reading texts are easy 
and dialogues are easy too. 

4o Instr s When Is a student 
good ? 

Sts A student is good if he 
is talehted and diligent . 

5» Instr s Is a bad student 
first or lastT Tln class)? 

Sts He is last. 


43 







































































6 


6* HacT ° /la jm je rocno^Hga 
Mapnii Ao6pa yneHHija? 

y~H » OHa je npMHHHO aapoBHTa 
h Mapj>HBa «> 

7o HacT ° Koje hithbo je 
nocJieAH»e ? 

^eTBpTO JIITHBO je 
noc^e^. 

8. HacT ° /la jm je npBa JieKUH 
BejiHKa yuan. Mama? 

Yh ° OHa je BejiHKa o 

9° HacT ° /la* OHa je '’^oraTa” 

Yh - H Ham peHHHK (5poj 
jeAaH je " Corai "o 

10. HacT « Hnje hh bqjthk hh 

MaJIH o 

y^: tf EoraTH ft peHHHK <5poj 
jeflaH je npHmHHHo re scan . 


11 . HacT ° /la jijs . je Banie nepo 
flo 6 po? 

y^ Oho je monre . 

12. HacT ° TeuiKO ce nnine KaA 
je nepo mome . 

yn ° Hjih KaA yneHHK HHje 
Mapj>HB . 

15. Hacx ° /la mH cy AMepHKaHHH 
AQ^ph baiiH ? 

Yh* /la, ohh cy ao6ph 

yHeHHHH o 


o Instr g Is Miss Marie a 
good student ? 

St g She is fairly talented 
and diligent . 

7. Instr g Which reading text 
is the last ? 

Sts The fourth reading text 
is the last . 

8. Instr g Is the first lesson 
large or small ? 

St s It is large . 

9. Instr g Yes* it is M rich H . 

St g Our vocabulary number 
one is "rich" too. 

10. Instr g It is neither large 
nor small . 

St g The " rich " vocabulary 
number one is rather 
difficult . 

11 <> Instr g Is your pen good ? 


St g It Is bad . 

12o Instr g It is difficult to. 
write when the pen is bad. 

Stg Or when a student is 
not diligent . 

13. Instr g Are Americans good 
students ? 

St g Yes* they are good 
students. 


44 





































































flpyra mo part ii 

rPAMATHHKA A HA JIM 3 A EPOJ 2 GRAMMAR ANALYSIS NO. 2 

PAR. 9 - ADJECTIVES 



Adjectives are words which describe or limit nouns. 


PAR. 10 - GENDER OF ADJECTIVES 

1. There are three genders of adjectives in Serbo- 
Croatian s masculine, feminine and neuter: 

jian, m. - easy 

JLAK - a, f. - easy 

ji&k - o, n. - easy 

2* (4) KaA je yneHHK floCap? 

(6) £a jih je rocno^Hua MapuE ao(5pa yveHHix a? 

(11) M jih je Baiiie nepo floflpo ? 

Adjectives must agree with the nouns they modify in 
gender, number and case (yveHHK Ao(5ap; aotfpa yveHHija; 
nepo AOdpo)* 

PAR. 11 - THE STEM OF ADJECTIVES 

Serbo-Croatian adjectives have seven cases, which are 
formed by adding certain endings to the stem of adjectives . 

The basic form of all Serbo-Croatian adjectives is the 
nominative case masculine gender singular (jisk). In diction¬ 
aries, adjectives are listed in their basic form. 

Most Serbo-Croatian adjectives of masculine gender sin¬ 
gular end in a consonant, some in h -h m , and a few in ,, -o 11 . 

The basic form of adjectives ending in a consonant is at 
the same time the stem of those adjectives (jiaK,m. ; the stem: 
jiaK-), except the adjectives which in their basic form contain 
a movable "-a'* (see Par. 17). 


45 

















,The stem of adjectives which in their basic form end 
in m -h m is obtained by dropping the "-h" (cpncKH,m.| the 
stems cpnc«“) • 


PAR. 12 - THE FORMATION OF FEMININE AND NEUTER GENDER OF 
ADJECTIVES 

1. (1) /la jik je cpncKQxpBaTCKH j e3HK TeacaK? 

(2) /la jiis . je cpncKoxpBaTCKa rpaMaTHKa jraica? 

(4) y^eHHK je floOap ano je aapoBHT h MapjkHB> 

(6) OHa je npmiHHHo aapoBHTa h Mapj>HBa • 

The nominative singular feminine of adjectives is ob¬ 
tained by adding the ending M -a" to the stems 

cpncKoxpBaTCKH, m»; the stems cpncKOxpBaTCK femicpncKoxpBaTCK-a 

AoOap, m. the stems £o<5p- ferns flo<5p-£ 

AapoBHTjm. the stems aspobht- fernsAapoBHT-a 

2« (1) CpncKoxpBaTCKH je3HK HKje hh Texan HH JiaK o 

(3) /la jih je uithbo Jiano? 

(11) Ha jiia je Baiue nepo floOpo ? 

The nominative singular neuter of adjectives, the stem 
of which does not end in a palatal consonant is formed by 
adding the ending M -o M to the stems 

jiaK,m. the stems jian- neuters JiaK-o^ 

AoOap, m. the stems ^oOp- neuters AoOp-o 

3® (7) He tbpto uithbo je nocjie awe * 

(11) Oho je Jiouie o 

The nominative singular neuter of adjectives, the stem 
of which ends in a palatal consonant is formed by adding the 
ending M -e w to the stems 

noc^eAHU, m. the stems nocJieAa- neuters nocjreflife-e 

jioui, m« the stems jioiu- neuters jioin-e 


PAR. 13 - INDEFINITE AND DEFINITE FORM OF ADJECTIVES 

Most Serbo-Croatian adjectives have two forms of some 
cases, the definite and the indefinite . The difference be¬ 
tween the two is approximately the difference between the 
English forms the good pupil (definite) and a good pupil 
(indefinite). The following chart shows the cases in which 
the definite and the indefinite forms are different: 


46 



















MASCULINE 

FEMININE 

- j - —m: 

NEUTER 

s 

I 

N 

a 

u 

L 

» 

All cases have 
both indefinite and 
definite forms. 

Only one form 
in all cases. 

Nominative, 
accusative and 
vocative have 
only one form; 
the other four 
cases have two 
forms• 

P 

L 

U 

only one form. 

Only one form. 

Only one form. 

R 

A 

L 



NOTE ; In cases in which there is no difference in form there 

exists a slight difference in accent* There is a growing 
tendency to prefer the definite over the indefinite forms. 
But only the indefinite form, if it exists, is used as a 
predicate adjectives 

y H8HHK je HOtfajD. 

The student is good * 


PAR. 14 - THE FORMATION OF THE DEFINITE FORM OF ADJECTIVES 

(10) ^ Ecrarz " peaHZK dpoj je^ai* je aocts TesaK. 

The definite form of masculine adjectives is formed by 
adding to the stems 

dorar, m. the stems doraT- definite form: dorar-z 


PAR. 15 ADJECTIVES WITH DEFINITE FORM ONLY 

(5) J\a. jivl je jiom yneazn npBZ kjiu. nocjieflT^z ? 

(10) Hzje hz BejiHK a z Majiz . 

All adjectives, the basic form of which ends in "-z”, 
have the definite form only ■( nocjieflan, Majin). 


PAR. 16 - THE NOMINATIVE PLURAL OF ADJECTIVES 

(3) Aajajrosz cy 

(2) TpaMaTzaKe se-jcde cy £ane. 

(3) UlTHBa cy Jiana . 


47 























The nominative plural of all adjectives is formed by 
adding the following endings to the stems 

-For masculine gender adjectives the ending H -* u : 
jiblk, m. the stems nom.pl.masculine: jisk-jh 

NOTE S Velar consonants do not change before M * 11 in' the nom¬ 
inative plural of adjectives. 

-For feminine adjectives the ending M -e H $ 
jiaK, m. the stems jiaic- nom.pl.feminines jraic-e. 

-For neuter adjectives the ending M -a ll s 
jiaK, m. the stems jisk- nom.pl.neuters jiaic-a 


PAR. 17 - THE MOVABLE «A M 


(13) 5a jm cy AMepHKaHUH aoCpu *>aun? 
Ohh cy ao^ph OopuH o 
They are good fighters. 


The nominative plurals w AMepHnaHUB", M (5opnH M , and 
M AoCpH - are not obtained simply by adding the ending "-h" 
to the nominative singular. In addition to that change, the 
"a" which in the nominative singular precedes the final 
consonant has been omitted. This "a" occurs in the nomina¬ 
tive singular of all masculine nouns (dopau)*of all mascu¬ 
line adjectives (Aodap) and of all masculine pronouns 
( oBanaB - this kind of) which otherwise would end in two or 
more consonants. It is dropped in all other cases except the 
genitive plural of nouns. Because of that this "a" is called 
movable “a*. - 

The movable “a” never occurs in one-syllable words. The 
movable M a" is always short. 


nom. sing. jiax. 
nom.sing. AoCap 
nom. sing. AMepHKaHau 
nom.sing. Oopau 


nom.pl. 

nom.pl. 

nom.pl. 

nom.pl. 


jiaKH 

AO(5pn 

AMepHKaHUH 

<5opuH 


NOTE S (a) Exceptions The only monosyllabic words which have a movable 
*a* are the nouns "na<? (dog) and "call* (dream) and the pro¬ 
noun "cafiP (whole, entire). 

(b) The "a* of the numeral "JeAaH M (ofle) is movable. 

(c) The only groups of consonants in which Serbo-Croatian nouns 
and adjectives may end are *bT w (npcT- finger), w -ni! w 
(nprniiT- boil), w -oa* ( rpo3A~ bunch of grapes) and *-jka w 
(bo 3KA - leader). 

(d) In the vocabularies of these lessons there will be given not 
only the nominative singular of nouns and the nominative singu¬ 
lar masculine of adjectives but also the nominative plural of 
all nouns as well as the nominative singular feminine and 
neuter of adjectives and pronouns which have a movable "a*. 


48 










PART III 


TPERH ZLEO 

rPAMATHHKE BEFBE EPOJ 2 GRAMMAR EXERCISES NO. 2 

1* Tell the gender of the following adjectives: 

Ep3, AOtfpo, jian, naiAHBa, p^ebo, cipncKOxpBSTCKa, rpaMaTHHKH, 
AapOBHTO, nocmeA*&e, Ma.*H, CoraTa, HeMapjbHB. 

2. Determine tjie stem of the following adjectives: 

Ep3, AoCap, maK, nasu>HB, p*>aB, jiam, CoraT, nocmeAW, 
cpncKOxpBaTCKH, rpauaTHHKH, MaJIH. 

3. Tell the feminine and neuter gender of the following 
adjectives: 

Ep3, Aotfap, nasc^HB, jran, p*>aB, jioiii, nocJieAT*n, cpncKOxpBaTCKH 
Oorax, mejih• 

4* Tell the definite form of the following adjectives: 

Ep3, AoCap, nase^HB, ji&k, p^aB, jiohi, Cora'T, AapoBHT. 

5. Give the nominative plural for all three genders of the 
following adjectives: 

Ep3, Aodap, jiaK, nax*HB, p^aB, cpncKOxpBaTCKH, AapoBHT, 
nocjieAH»H, icajm, rpaMaTHHKH, Be jihk • 

6• Give the nominative plural of the following nouns: 
AMepHKaHau, Oopau, cupoMax, XpBaT, KaneTaH. 

7. Choose the right word in parentheses: 

(£o<5ap,£o<5pa,flo$po) yMeHHK ynn MapjbHBo• 

(AoOap^oCpa^oCpo) yneHnua ynn Map^HBO. 

( Hob, HoBa,H obo) nepo je (Aotfap,Aotfpa,AoCpo). 

( Ham,Hama,Hame) inKOjia je (BejrHK,BejiHKa,BejiHKo) . 

(Bam,Baina,Bame) nepo je (jioin,jioma, Jiouie) • 

^0H,0Ha,0Ho) je AapoBHT y^eHHK. 

' (#oCpn,il 1 o(5pe ,£o<5pa1 yneHHUH SHajy niTa ynuxe.* nnia. 

(MepAHBHjMap^HBe ,MapjbHBa) yneHHne cy (npBH,npBe ,npBa), a 
(HeMapjbHBe ,HeMapjbHBH,HeMapjiHBa) (nocJieA»H,noc.7ieAH>e ,nocJieA*&a) 
( Hamn, Hame, Hama ] meKijHje (je,cy) ( ttskh , jiaKe , jiana) • 

Hanoi ( peHHHK , penHuuH ) cy "CoraTH". 

(CKpoMax,CHpoMacH) HHcy (<5oraT,CoraTn). 

KifcHre cy (HOBH,»bBe,HOBa). 

E©^ie*HHue Huey (hobh,hob6, hob a) • 

(Ham,Hama,Hame) nncojia je (AO(5ap,AOtfpa,AoOpo) . 

Majop j© ( bhiiih,BH ina,BHine ) ocfmjup. 


49 






^lETBPTH flEO 


PART IV 


1HTMBO EPOJ 2 READING TEXT NO. 2 

yneHHmi 

JX apoBHT, nasc^>HB h Map.£>HB yneHHK je npBH yneHHK. 

HenascJbHB h HeMap-tHB yneHHK je nocJieA^ yneHHK. 

yneHHK, kojh je aapoBHT h TaKO|>e nasLtHB h Mapj>HB, yBeK 
je Aotfap yneHHK. yneHHK, Kojn je naa^HB h MapjtHB 9 a HHje 
HapoHHTO AapoBHT, nee to je Aodap yneHHK. AapoBHT yneHHK, 
ko j h je HenajKjbHB h HeMap^HB, o<5hhho HHje Aotfap yneHHK, a 
ne cto je jioiiio 

AapOBHTH, naSUbHBH, MapjbHBH yHeHHIJH cy yB6K AOdpH 
yneHHHHo Henascj>HBH, HeMap^HBH yneHHijH cy nee to jiouih yneHHijH. 
.flapoBHia, nascj>HBa, Map«E>HBa yneHHija je Aotfpa yneHHija. 
HenasLbHBa, HeMapAHBa yneHHija je hocto Jioma yneHHija. 

IIa5Kj>HB yneHHK yBeK 3Ha uiTa HacTaBHHK nHTa - oh yBeK 3Ha 
"nocJieAHje nHTaTfce". 

yneHHK, ko j h HHje AapoBHT, Tpeda Aa ynn bhiuo Hero yneHHK 
KOj H je AapOBHT O 


IIETH flEO 


PART V 


IMTAKA H3 HETHBA BPOJ 2 QUESTIONS ON TRANSLATION 

. EXERCISE NQ<> 2 


lc 

2 . 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6 . 

7. 

8 . 
So 

10 . 

11 . 

12 . 

13. 

14. 


Kojn yneHHK je npBH? 

Ko jn yneHHK je nocJieAffiH? 

Koj h yneHHK je yBeK Aotfap yneHHK? 

Kojn yneHHK je necTO Aotfap yneHHK? 

Kojn yneHHK o6hhho HHje Aodap yneHHK? 
Kojn yneHHK je nee to jrom yneHHK? 

Kojn yneHHHH cy yBeK AOtfpn yneHHijH? 

Kojn yneHHHH cy nee to AO(5pn yneHHKH? 
Kojn yneHHHH o<5hhho HHcy Aotfpn yneHHijH? 
Kojn yneHHHH cy hocto .kouih yneHHijH? 

Koja yneHHHa je npBa? 

Koja yneHHHa je noc.aeAH>a? 

Koja yneHHu;a je yBeK Aodpa yneHHija? 

Koja yneHHAa je necTO Aotfpa yneHHija? 


50 












15. Koja yneHinja oOhhho HHje }* x o<5pa yneHHua? 
16* Koja yneHHi^a je necTO jiouia yneHHija? 

17. Koje yneHHije cy yBeK AOCSpe yneHHije? 

IB. Koje yneHHi^e oOhhho HHcy AoOpe yneHHije? 

19. IHTa nascjbHB yneHHK yBeK 3Ha? 

20. Ko Tpetfa Aa yHH BHine Hero AapoBHT yneHHK? 


1UECTH iffiO PART VI 

BEHEA M3 IIPEBOIEHA EPQJ 2 TRANSLATION EXERCISE NO. 2 


Students 

Who has to study more: a talented student or a stu¬ 
dent who is not talented? That is a good question^ 

. Both the talented student and the student who is not 
talented have to study, but the second ought to study more than 
the first. A talented (boy) student who does not study is not 
a good student. A talented girl student who does not study is 
not a good student. Talented (boy) students who do not study 
are not good students. Talented girl students who do not study 
are not good students. 

A student who is not talented, but is attentive and stu¬ 
dious, often is a good student. To be attentive and studious 


is always good. 


CE£MK £E0 

PART VII 

PEHHHK EPOJ 2 

VOCABULARY NO. 2 

127. ho, conj. 

- if 

128. AapoBHT, adj.,m. 

- talented 

AapoBHxa, f. 


AapoBHTO, n. 

0 

129. Map^>HB, adj.,m. 

- diligent, studious 

MapjbHBa, f. 


mAp^hbo, n. 


Map.*>HBo, adv. 

- diligently 

130. IbiH, conj. 

- or 


51 











131* nocjieASK, adj.,m. 
nbcJie aha, f. 
nocJieAse, n. 
132. rbcno|>ima, f. 

133» ^HCHHija, f. 

134. Ty, adv. 

135. bHa, pron. 

136. Be jihk, adj.,m. 

Be^iHKa, f. 
B^JIHKO, n. 

137. mSah, adJ •, m. 

MgUa, f. 
msIjio, n. 

Majio , adv. 

138« 6oraT, adj.,m. 
CoraTa, f, 
v 6oraTo, n. 
tforaTO, adv. 

139. npHjiHHHo, adv. 

140. oho pron. ,n. 

141. HeMapjbHB If adJo,m. 

HeM^pjbHBa, f. 
HeMapibHBO, n. 
HeMapjbHBO, adv. 

142. Tanb^e, adv. 

143. yBeK, adv. 

144. HapoHHTO, adv. 

145. necTO, adv. 

146. oOhhho, adv. 

147. T^l(5a Aa 
*10. BHiue, adv. 

*53. H^ro 9 conj. 


- last 


- miss (Miss) 

- girl student (school 

- there /girl) 

- she 

- big, large 


- small, little 


- little 

- rich, wealthy 


- richly 

- fairly; rather 

- it 

- negligent 


- negligently 

- also 

- always 

- particularly 

- often 

- usually 

- ought to, have to 

- more 

- than 


52 



DAILY UNIT III 


iipbh mo 

ZlHJAJIOr EPOJ 3 


PART III 
DIALOGUE NO. 3 



IIopoflHua Family 

1. HacTaBHHK : Kano cxe? 1. Instructor: How are you ? 

yneHHK: XBa-sa, Aotfpo caM. Student : Thank you, I am 

- — well (all right). 

2. Hbct : Kano j_e rocno^a BpayH? 2. Instr : How is Mrs. Brown? 

(Kano j_e Bama rocno^a (Baiua (How JLs your wife?) 

seHa)? 


y^ : OHa ,fe flocTa Ao<5po. 

3. Hac t : A fla jm ££ Baiue 
lepice Aodpo? 

Yh : Jecy ; h oHe cy Aodpo. 

4. HacT : rocnoijHua Mapa je. Bp^ro 
AoCSpa AesojHHua., 

Z2L : ° Ha JL® Bel BejiHKa 

AesojKa* 

5* HacT : lilxa paAe Baum chhobh? 
Yh : Ohh yne , Hapoviixo Uoh. 


St: She is , fairly well. 

3. Instr : And are your 
daughters well? 

St : They are : they . too, 
are well. 

4. Instr : Miss Mary is a very 
good little girl. 

St : She Is already a big 
girl. 

5. Instr : What are your sons 
doing ? 

St : They study, particularly 
John. 


53 















6. Hrct S / 0h je Bp.no Aotfap 
• MJiaAHiu A MaJiH lie Tap? 

yq ° Oh He pa ah aoboaho, rjih 
le. h oh £0(5ap AenaKo 

7 o Hac t : 3HanH £a cTe bh h 
B aiua nopoAHHa aocth Aotfpo. 

Tv} JecMQ , AO(5po cMOo A £a 

JIH CT6 h bH AO^pO? 

8o HacT » JecaM, £o(5po caM k 
J a* "Hero, Kano yneite? 

' £2° SnaTe , uithbo J_e Aanac 

Aocxa TeniKO. 

9o HacT « 3Hau Aa oho HHje Jiaico 


7 h > Ajih uiTHBa <5po j je£aH h 
(5poj £ea HHcy Temica. 

10a Hac t » /la, QHa cy Aocxa JiaKa.10 


yn « H AHjajror j_e AaHac jiaK. 

11. Hacjx- Aa, h oh je^ yiaK. 11 

7 h 9 o Hh rpaMaTHHKa Bea;<5a 
Aanac HHje TeuiKa. 

12« Hac t - HHje hh QHa Teurna. 12 


ffHje ® 


69 Instr: He Is a very good 
young man. And (the) 
little Peter? 

St : He does not work 
enough, but he, too, is 
a good little boy. \ 

7. iQstr s That means that 
you and your family are 
fairly well. 

St : We are , we are well. 
And are you well too? 

80 Instr : I am . I am well 
too. But how's the stu¬ 
dying? 

St : You know , the reading 
text is rather difficult 
today. 

9. Instr : I know that JLt is 
not easy. 

St : But the reading texts 
number one and number two 
are not difficult. 

Instr : Yes, they are fair¬ 
ly easy. 

St : The dialogue, too, is 
easy today. 

Instr : Yes, it is easy 

too. 

St : Nor is the grammar 
exercise difficult today. 

Instr : It is not difficult 
either. 

St: It isn't. 


54 
























flpyrn mo 

ITAMATHHKA AHAJIH3A EPOJ 3 


PART II 


GRAMMAR ANALYSIS NO. 3 


PAR. IQ - FIRST, SECOND AND THIRD PERSON 

In grammar the term first person means the person 
speaking (I, we); the second person Is the person spoken 
to (you); the third person Is the person spoken about (he, 
she. It, they). 


PAR. 19 - PRONOUNS 

Pronouns are words which are used to replace nouns. 

(4^ Tocno^zna Mapa je Bpjio Aodpa AeBojHHija. Ona je Beh 
BeJiHKa Aesojica. 

(6) A MajiH IleTap? Oh He paAH aobojjio, ajiz je h £H Aodap 
Aenan. 

NOTE : Serbo-Croatian pronouns have seven cases. 

PAR. 20 - PERSONAL PRONOUNS 


1. The Serbo-Croatian personal pronouns In their funda¬ 
mental form (the nominative) ares 


Ja 

I 

Mh 


Th 

You (thou) 

Bh 


Oh. m. - 
0Ha,f. - 

He 

Ohh, 

m, 

She 

OHe, 

f 

Oho , n. - 

It 

OHa, 

n, 


- We 

- You 

- They 

- They 

- They 


2. (6) Oh je Bpjio AoOap MJiaAHl. 

(4) OHa je Bek Be jihks AeBojica. 
(9) Qhq HHje jiano • 

(5) Ohh yne, HapovHTO Uoh. 

(3) Jecy, h QHe cy AoOpo. ' 

(■10) #a, QHa cy aocts Aana. 


Serbo-Croatian has different forms for all genders not 
only In the singular third person (oh, ohs, oho) but also 
In the plural third person (ohh, oho,, ohs)* 


3. (11) h oh je JiaK. 

(12) HHje hh QHa Tennca. 

(9) 3hsm Aa oho HHje JiaKO.. 

The English pronoun "it" may be .rendered Into Serbo- 
Croatian by “oh 1 (AHjajior - oh), "oHa“ (rpaMaTHHKa Bescda - 
oHa) or "oho" (ihthbo - oho) according to the gender of the 
noun to which the "it" refers. 


55 









The dame is true for the English pronoun “they": 

Obo ctf pe^HHun; ohh cy MOjH. 

These are dictionaries; they are mine. 

Obo cy K»Hre> QHe cy Barne. 

These are books; they are yours. * 

Obo cy nepaj QHa cy aeroBa. 

These are pens; they are his. 

4. (1) XBsma, flodpo caM. 

(8) JecaM , AObpo caM h ja . 

As subjects of verbs, personal pronouns are usually 
omitted in Serbo-Croatian. But if the speaker wants to em ¬ 
phasize the subject, he uses the pronoun. 

5. The second person singular "th" Is used in Serbo- 
Croatian only between relatives and intimate friends of about 
the same age; therefore its use is to be avoided by foreigners. 


PAR. 21 - VERBS 

t 

12.) OHa flocTa floOpo. 

(6) Oh He pagH aobo^ho, a^in je h oh Aobap AenaK. 

MH yHHMO cpncKoxpBaTCKH j e3HK. 

We are studying the Serbo-Croatian language. 

The words "je", “paAn 11 and tt yHHMo M are verbs. A verb is 
a word which expresses an action (paAz, ynzMo) or state (je 
AocTa Ao<5po); by it we say that people do things, or that 
people or things are something or other. 


PAR. 22 - THE INFINITIVE OF VERBS 

The infinitive is an impersonal form of the verb which 
does not indicate time, number, or attitude. It is the form 
by which verbs are listed in dictionaries. 

The following underlined verb forms are infinitives: 

He wants to go . 

He learned to swim . 

We cannot leave . 

To_ invite so many people is foolish. 

In English the infinitive usually has "to 11 in front of 
it and in Serbo-Croatian it is characterized by the infini ¬ 
tive ending . Most Serbo-Croatian verbs end in "-th" and'the 
rest end in "-Kh". 

to study 
to go 


yHHTH, V. 
HkH, V. 


5b 















NOTE: Verbs are listed in all dictionaries and in the vocabularies 
of these lessons in the infinitive form. With each infinitive in these 
vocabularies, the following information will be given: the present 
tenseJ the active past participle (if irregular )\ whether it is tran¬ 
sitive (t.) or intransitive (i.)l whether it is reflexive (r. )j and 
whether it is perfective (pfv.) or imperfective (ipfv.). The significance 
of these terms will be dealt with later. 


PAR. 23 - PRESENT TENSE OF VERBS 

The following examples show varieties of the present 
tense in English: 


I study 
I am studying 
I do study 
Do I study? 


- Ja y'lHM 

- Ja ynHM 

- Ja y^HM (”Ja" must be stressed) 

- y^HM J1H ja? 


Note that in Serbo-Croatian only one form of the present 
tense is used to translate the four English types. 


PAR. 24 - AUXILIARY VERB "SHTK" 

The verb m <5hth» (to be) has two functions in Serbo- 
Croatian. It is used: 

(a) In its literal meaning and 

(b) As an auxiliary verb 

"Ehth" as an auxiliary verb corresponds to the English 
auxiliary verbs "to be 11 and "to have" (as in: I have worked, 
I had worked, I was working. He is gone, etc.). 


PAR. 25 - PRESENT TENSE OF THE AUXILIARY VERB "EHTH" 

1. (8) JecaM , Aodpo caM h ja. 

JecH jix Aodpo? 

Are you well? 

(11) Aa, h oh JiaK. 

(7) JecMo , flotfpo cmo . 

(?) Jecxe jivl bh Aodpo? 

( 3) Jecy, h oHe AoOpo. 

The words "jecaM w , "jecn", "je", "jecMo", "jecTe" and 
H jecy M are forms of the present tense of the auxiliary verb 
"<5hth". 

The verb "<5hth" has two forms in the present tense: a 
full and a short form. 

(a) Full form : 

lV (Ja) jecaM - I am (Mh) jecMo- We are 

2. (th) jecH - You are (bh) jecTe- You are 

3. (Oh) je - He is (Ohh) jecy - They are 

(OHa) je - She is (CHe) jecy - They are 

(Oho) je -It is (OHa) jecy - They are 


57 








Full forms are used only In questions and snort affir¬ 
mative answers. The full form for the third person singular 
is the same as the short form Oje)* There exists a longer 
form but is is used only in affirmative short answers re¬ 
ferring to the third person singular and as an adverb meaning 
H yes M (see Par. 55) 

(b) Short form ; 

1» J a c aM Mh c mo 

2. Th ch Bh ct« 

3. Oh, oHa, oho je Ohh, oHe, oHa cy 

Short forms (enclitic forms) are never stressed. They 
may never stand at the beginning of a sentence. 


TPETiH AEO PART III 

rPAMATH^KE BEHEE EPOJ 5 GRAMMAR EXERCISES NO. 5 


Choose the right word in the parentheses: 

(Ja,TH,OH) caM o^HijHp. 

(Ja,Tn,OH) ch yneHHKo 
(Ja,TH,OH) je yneHHKo 
(Ja,TH,OH,OHa) je yneHHija® 

Obo je nepo; (oH,oHa,oHo) je hobo. 

(Mh,BJI,Ohh) cy BOjHHUH. 

(Mh,Bh,Ohh) cmo <5opu;H. 

(Mh,Bh,Ohh) cTe yHHTe^H. 

(Mh,Bh,Ohh, OHe) cy yHHTe^Hue. 

Obo je KitHra; (oH,oHa,oHo) je AO(5pa. 

Obo je penHHKj (on,OHa,OHo) HHje Be jihk• 

(Oh, OHa) je Moj OTau« 

(Oh,OH a) je Moja MajKa. 

(Oh,OH a) je neroBa (5a<5a. 

(Oh,OH a) je iteroB a© A° 

(Ohh,OH e,OHa) cy Moje lepne. 

OHa (je,cy) Moja cecTpa. 

0h 6 (je,cy) Moje cecTpe. 

Mh (caM,cMo) Cpaka. 

Bh (cH,cTe) J»yAHo 
Ohh (je,cy) AMepHKaHijHo 
Th (cTe,cn) MjraAHixe 
Bh (cTe,cH) MmaAHlo 
Bh (cTe,cn) MjiaAHiiH. 

(Ja,TH,OH) ynHM cpncKoxpBaxcKH je3HK. 

(OHa,Ja,Tn) ynn cpncKOxpBaTCKH je3HK. 

(TH,OH,Ja) ynHiii cpncKOxpBaTCKH je 3 HK* 

(MH,BH,Ohh) yHHMO cpncKOxpBaTCKH j e3HK• 

(Mh,Bh,Ohh) yHH.Te cpncKOxpBaTCKH je3HKo 
(Mh,Bh,OH e) yne cpncKOxpBaTCKH je3HK. 

Obo cy cjiOBKe^ ( ohh , OHe , OHa ) HHcy (ornxpe , oniTpn, oiUTpa ) . 
Bh (cH,cTe) Ham ynHTej>. 

OHa (je,cy) Moja aceHa* 

Kano CTe? -.(CaM,Ja caM) AoCpo. 

Kano je Bam OTau? - (Je Aotfpo, ^otfpo je). 


58 







Jecy jits, obo bsuuh poAHxe^H? - (Cy,Jecy). 
■JecTe jm bh cbh yneHHijH? - (JecMo,CMo). 
Jecy jm obo Bame Kanre? - (Jecy,Cy). 


WBPTH MO PART IV 

UTMBO EPQJ 5 READING TEXT NO. 3 

nopoflima 

Ja caM HOBeK - oh je moj chh, a OHa je Moja Kepna - uiTa cau 
ja? Bh CTe bhxob oTaij. 

Ja caM JKeHa - oh je moj chh, a OHa je Moja hepna - niTa caM 
ja? Bh CTe ftnxoBa Majna. 

Ja caM HOBeK - OHa je Moja seHa - uiTa-caM ja? Bh CTe tboh 


Myx. 

' Ja caM oTai; - oh je Moje fleie - iirra caM ja? Bh CTe aeroB 
poflHTe^>. 

.Ja caM oTan h Moje A®Te je OTai* - uiTa je iteroBO a©T6? 

Bam yHyK hjih Bama yHyna. A uiTa caM ja? Bh cxe h>hxob a©A* A uiTa 
je Moja xeHa? OHa je MxoBa <5a<5a. A niTa cy ohh? Ohh cy CpaT h 
cecxpa. 

ZieA, <5a(5a, ot^h, MajKa, chh h Kepna cy nopoAHija. 

Obo je AOCTa 3a AaHac. 


IIETK MO PART V 

IIHTAHA HA IUTHBO EPQJ 5 QUESTIONS ON READING TEXT NO. 3 

1. Ja caM hob6k. A niTa je OHa? 

2* Ja caM Mysu A uiTa je OHa? 

3. Ja caM oTaij. A uiTa je OHa? 

4. Ja caM a©A«* A uiTa je OHa? 

5* Ja caM poAHTe-k. A niTa je OHa? 

6. Ja caM chh. A uixa je ona? 

7. Ja caM yHyK. A niTa je OHa? 

8. Ja caM 6paT. A niTa je ona? 

9. £a ji h je Myx HOBen hjih xeHa? 


59 












10. Aa iiH je OTaij hob@k hjih ^ena? 

11. Aa jih je MajKa ^oBeK hjih ^eHa? 

12. Aa jih je a© A HOBeK hjih neHa? 

13. ' Aa jih je <5a(5a hobck hjih sceHa? 

14. Aa jivl je chh flenaK vum AeBojKa? 

15. Aa jm je lepna a©v an hjih Aesojica? 
15. Aa jih je yHyK A©^aK hjih a©bo j k a? 
17. Aa jih je yHyna AenaK hjih AesojKa? 
19. Aa Jin je <5par Aenaic hjih AeBojna? 

19. Aa Jin je cecTpa Aenan njin a ©bo jKa? 

20. Illia je nopoAHixa? 


HBCTH AEO PART VI 

BE3KEA M3 nPEBO'EEHA EPOJ 5 TRANSLATION EXERCISE NO. 3 

Our family 

My wife, ray son and my daughter are my family. My wife 
and I are parents. My son and my daughter are brother and 
sister. My father Is their grandfather. My mother is their 
grandmother. My son is their grandson. My daughter is their 
granddaughter. 

My son is my child. He is a young man. My daughter is 
also my child. She is a girl. My wife is Mrs. Brown. My 
daughter is Miss Brown. I am Mr. Brown. 

My son and my daughter are very well. My wife and I are 
fairly well. My father and my mother are not so well. 


CEAMH AEO 


PART VII 


PEHHHK SFOJ 3 


VOCABULARY NO. 3 


Abbreviations? 

gen.sing. 

x _ a.p.p. 

148. yaeae, n. 

149. rbcno^a* f. 

150. ac&Ha, f. 

151. a&c Ta, adv. 

152. lepica, f. 

153. one^ pron.pl.f. 

154. AeBojaHua, f. 

155. Bel, adv. 


genitive singular 

active past participle 

studying 

Mrs . 9 wife 

woman; wife 

enough; fairly 

daughter 

they 

little girl 
already 


bO 











156. A©B6jKa, f. 

157. paAHTH, v. t., 8r 1., lpfv* 

pr.t.- pSahm, pSa®h, paA0 

paAHfco, pS M 0Te, p§A* 

158. cSh , m. 

jpl? CHHOBH 

159. MJiaAKii , m. 

160. a&hSk, m. 

pi? A&naijH 

161. nopoAHAa, f. 

162. TaKO, adv. 

163. op, pron.pl,n. 

164. HOBeK, m. 

x pl? •*#ah 

165. oxan, m. 

gen.sln^ oua 

pi? OHeBH 

166. Mfijna, f. 

167. bSh, pron. ,m. 

HeHa, f. 
aeHo, n. 

168. wysc, m. 

pi MyaceBH 

169. A©xe, n. 

gen.sing a© reTa 
N pi; A^iia ,f., coll. 

170. poaht©*5>, m. 

171. ynyic, m. 

pil ? yHyijH 

172. yHyna, f. 

173. a©A# m. 

pi; A© AOBH 

174. <5a<5a, f. 

175. OpaT, m. 

pi Cpala, f., doll. 

176. cecTpa, f. 


- girl 

- to work 


- son 

- young man 

- boy 

- family 

- so 

- they 

- man 

- father 


- mother 

- her, hers. 


- husband 

- child 


- parent 

- grandson 

- granddaughter 

- grandfather 

- grandmother 

- brother 

- sister 


61 


DAILY UNIT IV 


IIPBH aEO 
ilHJAJIOr EPOJ 4 

IIpbh Mac 

1. HacTaBHHK ° Ko.Ih je obo nac? 

y^eHHKi Obo je npBH nac* 

2o HacT « cy (rocnoAa) EpayH 

H CMHT? 

Yh * TocnoAHH EpayH HHje 
3ApaB• 

3. H&ct ° To ce name "Oh je 

(5ojiecTaH r, o 

y~H « "EojiecTaH" je HOBa pen. 

4. HacT S A Aa jlk 3Haxe mTa 
3HaHH n 3ApaBO"? 

He 3HaM « 

5. HacT » Ko 3Ha lUTa to 3HanH? 
( Ko jn vneHHK 3Ha uiTa to 
3HaHH?). 

Mn TO He 3HaMO o 

6. HacT » To 3HanH "hello” 0 

Kasce ce "AO(5ap ash" hjih 
n 3ApaBo". 

7. HacT » Tano je« A rAe je 
Cmht? 

Yh * Oh HHje CojiecTaH, a./iH 
He 3H&M0 rAe je caA° 

HacT * Hnle je oho MecTO? 

y~H « Oho je KberoBo MecTOo 


PART I 

DIALOGUE NO, 4 

The first period 

1. Instructor : Which period is 
this? 

St_s This is the first 
period. 

2* Instr: Where are (Messieurs) 
Brown and Smith? 

St : Mr. Brown is not healthy. 


3. Instr: That is said, "He is 

il37T 

St : "EojrecTaH" is a new word. 

4o Instrs And do you know what 
,l 3ApaB0 " means? 

St : I do not know . 

5. Instr : Who knows what that 
means? T Whlch student 
knows what that means?) 

St: We do not know that. 


6. Instr : That means "hello". 

St s One says "good day" or 
"hello". 

7. Instr : That Is right-("that 
is so"). And where is Smith? 

St s He is not ill, but we 
do not know where he is~ 
now. 

3. Instr : Whose place is 
that over there? 

St : That (over ther^) is 
his place. 


62 




































9. Hac t « Aa jih je 3aAaxaK 3 a 
AaHac TexaK? 

£3.1 Texan je nao o( 5 hhho. 


10. HacT * Hg.le Tano mhoto. 

3Ql : Hh je . ajin cy HOBe penn 
Teinne. 

11. HacT * KOJtHKO BH 7HHT6? 


y^ : Ja ynuM jeAaH nac Ha 
AaH. 

12. Hac_Ti Bh He VHHTe aoboaho. 
Tpetfa Aa ynHTe BHine • 


y~H » Kojihko? .ZlBa, Tpn t 

H6 THpH. 

13. Hacx * J\B8i hjih Tpn, KaA je 
3aA&Tan Jian. 

y~H > A HeTHpH naA je TexaK? 

14. HacT * A a jm 3HaTe naKBa h 
KOJiHKa je Apyra JieKijHja? 

ya.: Join He 3HaMp . 


9. Instr : Is the assignment 
for today difficult? 

Sts It is as difficult 
as usual. 

10. Instr: It isn't so much. 

St : It isn't . but the new 
words are difficult. 

11. Instr : How much do you 
study? 

St : I study one hour a 
day ("per" day). 

12. Instr : You do not study 
enough. You ought to study 
more. 

St : How much? Two, three, 
four. 

13. Instr: Two or three, when 
the assignment is easy. 

St : And four when it is 
difficult? 

14. Instr : Do you know what 
kind and how big the second 
lesson is? 

Sts Wa do not know yet. 


63 















apron AEO 

TPAMATHHKA A HA JIM 3 A EPOJ 4 


PART II 


GRAMMAR ANALYSIS NO, 4 


PAR. 26 - INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS 

1. -(5) Ko 3Ha uiTa to 3HanH? 

(5) lilTa TO 3HaHH? 

“Ko” (who) and "uito" or M niTa M .(what) are interrogative 
pronouns which are used for indefinite questions, "Kg" is 
used for persons and rt inTa M is used for things? 

Ko roBopH? - Who is talking? 

IllTa je to? - What is that? 

“Ko w and “niTa w are the only two independent interroga¬ 
tive pronouns, that is, they do not modify nouns. They have 
only singular forms and are declined as adjectives of defi-/ 
nite form (the stem of M ko M is "k-i' and the stem of "niTo" is 

To ask about someone’s name or title? 

Ko je oh? - Who is he? 

To ask about someone’s profession or social position: 

lilTa je oh? - What is he? 


2.-(1) Ko jH je obo nac? 

( 8 ) Haje je oho MecTO? 

(14) KaKBa h koJ iHKa je Apyra JieKUHja? 

"Kojn”, ”HHje”, KaKBa”, ’’KOJinKa”, are also interroga¬ 
tive pronouns. They have all the characteristics of adjectives, 
that is, they have all three genders, seven cases in both 
numbers (singular and plural), they modify nouns and must agree 
with the noun they modify in gender, number and case, and their 
cases are formed by means of the same endings as adjectives 
(definite form). Ih' thelj* fundamental form they reads 

Kojn,m., Koja,f. , Koje,n. - Which,(what) 

RHjH,m.^ xjHiajf., HHje,n. - Whose 

Ksksb (kskh), m., KaKBa (KaKa),f. 5 kskbo (ksko) ,n. - What 

kind of, what sort of 

KojiHKH,m., KOjiHKa,f ®, KOjiHKo,n. - Of what size, how big 

(large, tall) 

"Ko jH, Koja, Koje" are used for definite, questions for 
both animate beings and things? 

(5) Ko.jH yneHHK 3 Ha inra to 3Havn? 

NOTE ? These and other pronouns with characteristics of 
adjectives are called adjectival pronouns. 

PAR. 27 - THE SENTENCE 

A sentence is a group of words expressing a complete 
thought. It begins with a capital letter and is followed by 


64 








either a period, a comma, an Interrogative or an exclamation 
mark. 

Every sentence has a subject (1) and a predicate (2): 

1 2 

(5) MH He 3HSLMO TO. 

The subject Is not always expressed but may be understood: 
(9) £a jik Je sa^aTaK 3a AaHac TeacaK? - Texan je nao o<5hhho. 

PAH. 28 - THE SUBJECT 

(2) rocnoflKH EpayH HHje 3ApaB • 

(5) Mh to He 3HaMo• 

(10) IHije, ajiH cy HOBe penn TeiUKe* 

The subject in a sentence is that about which ( rocnoAHH 
Epayn, mh, hobs penn) we are talking. 

It is most often a noun ( rocnoAHH EpayH, HOBe penn) or 
pronoun (mh) (in its nominative case). 

The subject may consist of either one (mh) or more words 
(rocnoflHH EpayH, HOBe penH). In the first case it is called a 
simple subject and in the second a complete subject. 

To find the subject of a sentence we must ask the question 
H Ko? M or "lllTa?" before the predicate. 


PAR. 29 - THE PREDICATE 

( .4 ) (Ja) He 3HaM. 

(12) Bh He yHHTe aoboaho . 

The predicate of a sentence is the part which asserts 
something about the subject (ho 3hsm, ynHTe aoboaho). It tells 
us what the subject is or does. The predicate which consists of 
only one word ( 3 hsm) is called a simple predicate and the predi¬ 
cate- which consists of more than one word (y^HTe aobo^ho) is 
called a cbmplete predicate. 

The predicate of a simple or a complete subject agrees with 
the subject in person and number. 


PAR. 30 - THE SIMPLE SENTENCE 
(5) Mh He 3H&MO TO* 

A sentence which contains only a subject and a predicate, 
that is, only one independent clause is called a simple 
sentence. A clause is independent when it expresses a complete 
thought without the help of another clause. 


PAR. 31 - KINDS OF SENTENCES * 

A sentence may be declarative (Par. 32), interrogative 
(Par; 35) or imperative (Par. 191 & 192). 


65 





'par. 32 - DECLARATIVE SENTENCES 


•l.-Mapj>HB yneHHK ynH mhoto. 

A diligent student studies much. 

In the sentence above we made a statement about .the 
subject; we used a declarative sentence. Declarative 
sentences may be either affirmative or negative. 

2.-(2) Tociioahh EpayH 3flpas. 

(2) rocnoflHH EpayH HHje 3ApaB. 


A sentence is made negative by making the verb negative. 
The present tense of the verb "<5htm - is made negative by pre¬ 
fixing to its short forms the negative particley. - h* b : 

1. (Ja) HHcaM - I am not (Mb) mhcmo - We are not 

2. (Tw) hhcb - You are not (Bh) hhct© - You are not 

3. (Oh) hhJ© - He is not ( Ohh )HHcy - They are not 

(OHa)HHje - She is not ( Oh© )HHcy - They are not 

(Oho)hhJ© - It is not (OHa)HHcy - They are not 


- The above negative forms are not enclitics . 

All other verbs are made negative by placing in front of 
them the negative particle w h© h (not), which is written sepa¬ 
rately: 

(5) Mb to He 3HaMo . 

(12) Bh He ynHT© aoboahoc 
(14) Join He 3H&MO. 


NOTE : (a) The negative particle "He" must always precede 
the verb immediately. 

(b) There are only two verbs the present tense of 
which is made negative by prefixing to their 
affirmative forms the negative particle "He 11 . 
They are “HMaTH 11 (to have) and “xtoth 11 (to 
want, to be willing): 


1. (Ja) H6M&M - I do not have 

2. (Th) HCMam - You do not have 

3. (Oh) HeMa - He does not have 

(OHa) H©Ma - She does not have 
(OHo)HeMa - It does not have 

(Mh) HeMaMo - We do not have 
(Bh) hcmst© - You do not have 
(Ohh) H©MaJy - They do not have. 
(Qpe)H©Majy - They do not have 
( OHa) HeMajy - They do not have 


(c) The verb *xt©th w will be explained later. 

(d) In Serbo-Croatian, two or more negative words 
in a negative sentence are not only possible 
but may be required: 

Ja ]ge 3HaM HHiiiTa . 

I do not know anything (nothing). 


66 










TPK&H ZlEO 

TPAMATHHKE BE3KEE EPOJ 4 


PART III 

GRAMMAR EXERCISES NO. 4 


Choose the right word in the parentheses: 

(KOjUIxa) HHTa iuxhbo? 

(Ko,UIxa) nnxa rocnoAHH ynHxeA? 

(Ko.lUTa) 3Ha nuraae? 

(Ko,Ulxa) ynHxe? 

(KojH,Koje ,Koja,UIxa) jesHK ynnxe? 

(KojH,Koje,Koja,UIxa) KHKra je Bama? 

(KojH,Koje,Koja.lUxa) nepo je Baiue? 

(HMjHjHHja^HjeJ je obo pghhhk? 

(HHjH,HHja,^Hje) je obo KH>nra? 

(^HjHjHHjajHHje ) je obo nepo? 

(KaKaB,KaKBa,KaKBo) je oh hobgk? 

(KaKaB,KaKBa,KaKBo) je oHa hshs? 

(KaKaB,KaKBa,HaKBo) je Bame nepo? 

(KojrHKH,KojrHKa,KojiHKo) je Baa chh? 

(Ko jihkh|K o jihks 9 Ko jihko) je Bama kepna? 

(Kojihkh jKo^HKa ,Kojihko ) je Bame a©t©? 

(KojH,Koje,Koja) penHHijH cy BamH? 

(KojH,Koje,Koja) nepa cy AO<5pa? 

(^HjH,HHje,HHja) cy obo peHHHHH? 

(HHjHj'lHje,Haja) cy obo nepa? 

(KaKBH^KaKBe ,KaKBa) cy ohh .ayAH? 

(KaKBH,KaKBe,KaKBa) cy oHe *eHo? 

(KaKBH,KaKBe,KaKBa) cy Bama nepa? 

( Kojihkh ,Kojihk6 ,KojiHKa) cy Baum chhobh? 

(KojiHKH,KojiHKe ,KojiHKa) cy Bame Lepne* 

(Kojihkh ,Kojihko ,KojiZKa) cy mx*Ba? 

(KojH f Koje,Ko) AeTe je Bam chh? 

(KojH,Koje,Ko) rocnoAHH j© Bam yHHxe*? 

(KojH,Koja,Ko) rocno^a je jeeroBa sceHa? 

(Ko,KojH,Koja) ^obok je Bam oxaij? 

(Ko,KojH,Koja) KeHa je aeHa kajaa? 

(HHja,HHjH,4Hje ) »eHa je Bama 6 atfa? 

(HHjH,HKja,HHje) Mys je Bam a«A? 

(HHjH t HHja,HH’je) cxe chh bh? 

(^HjH^Hja^Hje) yHyK cxe bh? 

(HHjH,HHja,MHje) yHyna je ona? 

(KojH,Koja,Koje) ojiosKa je Bama? 

(HHjH,HHja,HHje ) je xo ojioBKa? 

(Ko,UIxa) cxe bh? - Ja caM riexap IlexpoBHii. 

(Ko,IUxa) cxe bh? - Ja caM ocJjHijHp. 

(KOjUIxa) je Bam KOiiaHAaHX? - Moj KOuaHAaHX je nyKOBHHK 
rocnoAHH Cmhx. 

(Ko,Iflxa) je Bam KowaHAaHX? - Moj KOMaHA&HX je nyKOBHHK. 
(KaKaB,KaKBa,KaKBo) je Bama Kanra? 

(KojH,Ko) rocnoAHH je h>oh Myx? 

(KojKojn) je Bam ynHxejb? 


67 






METBPTH AEO 

liiTHBO EPCJ 4 


PART IV 


READING TEXT NO. 4 





ynHOHHi;a je co(3a rAe yneHHijH yne. yHHOHHija hmb BpaTa h 
HMa npo3op. Ona TaKO^e HMa cBeTJio. 

KpeAa h Tadjia cjiyace 3a nncane. TyMa cJiyscH 3a dpzca^. 

Cto cJiyscH 3a KHure h 3a de^escmme • Cto Tano^e cmymz 3a 
nHcafte. CTOJiHije cjiyace 3a cefleHfi. Cto He cJiyscn 3a ceA©^* 

KffiHre cjiyace sa HHTane, a demexcHHije 3a nHca^. 

Hama ynHomuja je BejiHKa coda. Mh Ty ynHMO. Hama Tadjia je 
HpHa, a KpeAa je dejia. IlanHp 3a nHca^fi Tano^e je deo. Cto je 
scyi. M cTOJizrta je scyTa. 

IIETH HEQ 

IIHTAHA H3 1HTHBA BPOJ 4 

1. UlTa je yHHOHHija? 

2. lilTa HMa. ynHOHHHa? 

3. 3a niTa cJiy^KH KpeAa? 

4. 3a uiTa cjiyseH Tadjia? 

5. 3a uiTa c^ryscz ryMa ? 

6. 3a uiTa cjiyscn cto? 

7. 3a mia cjiyjKH cTojraija? 

8. 3a hit a cjiyicz Kiizra? 


68 














































9. 3a hits cmyM CejiexHHua? 

10. Hommca co(5a je Hanra yHHOHHija? 
11 • BlTa je upho? /; 

12. UiTa je (5eJio? 

13* UiTa je scyxo? 

14* Ha Jin cto c^ryacH 3a cefleme? 

15* fla jih je Hama Tatfjia dejia? 

16. Ha jik je Hama Kpe^a upHa? 

17* Ha jm je Ham nannp upn? 

18. Ha jiu cy crojnme 6eme? 

19. Ha jlvl je cto upH? 

20* Ha Jin je CBeTJio Cejio hjih upHo? 


i HECTH HEP PART VI 

BEREA H3 nPEBCEEHA EPOJ 4 TRANSLATION EXERCISE NO. 4 


The first period 


This is the first period. Today, Brown is not here. He 
is ill. Smith is not here either, but he is not ill, and we 
do not know where he is. 

Today, we have new words which are difficult. "3ApaB" 
means "healthy”, but "sApaBo" means "hello" in English. 

I study only one hour a day, but that is not enough. I 
ought to study three or four, particularly when the assignment 
is difficult. Bell studies much more than I. He is the best 
student. The other students also study much. 


cehmr heo 


PART VII 


FEHHMK EPOJ 4 


VOCABULARY NO. 4 


Abbreviations: pl.t. 

v.t. 

v.i. 


v.ipfv. 
v.pfv. 
interj. 


- pluralia tanturn (plural only) 

- verb, transitive 

- verb, intransitive 

- verb, imperfective 

- verb, perfective 

- interjection 


177. rA©» adv. 

178. 3ApaB, adj.,m. 


3AP&Ba, f. 

3ApaBO, n. 


- where 

- healthy 


69 









179. 3ApaBo* interj. 

180. dbjiecTan, adj.,m. 

d&jrecHa, 
dojiecHo, n. 

191• hob j adj.,m. 
hob a, f. 
hobo , n. 
hobo , adv. 

182• pen, f., gen.sings pSvH 

185. m&cto, n. 

184. 3aAaTaK, m*, gen.sings 3aAaTKa 

pis 3aA^n« 

185. MHoro, adv. 

*105. vac, m. 

*116. Ha, prep. 

186. Tp2, card.num. 

187. h^thpHj card.num. 

188. KaKaB, pron.,m. 

K&KBa, 

K^KBO,n. 

189. kojihkh, pron.,ra. 

KOJIHKa, f. 

KOJIHKO, n. 

190. kojihko, adv. 

191. yHHOHHua 9 f. 

192. cb<5a, f. 

193. Bp^Ta, pl.t.,n. 

194. np63op, m. 

195. cBeTJPO, n. 

196. Kpe^a, f. 

197. T^dJia, f. 

198. cJiysscHTH, v. ,t. , lpfv. * 

pr.t.s cjry*KHM,cjiy^Hiu,cj[y^H 

c JiyjRHMo p cjryHHTe, c Jiysce 
199*. nocjryacHTH, v.,t., pfv, 

pr.t.s nocJiy*HM, noc^iyacHnr 
nbcjryacH, nocjiyscHMo 
vN noc^iyxHTe , noc-nysce 

200. dpucaii*, n. 

201. cTOJinija, f. 

202. ceAeite, n. 

203. ct 5, m., gen. sings cTOJia 

^pr CTbjIOBH 

204. hph #/ adj.,m. 

HpHa , f. 

HpHo s n. 

HPho , adv. 

205. <5eo, adj.,m. -v. 

dejia, f. 
dejio, n. 
dejiOp adv. 

206. J^y t^ adj.,m. 

s^Ta, f. 

^yTO, n. 
seyro , adv. 


- hello 

- ill 


- new 


- newly 

- word 

- place, seat 

- assignment 

-» much 

- hour 

- per 

- three 

- four. 

- (of) what kind (sort) 


- how big (large, tall) 
(of) what size 

- how much, how many 

- classroom 

- room 

- door 

- window 

- light 

- chalk 

- blackboard 

- to serve 


- to serve 


- erasing, wiping 

- chair 

- sitting 

- table, desk 

- black 


- black 

- white 


- white 

- yellow 


- yellow 


70 


LESSON II 


DAILY UNIT I 


IIPBH AEO 
flHJAJIOr EPOJ 1 



!• HacTaBHHK * Ko 3Ha iiixa 3Ha^n 
pen ”HanpeflOBaTH n ? 

y^eHHKi Ra. jits, je to "to pro¬ 
gress"? 

2. Hacx : JecT( e ) . A niTa 3HaHH 
"HanpeAaK"? 

L ZLa. jm .10 (gga^H m 

to ) "progress”? 

3. HacT : H to je TanHO. Bh cTe 
Aodao ban . 

y\: JecaM jdk 3<5n.t>a? 

4. HacT * £a, bh Hanpeay.lexe 
bpjio jieno . 

KaKBa je ynemma rocno- 
i>Hija MapHL? 

.5. HacT * OHa naan .join BHine ,Hero 
BH. 

yn * A aa jiyl je OHa aobo^.ho 
n a30)HB a? 


PART I 

DIALOGUE NO. 1 



P JE Q gEft&a 

1. Instructor : Who knows what 
the word "HanpeflOBaTH" means? 

Student : Is that "to progress"? 

2. Instr : It is . And what does 
"Harrpeflaic” mean? 

St : Does that mean "progress"? 


3* Instr : That, too, is correct. 
You arg . a. ^ood, juMl, 

St : Am I really. 

4. Instr : Yes. you are progress - 

teg...Yft.nr nicely. 

St : What kind of a student 
is Miss Marie? 

5* Instr : She works even more 
than you . 

St: Is she attentive 
enough? 


71 





















































6. Hacx » A hit a MHCJiHTe, aa jie 
ctc bh naacj>HBH ? 

Yh ° Ja mhcjihm aa jecaM . 

7. HacT ° JecT , BH cto nasubHB 
yH©HHK. 

y~M » Kqjihkh je moJ Hanpe^an? 


B« Hac t s 3a Tano KpaTKO BpeMe 
Bain Hanpeaan je 3(5Hj>a BejiHK 


y* ' Ko.Ih apyrH *>aijH Hanpeayjy? 


9 . HacT » Heo Bam pa 3 pea 
Hanpeayje o 


6. Instr s And what do you 
think, are you atten ¬ 
tive ? 

St s I think that I am . 

7. Instr s Yes , you are an 
attentive student. 

' 3t« How great is tny pro¬ 
gress? 

8. Instr s For such a short 
time your progress is 
really great. 

St s Which other pupils 
are progressing? 

9. Instr s Your entire class 
is progressing. 


Yv ° 3HaM, ajiH hh.Ih HanpeaaK 
je HapoHHTO BejiHK? 


10. Hac t » Tocno^Hua Mapnh je 
npBa, a bh cto apyrHo 

y~H « XBa^ia, 3a caA caw 
3aAOBOj>aH ? ajia Tpeba jom 
mhoto Aa paAHM. 


St s I know, but whose 
progress is particularly 
great? 

10o Instr s Miss Marie is 

first and you are second, 

St s Thank you. For the 
time being I am content, 
but I still have to work 
a lot.^much"). 


11 * Hacr: Hhctc jth caQBHM 

SBAOBOJbHH? 


11. Instr s Aren't you quite 
satisfied? 


HiicaM cacBHM 3aAOBOj»aH 
jep caM jom yeeK ApyrH. 


St s I am not quite 
satisfied, because I am 
still second. 









tLC 




72 



















APyrH AEO 


PART II 


rPATiATHMKA AHAJIM3A EPOJ 1 GRAMMAR ANALYSIS NO, 1 


PAR 0 33.- THE-PREDICATE NOMINATIVE AND THE PREDICATE 
ADJECTIVE 

(3) Bh ct© flpgap ba Ko 

(5) A Aa ah j_e oHa aoboaho namBa? 

A frequent construction In Serbo-Croatian lss 


Subject 4 
Bh + 

3ubject 4 

Bh f 


verb 4 nouns 

CTe 4 ^aK ors 

verb 4 adjectives 
ct© + ' Aotfap 


The noun or adjective occupying the last place in this 
pattern is called predicate nominative (ban) or predicate adj¬ 
ective (AoCap). The predicate nominative or adjective always 
agrees with the subject in case and in gender and number when¬ 
ever it is possible* 


PAR. 34 - WORD ORDER 

(4) Aa, bh HanpeAVjeTe bpao AO(5po. 

(6) Ja mhcahm Aa jecaM® 

The usual order of words in affirmative and negative 
declarative sentences in Serbo-Croatian is similar to the order 
of words in English first the subject (bh, ja), second the 
predicate (HanpeAyjeTe, mhcahm) and afterwards all other parts 
of the sentence (bpao AoCpo)® 

The most important place in a sentence is the first and 
then the last* Therefore, when we want to point out a word in 
a sentence we put it at the beginning of the sentence. Conse¬ 
quently not only the subject, but either the predicate or the 
object may stay at the beginning of a sentence. 


PAR. 35 - INTERROGATIVE SENTENCES 

1. - (2) Aa ah to ghshh "the progress**? 

(2) 3HaHH ah, to "the progress"? 

(3) JecaM ah, 3(5H.&a? 

(5) A a© ah je OHa aoboaho naJOjHBa? 

Interrogative sentences are formed by making the verb 
interrogative. A verb is made interrogative by means of inter¬ 
rogative particles "ah" and w Aa ah m $ 

(a) Questions made by means of the interrogative particle 
"ah " have the following word orders 


73 









Verb + particle 4 sub.lect (If expressed) s 

(2) 3HavH ♦ jih + TO? 

When we form questions by using the particle ”jih” the 
long forms of the verb ”<5hth” must be used. 

(3) JecaM jih 36 HJ>a? 

NOTE S The ”jih " is an enclitic and may never begin a 
sentence. 

The w jecT (e) H is a special long form for the third 

personsTngular which is useds 

-In short answers referring to the third person 

singulars 

( 1 ) Ha jih je to "to progress* 1 ? JecT(e). 

-As an affirmative adverb meaning ”yes”s 

(7) JecTp bh cTe naacAHB yveHHK. 

(b) Affirmative statements which Include any verb, except 
”c>hth m , may be made Interrogative by placing the particles **Aa 
jin" in front of them. Consequently, the word order in such 
questions is the followings 

Particles + sub.lect (if mentioned) 4 verb 

(2) Ha jih + to + 3 HavH ”the pro¬ 

gress”? 

Ha jih 4 bh + 3HaTe ko je oh? 

Do you know who he is? 


Affirmative statements which include a form of "<5hth" may 
be made interrogative by placing the particles "Aa in front 
of them and by placing the subject after the verb: 

Particles + verb + subject (if mentioned) 

(5) Ha jih + je 4 oHa aoboaho nasc^HBa? 

(6) fla jih + CTe f bh naac*HBH? 

In questions which are formed by using the particles 
M Aa jih” the short forms of ”<5hth” must be used. 

2. - (1) Ko 3Ha iHTa 3 HavH pen "HanpeAOBaTH"? 

(6) IllTa MHCJiHTe, as jih CTe bh nasc^HBH? 

(8) Ko.jH ApyrH ^auH HanpeAVjy? 

(4) KaKBa je yveHHija rocno^Hija Mapnk? 

(7) Kojihkh je Moj HanpeAaK? 

(9) j h HanpeAaK je HapoHHTO bojihk? 

Interrogative sentences may be introduced by interroga¬ 
tive pronouns (Par. 26). 


74 






PAR. 36 - INTERROGATIVE NEGATIVE SENTENCES 

1• - (ll) HHCTe jm cacBHM BaflOBOiHH? 
Hn.ie jih oh Ham yHHTei>? 

isn’t he our teacher? 


. An interrogative sentence which contains a form of the 
”*HTH t,<5HTH iS made negative b y us ing the negative form of 


2. fie 3Hanz jih to ”to progress’ 1 ? 

£a jiyl He 3HanH to ”to progress’*? 

Doesn’t it mean ”to progress”? 

An interrogative sentence containing any verb but "Phth" 
is made interrogative negative by placing the negative parti¬ 
cle "He" before the verb. 



1. - Ohh cy HauiH fleflOBH t a mh cmo skxobh yHyun. 

They are our grandfathers and we are their grandsons. 
HaniH MysceBH cy o(f.HHnpH. 

Our husbands are officers. 


Som ® masculine nouns form the plural by adding the syllable 
"-OB-" or"-eB-” and then the plural ending ("aeflOBH, My*eBz"). 
Plurals obtained in this way are called long plurals . The in¬ 
serted syllable "-ob-"ot ft -eB-" is retained in all cases of the 
plural. 


2.- Hamz eHHOBH cy bojhhhh. 

Our sons are soldiers. 

Kojz cy obo 6vo ieBZ? 

What numbers are these? 

Most masculine nouns of one syllable (czH,<5poj) have long 
plurals (czhobz, tfpojeBz). 


75 



















3* - Obo cy neiiL&eBH o 
These are combs . 

Some masculine nouns of two syllables (neural) have long 
plurals (veimteBu)« 

Masculine nouns of two syllables (neiuaj*, Be Tap - wind, 
etc.) which have a long plural usually have a movable M a M In 
the nominative singular. 

Masculine nouns which do not have a movable n a* usually 
have a regular plural and some have both the regular and the 
long plural (rojryb - pigeonj nom.pl. rojrytfn, or rojiyboBii). 

NOTE : No noun of more than two syllables has a long 
plural. 

4. - Tfle cy BamH MysteBH? 

Where are your husbands ? 

Hh j h cy obo MeiiLbeBH ? 

Who&e are these combs ? 

The syllable and not "“Ob-” is inserted in form¬ 

ing the plural of all nouns whose stem ends in a palatal con¬ 
sonant (MyseeBH, neimteBH, etc.). 

The syllable "-eB- and not ob — M iff also inserted in 
forming the plural of nouns whose stem ends in the consonant 

W U M (sen, 3eH6BH ) ® 

Some nouns ending in ,j 3 M or insert "-eB-" (KHes - 
knight, KH6JK6BH or kh630bh; nap - tzar, napeBH) and some of 
them m -ob-" (bos - train, bo3obh; nap - pair, napoBu). 

The consonants ,# nand “3 “ before the inserted syllable 
"“6B-" are changed into M (seneBu) and (KHejjceBH) re¬ 
spectively. 

NOTES In the vocabularies of these lessons there will be given the 
long plural for every noun which has it. 


TPETiH flEO PART III 

rPAMATHHKE BE3KEE EPQJ 1 GRAMMAR EXERCISES NO. 1 

1. - Make the following sentences interrogatives 

(a) Using the interrogative particles m ^ih M and M na jih m $ 
Ja caM neceTap. 

Th CH MJia^H BOAHHKo 
Oh je boahhko 
Mh CMO BOjHHnHo 
Bh ct 6 noAO(J)HnHpHo 
OHH cy O^HnHpHo. 

OHa je yneHHna. 

OHe cy yneHnne. 
y^HTe^ nHTa yneHHKa. 
yneHHK OAroBapa. 


76 












2o 


3. 


lie Tap ynn mhotoo 
OTaij nHTao 

Ghh OAroBapao 

Th HMam AOC5po nepOo 

Majna roBopHo 
Tiepna cmymao 

Make proper questions for the following 
using all interrogative pronouns in the 

Ham yvHTejb je CpOHH (HHjH,lTa ? Ko ) o 
Bam yniiTe^ je XpBaT (HHjH 9 KlTa^Ko) o 
Tbo j nanvT je hob (Hh j h,K anaB1o • 

Mo j OpaT je Be^iHK (KomHKH,Ko,HHjH). ' 
Kpefla je Cema (AlTa)o 
Ta(5ma je upHa (ilPra)* 

AaH je men (lilTa^KanaB) * 

Fe^a je men MmaAHl (Ko)o 

Fe^a je Acdap MmaAHt ( Ko ,KaKaB)« 


statements by 
parentheses? 


Make the following sentences interrogative negatives 
JecTe mu bh Ham yvHTejb? 

Je mu oHa Bama cecTpa? 

Jecxe mn bh yveHHUH? 

JecMo mu mh (5pata? 

Jecy mn one yveHHije? 

JecaM mH ja Map^HB? 

ToBopHTe mn bh cpncKOxpBaTCKH? 

CmymaTe mn bh na^HBO? 
hMaie mn bh nepo? 


4. - Put into the right form the words in the parentheses? 
(PomyO) cy denHo 
TAe cy (Hemsut)? 

IFhxobh (chh) cy mo j h yveHHHH. 

Ko j h cy obo ( (5po j ) ? 

(3eu) cy <5p3H 0 
(B 03 ) cy xaKO^e (5p3H* 

PfcHXOBH (mvk) cy BOjHHUHo 
Hanm (nac) cy xeuiKHo 


HETBPTH MO PART IV 

L1TH3Q EPOJ 1 READING TEXT NO. 1 

PaA 

KaA yHeHHHH paAe aobo^ho, ohh 3 Hajy menunje h meno 
HanpeAyjy® Ako yneHHK He paAH aobo^ho, oh He 3 Ha menunje 
h He HanpeAyjeo KaA yneHHUH yve, ohh xpetfa Aa MHcme Ha oho 
uiTo yneo Ako yveHHK He MHcmn Ha oho iuto yn h ? oh HHiuxa He HayvH® 


77 






KaA HacTaBHHK roBopH, yneHHijH Tpeda Aa cjryiuajy nascj&HBO. 
Ako yneHHK He cjryuia Kaa HacTaBHHK roBopH, oh He 3Ha Kano Aa 
o^roBapa Ha nHTanaa Ako yneHHK He pa3yMe hits HacTaBHHK roBopH, 
oh Tpeda «a nHTa. Ako HacTaBHHK roBopH cyBHiiie dp30, yneHHK 
Tpeda Aa KasceS "He pa3yMeM, jep roBopHTe cyBHiiie dp30 M . KaA 
HacTaBHHK roBopH nojiaKO s yneHHUH jieno paoyMejy. KaA yneHHK 
OAroBapa, h oh Tpeda Aa roBopH nojiaKO. 


HETH AEO PART V 

IIHTAHA K3 I11THBA EPOJ 1 QUESTIONS ON READING TEXT 

NO. 1 

1. KaA yaeHHHH 3Hajy JieKHHje? 

2. KaA yneHHHH jieno HanpeAyjy? 

3. KaA yaeHHK He 3Ha JieKHHje? 

4. KaA yneHHK He HanpeAyje? 

5. Ha uiTa yaeHHijH Tpeda Aa MHCJie KaA yne? 

6. LlTa Tpeda Aa paAH yneHHK KaA ynn? 

7. 3auiTO yneHHK Tpeda Aa mhcjih Ha oho hito ynn? 

So ilTa Tpeda yneHHHH Aa paAe KaA HacTaBHHK roBopn? 

9. 3ai.TO Tpeda yaeHHK Aa cjryina nasiHBO k&a HacTaBHHK 

TOBOpH? 

10. IilTa Tpeda yneHHK Aa paAH aKO He pa3yMe uiTa HacTaBHHK 

TOBOpH? 

11. Lira Tpe6a yneHHK Aa Kaste aKO HacTaBHHK roBopH cyBHiiie 

dp30? 

12. KaA yneHHHH pasywejy? 

13. KaA yneHHijH He paoyMejy? 

14. Kano Tpeda HacTaBHHK Aa roBopn? 

15. Kano Tpeda yneHHK a& OAroBapa? 

16. 3aiiiTO Tpeda HacTaBHHK Aa roBopn nojiano? 

17. 3aniTO Tpeda yneHHHH Aa OAroerapajy nojiaKO? 


IIIECTH AEQ PART VI 

BE3KEA H3 nPEBO'EEHA EPOJ 1 TRANSLATION EXERCISE NO. 1 

The first student 

Our instructor says that our entire class is progress^ 
ing nicely. I work a lot, but I am still not first. I am 


78 











second, I am content for the time being, but not entirely- 
satisfied. 

To be the first student is really difficult. It is not 
enough to be attentive. I always listen attentively when the 
instructor speaks. That is good, but not enough. I have to 
work much more than I am working now. 

To work too much is not so good either. To progress 
slowly, but to progress always is not bad. 


CEUMM REO 
FE4HHK EFOJ 1 


PART VII 

VOCABULARY NO. 1. 


207. 

208. 


209. 


210 . 
211 . 


212 . 

213. 


214. 


215. 


215. 

217. 


Hanpeflan, m.,gen.sing. HanpeTKa- 
v pl: HanpeijH 

HanpeAosaTH ,v • ,i•, ipfv. 

pr.t: nanpe fly jeM,H^npe«yjeni, 
Hanpeflyje,HanpeflyjeMo, 
HanpeflyjeTe,H^npeflyjy 
maH, adj.,m. 

TaHHa, f. 
tAhho, n. 

TanHo, adv. 

3(5Hxa, adv. 

Jien, adj.,m. 

Ji4na, f. 
ji^no, n. 

jieno, adv. - 

M03Kfla,adv. 

mhcjihth, y.,t., & i., ipfv. 
pr.t: mhcjihm,mhcjihiii,m&c.7IH 

MHC JIHMO , MHC JIHTe , M&C Jie 

KpaTaK, adj.,m. - 

KpaTKa, f. 

KpaTKO, n. 

KpaTKO, adv. - 

ueo^ adj.,m. - 

uejia, f. 
uejio, n. 
pa3pefl, m. 

3aflOB5vbaH, ad;j.,m. - 

3aflOBOJ)Ha, f. 

3aflOBOi>Ho n. 

3aflOBOi>Ho, adv. - 


progress 
to progress 


correct 


correctly 

really 

nice 


nicely 
perhaps 
to think 


short 


shortly 
whole, entire 


class 

content, satisfied 


contentedly 


79 






218. cacBHM, adv. 

219. j&m, adv. 


- quite, entirely 

- still 


220 . 


221 . 

222 . 

223. 


224. 

225. 

226. 

227. 

228. 

229. 

230. 

231. 

232. 


AOBOj>aH, adj.,m. 

A$BOJE>Ha, f. 

AfcBOJbHO, n. 

a6boje>ho , adv. 
iiiTO, pron. 

HHuiTa, pron. 
cjryinaTH, v.,t.,ipfv. 

pr.t: cjryuiaM,cjiyuiaiii,cJiyiua 

c^iyiuaj^o, cjiyinaTe, cjiyua jy 


cyanine, adv. N 

n6^iaKO, adv., nojiano, adv. 

aemavfc, ra. 

nom.pl: akiiLi>eBH 
b©T ap, m. 

w nom.pl: b^tpobh 
rojiy(5, m. 

nom.pl: rojiyOoBH - rbjiy6js. 
KH§3, m. 

nom.pl:' KH^sceBH (kh630bh) 
nap, m. 

nom.pl: uapesH 
b 33, m. % 

nom.pl: b'o'3obh, or: bo3obk 
n§p, m. 

nom.pl: napoBH 


- sufficient 


- sufficiently 

- what 

- nothing 

- to listen, to obey 


- too (much) 

- slowly 

- comb 

- wind 

- pigeon 

- knight 

- czar, emperor 

- train 

- pair, couple 



80 
















































DAILY UNIT II 


IIPBM AEO 
flHJAJIOr BPOJ 2 

koa Kyhe 

1. EpayHt lllxa paflHxe Benepac? 

Cmhx * 3auiTO nHTaxe? 

2. E: ^yjeM aa cTe yBene yBen 
koa Kyke. 

C: JecaM. 

3. E ’ )Kejmxe jih Aa Majio c^iymaMo 
paAHO Beaepac? 

G• Ja MopaM fla yaHM Beaepac. 

4. E* Mopaxe jm Aa yaKxe join 
h yBeae? 

C2 HacxaBHHK Kaie Aa xpe(5a 
Aa yazMo koa KyEe xaKO^e. 

5. E } Ja HHKaA He yazM koa KyEe 

C : Bh jiaKO yazxe . 

5. E: Ja mhcjihm Aa je aobo^ho 
aKO aoBeK cJiyina naMBO KaA 
HacXaBHHK roBopz « 

C • Mo>KAa, aKO je aoBeK xaKO 
AapoBHx Kao bh. 

7. E: Hncxe hh bh noc^ie ahh ^aK. 

G • HncaM nocJieAHjH, ajiH ... 

8. El Ja mhcjihm Aa cxe bh Bpjio 

m ap j>h bIh^ 

C • Map^HB MO*Aa, ajin He 
AapoBHx. 


PART I 

DIALOGUE NO. 2 
Studying at home 

1. Brown : What are you doing 
tonight? 

Smith : Why do you ask? 

2. B: I hear that you are always 
at home in the evening. 

S: I am. 

3. B: Do you want to listen 
T" that we listen 11 ) to the 
radio a little tonight? 

S: I must study tonight. 

4. B: Must you study in the 
evening too? 

S: The instructor says that 
we ought to studv at home . 
too. 

•5, B: I never study at home. 

! S: You learn easily. 

6. B: I think that it is 
enough*if one listens atten¬ 
tively when the instructor 
sneaks . 

S: Perhaps, if one is as 
talented as you. 

7. B: You are not the last 
pupil either. 

S: I am not the last but... 

8. B: I think that you are 
very diligent. 

S: Diligent perhaps, but 
not talented. 


81 



































9* Jfeno, uiTa yHHTe 
Benepac? 


9* Bs Well, what are you 
studying tonight? 


£" MopaM a a Hay^HM ueo 
AHjajior tfpoj Tpn sa cyipao 

10 e b: HejiH Te jlvl Aa paAKMo 10. 

3ajeAHo Benepac? 

£° £o6po s caito, 3HaTe ? ja 
He cJiymaM paA^o aok ynuM. 

11. El PaayM eM, bh He pjiyinaTe li. 
paAHo aok He HaynHTe A^ja^ior® 


£o TaKO je» 


Ss- I have to master the 
entire dialogue number 
three for tomorrow. 

Bs Do you want to wor k 
T 11 that we work")'to- 
gether tonight? 

Ss All right, only you 
know I do not listen to 
the radio while I am 
studying. 

Bs I understand, you do 
not lis ten to the radio 
until you ("don’t”) 
master the dialogue. 

So 0 That is right ("so 
is").. 


flpyrn mo part ii 

rPAMATHHKA AHAJIH3A EPOJ 2 GRAMMAR ANALYSIS NO. 2 


PAR. 38 - THE PRESENT TENSE ENDINGS 

1. - (5) JKeJiHTe jik Aa m&jio cjiyuiaMo pa^Ho Bevepac? 

(1) UiTa paAHxe Bevepac? 

(2) Hy.jeM Aa cTe yBeae yBeK koa nyte. 

BOJKHUH M OCjMaHpH THHy 3 ajeAHOo 
Soldiers and officers perish together. 

The words "cjiymaMo"', "asejiHTe", "paflHTe”, a nd ”rnHy Tt are 
the present tense forms of the verbs "cjryiuaTH”, 

"paAHTH", and "rHHyTH". 

The present tense of all Serbo-Croatian verbs is formed 
by adding one of the following groups of endings to the pre¬ 
sent tense stems 



I 

II 

III 

IV 

1st person singulars 

<= aM 

-HM 

- j©M 

-eM 

2nd person singulars 

- am 

- HUI 

-jern 

-em 

3rd person singulars 

- a 

— H 

- je 

' - e 

1st person plurals 

-aMO 

- into 

- jeMo 

-eMo 

2nd person plurals 

-aTe 

-HTe 

"JOT© 

-etre 

3rd person plurals 

~ajy 

-e 

-jy 

-y 


2* “ The present tense stem of a ll verbs is the cart 
which r emains_when the ending is omitted from the third 
person jplural. Consequently, once we know the present tense, 
the determination of the present tense stem, which is im¬ 
portant not only for the formation of the present tense but 


82 
































also for the formation of other verbal forms, Is very simple® 

As all dictionaries give only the infinitive, it is important 
to know how to form the present tense from the infinitive® 

For the present we shall explain the formation of the 
present tense of verbs the infinitive ending "-th 11 of which 
is connected with the root by a connecting vowel or syllable- 
regular verbs (see 3 in this paragraph) 0 The verbs ending in 
'•-Kh' 1 and "-th" which is added directly to the root (irregu¬ 
lar verbs) will be explained later® In the meantime the present 
tense of all irregular verbs used in these lessons will be 
given In the vocabularies,, 

3. - The connecting vowels (2) and syllables (2a) by 
which the infinitive ending "th 11 (3) is connected with the root(l) 
help us in classifying the verbs into groups according to 
their conjugations 
12 3 

pavyn - a - th - to calculate , to count* to 

figure 

1 2a 3 

HanpeA - oBa - th - to progress 

NOTE S The root 6f a word is that part which the word has in common 
with other words of related meaningss pavyH - bill* account? pavyH+ap 

- calculator; pavyH+ai&e- calculation* figuring; pavyH4-aTii- to calculate? 
to count* to figure; pavyH+UHj & -calculator* mathematician; pavyH+HHa 

- mathematics* etc® 


PAR. 39 - THE PRESENT TENSE OF VERBS WITH THE CONNECTING 
VOWEL "A" AND WITH THE PRESENT TENSE ENDINGS 

M AM» Alloc ooo" 

(10) £o<5po 9 caMo 3Haie* ja He cJiymaM paA«o aok yvHMo 
CJiym am jiii th iuto th ja roBopmi? 

Are you listening (to) what I am telling you? 

(6) ZioBO^HO je ano HOBeK cJiyma na»HBO KaA HaCTaBHHK 

TOBOpHo 

(3) KejiHTe jih Aa MaJio cJiymaMO paAHO Bevepac? 

(U) Pa3yMeM* bh He cJiymaTe paAHo aok He nayvHTe 
AHjajioro 

AObpH ^apH cjiymajy naxc^HBO kba yniiTe^. roBopH® 

Good students listen attentively when the teacher 
is talking® 

The present tense of verbs of this class is formed by 
cutting off the connecting vowel M -a- ,J and the infinitive 
ending "-tb-" and adding the endingss -aM* -am* -a* ~aMo 9 
”aTe<$, -ajyS . 


( Ja) cJiyui - aM 

( Mh) CJiym - 

aMo 

( Th) cJiym - am 

( Bh) cJiym - 

aTe 

( Oh) CJiym - a 

( Chh) CJiym 

- ajy 

( OHa) CJiym - a 

,( C'He) CJiym 

- ajy 

( Oho) cJiym - a 

( OHa) cJiym 

- ajy 


83 







. PAR, 40 -« THE PRESENT TENSE OF VERBS WITH THE CONNECTING 

VOWEL W E ,# OR AND WITH THE PRESENT TENSE END¬ 
INGS “KM, Hlilooo.o" 

(5) <7a HHKa t A He ynHM koa nyhe. 
ynnin jivl th koa Kyhe? 

Do you study at home? 

Yhh jm oh koa KyHe? 

Coes he study at home? 

(4) HacTaBHHK Ka3K6 Aa TpeCa Aa ynHMo koa Kyhe TaKO^e. 

(5) Bh jraKo ynHTe . 

Ra. jlk ohh yne JiaKO? 

Do they learn easily? 

Ja EcejiHM Aa CyAeM npBH. 

I want to be the first. 

Era th acejiHiii? 

What do you want ? 

Oh ®ejiH Aa cjryuia paAHo Benepac. 

He wishes to listen to the radio tonight. 

Mh JKejiHMO Aa cJiymaMo paAHo Benepac. 

We wish to listen to the radio tonight. 

(3) HejiHTe jm Aa MaJio cJiymaMO paAHo Benepac? 

Eejie jits, ohh Aa cjiyiiiajy paAHo? 

Do they wish to listen to the radio? 

The present tense of verbs ending in w -th% which is 
connected to the root by the connecting vowel M -e- tt or 
"-h- h , is formed by cutting off the connecting vowel ’’-e-" 
or w -h- m and the infinitive ending "-th 11 and adding the pre¬ 
sent tense endings % -h* ~hmo 5 —HTe 9 -eS 

Vhhth — to study 

lo (ja) yv - hm 
2* (Th) ya - mu 
3o (0Hf)0Ha s 0Ho)yH - h 


yxejie th — to wlsh 0 to want 
1. (Ja) jiceji - hm (Mh) aceji - hmo 

(Th) xeji - Hiir ' (Bh) sceji - HTe 

3o (0H 9 0Ha s 0Ho )jKeji-H ( Ohh 9 OHe 9 OHa) ste^i—e 


NOTE ? Most Serbo-Croatian verbs belong to the classes in Par* 39 & 40, 


PAR. 41 - USE OF THE CONJUNCTION M £A M (THAT) ‘ 

(3) Ja MopaM Aa ynmc Benepac© 

(9) MopaM A a HayHHM ueo AHjajior Cpoj TpH 3 a cyrpa. 

Bh MopaTe Aa ynHTe bhuis © 

You have to study more. 

Serbo-Croatian tends to avoid the use of the infini¬ 
tive after a main verb ( MopaM 9 mo paM* MopaTe). Instead of the 


(Mh) yn - hmo 
(Bh) yv - HTe 
(Ohh* OHe 9 OHa)yn-e 


84 




















infinitive in such cases is used the conjunction "aa” (that) 
plus the form of the verb («a yHHM, a a Hay hum, a& ynHTe)cor¬ 
responding to its subject (and corresponding to the subject of 
the infinitive in English) (Ja - #a yhhm, ja - #a HaynHM, bh 
- ynHTe). 

PAH. 42 - IMPERFECTIVE AND PERFECTIVE VERBS 

In Serbo-Croatian almost every verb has two aspects, im- 
perfective and perfective, which express different points of 
view on the action named by the verb. 

The aspects are varieties of the same verb which express 
varieties of the same action. 

1. Imp&rfective verbs refer to an action or condition as 
continuing in the past, presenter future, or as frequently 
recurring in the past, present, or future. 

ynHTH, v.,ipfv. - to study, to be studying 

Imperfective verbs in the present tense answer the que¬ 
stion "What is the subject doing (now)?* 1 

UlTa paafliet cafla) ? - AHjajior. 

What are you doing (now)? - I am studying the dialogue. 

The present tense of imperfective verbs is used : 

a) Where English uses the present tense progressive: 

(l) UlTa uaiLHTe Beaepac? 

Chh rOB£E£ cpncKOxpBaTCKH (can). 

They are speaking Serbo-Croatian(now). 

NOTE: The English "I am studying, You are studying", etc. represent 
each a single unit expressing an action which is going on. "Am", "are" 
etc. are forms of the auxiliary verb "to be"; together with the present 
participle "studying" they form the present progressive tense of the verb 
"to study", which is rendered into Serbo-Croatian by the present tense of 
the imperfective verb "ynHTH”• Do not translate the English auxiliary 
verb and the participle separately. 

b) Where English uses the simple present tense to de¬ 
note : 

- A habit (usually): 

(5) Ja HHKaA He vhhm koa nyhe. 

(10) Ja He c^iymaM paAHo aok ynuM. 

Oh raziK Bp.tfO TeinKO. 

He works very hard. 

-A quality (ability): 

Ohh roBope cpncKOxpBaTCKH. 

They speaR Serbo-Croatian (i.e. They know how to 
speak Serbo-Croatian). 

2. - Perfective verbs denote either a atoaeiitary ac ^ ion 
or state, or only the beginning, or the end of a durative 
action or state. 

Perfective verbs cannot answer the question ,r What is the 
subject doing (now)?": lilTa paAHTe? - y^HM AHja^ror. 


85 
















While the present tense of imperfectlve verbs can be equally 
used both In main and in subordinate clauses according to 
the nature of the action we want to express, the present 
of perfective verbs is commonly used in subordinate clauses 
and with the conjunction M fla u to replace the infinitive (see 
Par, 41 )i 

(5) Ja HHKafl He yhhm koa Kyle* 

(3) Ja MopaM aa y^HM Benepac* 

(4) HacTaBHHK Kaace Aa Tpeda Aa vhhmo koa Kyle* 

“(9) MopaM Aa HayHHM ueo A^jajior <5poj Tpn 3 a cyxpa* 


TPETlH £E0 PART III 

rPAMATHHKE BE3KEE EPOJ 2 GRAMMAR EXERCISES NO*. Z 

Put into the right form of the present tense the verbs 
in the parenthesess 

Ja ( HHTftTH) UITHBOo 

A uiTa th (HUTaxH)? 

£a jih IleTap Tano^e (HHTaTH) ihthbo? 

Mh (HHTaTH/ UITHBOo 
A UITa BH ( HHTaTH ) ? 
upra IleTap h Mapa (HHTaTH) ? 

Ja (paAHTH) AOMalH 3aAaTaK« 
lira IleTap (paAHTH)? - 
(PaAHTH) JIH TH AOMalH 3aAaTaK? 

Mh (paAHTH) AOMaln 3aAaTaK* 

A UITa BH (paAHTH)? 

(PaAHTH) jih IleTap h Mapa AOMalH 3aAaTaK? 

Ko ( nHTaTH ) a ko ( oAroBapaTn) ? 
y^HTe^ (nHTaTH) a ja (oAroBapaTn)* 

3auiTO th He (OAroBapaTH) ? 

Ja He (OAroBapaTH) jep He (3HaTn)o 
ynHTejbH (nHTaTH) a yneHHUH (oAroBapaTn) o 
3auixo bh He (oAroBapaTn)? 

Mh He (oAroBapaTn) jep He (3HaTH)* 

3aiUTO OHH ( 3HaTH) a bh He (snaTH)? 

Ohh (3HaTH) jep ohh (ynHTH), a mh He (3H&TH) jep MH He 

(yHHTH) o 

3auiTo bh He (vhhth)? 

Ja He (scejieTn) Aa ( oahobophth ) Ha to nHTaTte V 

/la jih hh bh He (aceji«TH) Aa (OAroBOpHTH) Ha obo nHTaite? 

fia, hm ja He («ejieTH) Aa (oapobophth) hb to nKTane* 

Ko (scejieTH) Aa (OAroBOpHTH) Ha rtHTane? 

Ohh (3Kejie th ) Aa (OAroBOpHTH) Ha nHTaifce * 
lllra (sceJie:TH) yneHHijH? 

yneHHUH (acejieTH) Aa (HaynHTH) cpncKOxpBaTCKH je3HKo 
UITa th (scejieTH)? 

Ja He (scejieTn) hhuitbo 

Ko (tobophth) a ko (cjiyuiaTn)? 

yHHTej> (tobophth) a yneHHiiH ( c JiyuiaTH) o 


86 










Aa jin bh (cjryinaTH) na:«AHBO uito ynHTeA (tobophth)? 
Aa 9 ja (cjryinaTH) nascAHBO niTO ynHTeA (tobophthK 
Aa, mb (cjryinaTH) naJUHBO uito ynHTejb (tobophth). 

Aa Jih oh (cjiymaTH) nasubHBO uitc ja (roBoprfTa)? 

Aa, h oh (cJiyuiaTn) nascAHBO uito bh (tobophthK 
Aa jiv . ohh (cJiyiuaTH) nastAHBO uito ja (tobophth)? 

Ko (hmhth) nepo? 

Ja ( hmhth) nepoo 
A Aa jih bh (HwaTH) nepo? 

Aa ,h ja (hmhth) nepoo 
Ko (cnaBaTH)? - AeTe (cnaBaTn)o 
Aa jih bh (cnaBaTH) mhoto? 

He, ja He (cnaBaTH) hhoto Hero Ma.no o 
3auiTO bh (cnaBaTH) mhjio? 

Ja (cnaBaTH) Ma.no, jep (MopaTn) Aa ( ynHTH ) mhoto. 


HETBPTH AEO PART IV 

IilTHBO EPOJ 2 READING TEXT NO. 2 

AonaixH aaAaTaK 

npBo: HaynHMo neo ah ja.nor ( JleKHHja - npBH &eo\ npBH 

nac) ; 

Apyro: Aa npoaHTaMo rpaMaTuny h cnpeMHMo nHTa^a ( Apyrn 
Aeo, Apyrn aac); 

Tpeke: Aa npoHHTaMo rpaMaTHHKe BemCe h cnpeMHMo ouroBope 
Ha nHTaifea ( TpekH AeoJ TpehH nac); 

HeTBpTo: Aa npoHHTBMo h pa3yMeMo ije.no uithbo ( neTBpTH 
Aeo; neTBpTH aac ) *, 

IleToi Aa cnpeMHMo nncMeHH npeBOA ( uiecTH Aeoj neTH 

nac) ; 

UlecTo: Aa ynHMO penn ( ceAMH Aeo*, npBH h He tbpth nac). 
Ako. yneHHK pa ah AOMahn 3aAaTan Map ah bo h nascAHBO, oh 
mhoto Hayan h oHAa HHje touiko OAroBapaTH KaA HacTaBHHK nHTa. 


87 







PART V 


IIETH ZUEQ 

nHTAHA H3 IIITHBA BPOJ 2 QUESTIONS ON THE READING 

-- TEXT NO* 2 

lo. UlTa je AOMahH 3aAaTan? 

2o Vp.e paA© yMeHHUH AOMakH gaAaxaK? 

3 » 3a koJh ash paA© ym6hhah AOiialH 3aAaTan? 

4« Kano Tpetfa yMeHHijH Aa HayMe AHjaJior? 

5. Kano xpetfa yMeHHK Aa‘ paAH rpaMaTHHKe Be*(5e? 

6o Kano Tpe<5a yMeHHK Aa paAH iuthbo? 

7« KaKaB npeBOA Tpeda yMeHHK Aa cnpeuz? 

Bo Koj© peMH Tpetfa yMeHHK Aa ynz? 

9 o KaKO Tpe(5a yneHHK Aa paAH aomsLh 3aAaxaK? 

10 o Kojiijko yMeHHK HayMH aKO paAH AOMakz 3aAaTaK Mapj>HBO? 

11. Kojz j6 a©o AHja^ior? 

12. Kojz je Mac AHja^ror? 

13 o Kojz a©o cy rpaMaTHHKe Beard e? 

14. Kojz Mac cy rpaMaTHMKe Besde? 

15. KojH je Aeo iuthbo? 

16o Koj h je Mac uithbo? 

17. 3a KojH je nac nHCMeHH npeBOA? 

18. KojH Aeo je nncMeHH npeBOA? 

19. KojH je Aeo peMHHK? 

20. 3a ko j h nac cy hob© p©mh? 


1HECTK AEO PART VI 

BEKEA H3 nPEBOEEHA EPOJ 2 TRANSLATION EXERCISE NO. 2 

Work at home 

Brown is a talented student, but he never studies at 
home In the evening* He thinks that it is enough if one 
listens attentively when the instructor speaks, 

I am not such a bad student ("so bad a student") 
either, but I must study at home. While I work I do not 
listen to the radio. I do not listen to the radio until I 
master the dialogue, especially if the dialogue is difficult. 

I know that Brown already knows the dialogue for to¬ 
morrow, but he says he wants to study with me tonight. 


88 












CEflMH flEQ 
PEUHMK EPQJ 2 

253. Bevepac, adv. 

234. hyth, v.,t., & i.,ipfv.pfv. 

pr.t: vyjei ,vyj©iii,Hyj© 
a _ vyje^o,vtj©Te ,vyjy 

235. ysene, adv. 

236. koa Kyhe, adv. 

237. xejieTH, v.,t.,lpfv. 

pr. tSacejiHM,sce^iHiu,3KejiH 

sce^iHMO,^ejiHTe ,3K&jie 

238. pSaho, m. 

239. MopaTH, v. ,i.,lpfv. 

pr. t5M6p&M,M6pam,Mopa 

MSpaMo,MopaTe,M5pajy 
*219. j&ui h , oonj. 

240. HHKafl, adv. 

241. Kao, conj. 

*211. Jieno, adv. 

■*95. HaynHTH, v.,t.,pfv. 

pr. tSHayHHM,HayHHiii,HayMii 

Hay memo,H ayHHT©,Hayve 

242. 3ajeAHo, adv. 

243. p,'d k, conj. 

*243 • aok He, conj. 

244. AOMahH, adj.,m. 


PART VII 

VOCABULARY NO. 2 


245 


*99. 


246 


homework 

following 


- to read through 


AOMakH, adj., 

AOMala, f. 
v AOMale, n. 

AOMalH 3aAaTaK 

cji©A©kH, adj.,m. 

CJiAAeta, f. 
cji&Aeke, n. 
npovHTaTH, y.,t.,pfv. 

pr. t:npoHHTaM,npovHTaiii,npoHHTa 

npovHTaMo,npoHHxaTe , nponiiTajy 

cnpeMHTH, v., t. ,pfv. to prepare 

pr. t2cnpeMHM,cnpeMHjn,cnp^MH 

cnpeMHMO,cnp^MHTe,cnpeMe 
cnpeMaTH, v.,t•,ipfv. - to prepare 

pr. t:cnp?MaM,cnpeMam,cnpeMa 

cnp^MaMo,cnp^waTe,cnpeMajy 
OAroBop, m. - answer 

iihcm 0 h, adj.,m. - written 

nncMeHa, 
nHCMeHO, n. 

iihcmcho , adv. - in writing 

249. OHAa, adv. - then 


tonight 
to hear 


in the evening 
at home 

to wish, to desire; to want 


radio 

to have to, must 


also 
never 
as, like 
well 

to master, to learn 


together 

while 

until 

domestic 


247 

248 


89 






DAILY UNIT III 


IIPBH Jx EO ■ 
flHJAJIOr EPOJ 5 
OfljiaaaK y iHKOJiy 

y^ T p° 

1. EpayH : Ky^a HAeTe? 

Cmht: HAeM y notojiy . 

2. B- Join je paHO 3 a nacoAy 

£• 3hsm , ajiH TpeOa a& nponHTaM 
ppaMaTHKy h mthbo. 


3. E: H ja Tpe<5a Aa HayHHM 
AH.j ajior . 


PART I 

DIALOGUE N0» 3 

Leaving for ( M to H ) 
school In the morning 

1. Brown : Where (to) are 
you going ? 

Smith : I am going to 
school , 

2. Bs It Is still early for 
school. 

S: I know, but I have to 
read (through) the gram ¬ 
mar and the reading text , 

3. B: I, too, have to learn 
T maiter ) the dialogue . 


JXo6 po, oHAa hacmo 3ajeAH0. 


4. JB5 TeniKO je hKh ya OpaQ q 


£• £a, ajiH KaA HAeMO Haxpar 
HH3 CpAQ , OHAa je jiaKO. 


5. £5 Jleno je (to) hito kacmo kpo 3 
inyMy . 


£• He HAeMO ua Kpo3 myicy Hero 
MHMO lliyMy. 


6 • £• Bel cmo Ty o Koja je Baina 
yHHOHHua? 


£S Obo je Moja yHHOHHija. 
3KejiHTe jih Aa ybjBTe? 


S: All right, then we 
will go together ( H we go 
together"). 

4« B: It Is hard to go up 
the hill . 

3: Yes, but when we go 
back down the hill , then 
It Is easy. 

5* Bs The nice part of it Is 
that ( M the nice is that* 
that”) we go through the 
woods . 

S: We do not go t hrough 
the woods but past the 
woods . 

6. Bs Here ("There") we are 
already. Which is your 
classroom? 

Ss This Is my classroom. 
Do you want to enter? 


901 
















































7 


7. 15 s CaMo Ma^iOo r#e bh 
ceAHTe? 

CeAHM o(5hhho OBfle. 

8. ^£2 Krko ce^HTe? 

Kano ceAHM? KaA ceAHeM 
3a cto ja cTaBHM Hore noA 
cto c He tia cto o 

9o B: A lUTa OHAa cTaB^aTe Ha 
CTO? 

Pyne cTaBJtaM Ha cto * 

10* B° Kano HanpeAy.ieTe? 

HAe AodpOo 

11 * E° JXa. jits . pa3yMeTe yBen 
Ha c TaBHHKa? 

C_° KaA h© pa3yMeM nHTaia& 9 
ja nmaM uiTa oho 3HanHo 

12. E} £o<5po, caA ja MopaM Aa 

HAe M o ^OBK^eH>ao 
C° ^oBH^eTtao 

jx?ym mo 

TPAMATHHKA AHAJIH3A EPOJ 5 


Bi Only for a little while 
T M 0nly a little M ). Where do 
you sit? 

Ss I usually sit here. 

8» B$ How do you sit? 

3s Hew do I sit? When I sit 
down at the desk , I put (my) 
legs under the desk a not on 
the desk. 

9* Bs And what then do you put 
on the desk ? 

S$ I put (my) hands on the 

desk o 

10o Bs How are you progressing ? 

S i It is going all right. 

11o Bs Do you always understand 
the instructor? 

Ss When I do not understand 
a question I ask what it 
meanso 

12o Bs All rights now I have to 
go. So longo 

Ss So long* 


PART II 

GRAMMAR ANALYSIS NO. 5 


PAR. 43 - TRANSITIVE AND INTRANSITIVE VERBS 




































1 . - (2) 3 HaM, a jiyl Tpeba Aa npoHHTau rpaMaTHKy h iiithbo . 

( 3 ) H ja Tpetfa a a HaynHM AH. 1 a.aor . 

(ll) JX a jih pa 3 yM 6 Te yBeK Hac TaBHHKa ? 

( 11 ) KaA He pa 3 yMeM nHTaHe , ja nHTaM mTa oho 3 HanH. 

The meaning of verbs "npoHHTaM 11 , "HayHHM 1 * "pasyMeTe" 
and "pasyMeM" Is completed by nouns "rpaMaTHKy'V'mTHBO 1 ', 

H AHjajior", “HacTaBHHKa", and "nnTaa«e H . A noun .used with verbs 
In this function is called the direct object* 

All verbs wmcn must or may have a airrect object are called 
transitive verbs* The direct object answers the question "Whom?” 
(a person) or "What?" (a thing). The possibility of placing these 
questions after a verb is an indication that the verb is tran¬ 
sitive. 

2* - (1) KyAa haoto? 

(10) Kano HanpeAy.leTe? 

JXe Te cnaBa . 

The child is sleeping * 

The verbs "kaot©”, M HanpeAyjeTe M , '‘cnaBa" have no direct, 
object. Since they do not inflict action directly on an ob¬ 
ject, it is impossible to ask the questions "Whom?" and 
"What? M about them* Such verbs are called intransitive verbs. 


PAR. 44 - THE DIRECT OBJECT 

The direct object is the receiver of the action of a 
transitive verb. As indicated above It answers the questions 
"Whom?" or w What? w and requires no preposition. 


PAR* 45 - THE ACCUSATIVE SINGULAR OF NOUNS 

1. - (ll) jivl pa3yMeT© yBeK HacTaBHHKa ? 

(3) H ja Tpeba Aa HaynHM AHjajior * 

(2) 3HaM, ajiH Tpe<5a Aa npoHHTaM rpaMaTHKy * 

(2\ 3naM, ajiH rpeba Aa npoHHTaM iiithbo * 

(11) KaA He pa3yMeM nHTaH>e . j a nHTaM mTa oho 3HanH* 

The nouns M HaciaBHHKa M s M AHjajior tt , M rpaMaTHKy H , ii iiithbo m 
and rt nHTaHe M are direct objects of the vbrbs M pa 3 yMeTe H , 
“HaynHMW, “npoHHTaM", »npo^HTaM«, and "pa3yMeM*. Direct ob¬ 
jects in Serbo-Croatian are expressed by a special form of 
nouns and pronouns. The name of that form is.the accusative 
case * 

The accusative case of nouns is made by adding certain 
endings to the dtem of nouns. f 

The accusative singular endings are s 
(a) For all masculine animate nouns M -a M s 
Norn. sing. HacxaBHHK, stem* HacTaBHHw-acc. sing. HacTaBHHK—a 

AMepHKaHan, AMepHKaHij- AMepmcaHn-a 


92 























(b) The accusative case singular of all masculine inani ¬ 
mate nouns is the same as the nominative s 

Nom® sings ah ja^ior* stems ah jajior- acc. sings^Hjajxor 

peVHHKo peHHHK- peHHHK 

(c) For all feminine nouns which in the nominative singu 
lar end in "-a** the accusative singular ending is M -y M s 

Nom® sings ace Ha* stemsaceH- acc® sing sace H-y 

niKOJia 9 liiKOJi— mKOJi-y 

(d) The accusative singular of all neuter nouns is the 
same as the nominative singulars 

Norn.singsnepo stemsnep- acc®singSnep-o 

niiTane nHTaifc- nHTam-e 


PAR® 46 - THE PRESENT TENSE OF THE VERB “H-RH" 
1® (1) Kyfla HfleTe ? 

(1) HfleM y uiKOjry o 

(3) Aobpo* oHAa HAeMo 3ajeAHo 


The present tense endings of the verb M h!h m * ipfv® (to 
go) as well as of all verbs ending in "hn”, ares -.cm, -eni, 
-© 9 -eMo p -ere^, -y® These endings are added to the present 
stem* which for the verb "hKh" (to go) is w ha- m 2 


1® (Ja) HA-eM 
2o (Th) HA-em 
3. ( Oh) HA-e 
( OHa)HA-e 
(Oho)HA- e 


- I go, I am going 

- You go* You are going 

- He goes* He is going 

- She goes* She is going 

- It goes* It Is going 


(Mh) HA-eMO 
(Bh) HA-eTe 
(Ohh)HA- y 
(OHe)HA-y 
(OHa)HA-y 


- We go* We are going 

- You go* You are going 

- They go* They are going 

- They go* They are going 

- They go* They are going 


2o He Mory Aa oAeM npe Hero iato bhahm rocnoAHHa yHHTe^a® 
I cannot leave before I see the teacher. 


The verbs m othRh% pfv® (to go away* to depart) is a 
compound of "hIh” and its present stem is either “oa”" 

(OAeMj OAem* OAe* OAeMO, OAeTe* oav) or m otha- w * (othacm* 
oTHAeui* etc®) or 1 oth^- m (oth^Mj OTH^em. etc.) 


3® <= (6) SfeAHTe jivl Aa ybeTe ? 

Bevepac He Mory Aa H3H^eM o 
Tonight I cannot go out ® 

The verbs "yin 15 * pfv® (to enter* to go in* to come in) 
and w h 3 hRh m or M H3alH w * pfv® (to go out* to come out) are 
also compounds of the verb m h1h" and have the present stem 
w y*>« M (y*?eM* y^em* etc®) and tt fi3H$~ w or “H3a$-" (H3H|>eM* 
H3Hi)em* etc®) 


93 
















NOTE :' There are many other compounds of the verb "h^h" 
and the present tense stem of all of them is 
obtained by cutting off the infinitive ending 
M -hn" and adding to the remaining part: 

npehH, pfv. (to cross, to go over), present 
tense stem "npei)-". 


PAR. 47 - THE ACCUSATIVE CASE WITH PREPOSITIONS 



1. - (l) HfleM y niKOJiy . 

(9) A hit a oHAa cxaB^are Ha cto ? 

( 9 ) PyKe cTaBMM Ha cto . 

« »t / The accusat ive case must be used after the prepositions 
^ anc * " Ha " (onto, on) when these prepositions 

indicate direction of motion* The accusative case answers the 
question "KyAa?" (Whither?) in this case. 

NOTEt: The question "Whither!", although obsolete to some degree, is 
much better than the question "Where to! because it eliminates any 
confusion with the question "Where?", which in English nay mean "Where 
(to)?; or "Where(at)?". 



















2* - (8) KaA ceAHeM a a cio ja CTaBJ^aM Kore no# cto . He Ha cto» 
Majica TRejm Aa nan^eTe npeA Kyhy . 

Mother wants you to come out In front of the house , 
SauiTO He cTaBHTe rjiaBy hsa cto? 

Why don 1 t you put your head over the table? 

Other prepositions which in the same circumstances 
govern the accusative case, ares 

3a - behind ( 3a cto) 

Ha« - over ( H aA cto) 

iioa ~ under ( itoa cto) 
npeA- in front, before ( n peA Kyhy) 



The prepositions "y" , ’’Ha" , "sa" , « H aA n > > and ^npeA^ 

in circumstances different from those explained above, may 
govern also other cases. But the following prepositions can 
govern the accusative case only. 

Kpo3 - through ( npo3 uiyMy) 
mhmo - past, by (mhmo myMy) 

•HH3 - down ( HH3 (5pAo) 

ys - up, against (ys <5pao) 


95 



































TPETiH mO 


PART III 


rPAMATHHKE BE3KEE EPOJ 5 GRAMMAR EXERCISES NQ» 5i 

Put into the right form the words in the parentheses; 

Ko nHTa (yneHHKT? 

HacTaBHHK nHTa (yneHHK). 

Ko nHTa (bojhhk)? 

0<£hij;hp nHTa (bojhhk)o 
Ko nHTa (Aefl)? 

«VHyK nHTa (p,ep,)* 

Hurt© Jin bh (dpai)? 

He, ja HeMaM (<5paT)« 
li a jih 3HaTe (oAroBop)? 
fia, ja 3HaM (OAroBop)• 

KojZ (je3HK) BH yHHTe? 

Ja yHHM CpnCKOXpBaTCKH (je3HK). 

HiiaMO Jin caAa (a^ktut)? 

He, caAa HeMaMo (auktst), Hero (rpaMaTHKa). 

Ko Mopa Aa cjiyiua (MajKa)? 

AeTe Mopa Aa cJiyiua (MajKa) • 

HMaTe Jin bh (cecTpaS? 

He, ja HeMaM hh (c5paT) hh (cecTpa). 

HMaTe Jin (ojiOBKa) h (nepo)? 

(OjiOBKa) HMaM, a (nepo) HeMaM. 
lllTa HHTaTe? 

HHTaM ( lUTHBO ) C3poj TpH » 

Pa3yMeTe Jin (nHTa^e)? 

RtL 9 ja pa3yMeM (nHTaHje), ajiH He 3HaM (oAroBop). 

KyAa HAeTe? 

HAeM Ha (nac). 

HAeM y (yHHOHHijaj. 

HAeM Ha (6pAo)« 

HAeM 3a (nyia). 

HAeM npeA (nyka)* 

iiTa paAH yneHHK KaA y^e y (yHHOHHna)? 

KaA yneHHK yi?e y (yy HOHHija ) oh cTaB^sa (nana) Ha ( HHBHjiyK ) n 
ceAa Ha (cTOJinna) » 

KyAa yneHHK cTaBi>a Hore a KyAa (rjiaBa)? 
yneHHK cTaB^a ho re noA (cto) a r^iaBy HaA (cto). 

KyAa yjia3H cseTJio y (ynHOHHija)? 

CBeTJio yjia3H y (yyHOHHija) Kpo3 (npo3op) 0 

KaAa HAeTe y3 (6 pao) a KaAa HAeTe HH3 (dpAo)? 

KaA HAeM y (uncojia) HAeM yo (dpAo) a KaA HAeM KykH HAeM HH3 

(dpAo). 

A KaAa HAeTe mhmo (uiyMa)? 

Mhmo (uryMa) HAeM z KaA HAeM y (uiKOJia) n ksa HAeM. KyEn. 
lilTa BHAHTe Kpoa (npo3op)? 

Kpo3 (npo3op) bhahm (uiyMa). 


96 






HETBPTK £E0 

I1ITHBO EPOJ 3 


PART IV 

READING- TEXT NO/ 3 


IilTa cBe y^eHHK pa ah 


KaA yneHHiiH hay y nncojiy, ohh hay Y3 <5pao. KaA yhchhah 
xp©6a Aa y\>y y ynHOHHijy, ohh y^y Ha BpaTa, He Kpo3 npo3op. ' 

KaA yi>© y yhhohh ny 9 yneHHK ciaB^a penHHK, 6e.ne3KHHijy, nepo 
h Apyro Ha cto® OHAa nasubHBo cJiyma Hac TaBHHKa• KaA yneHHK He 
nyje hjih He pa3yMe Hac TaBHHKa, oh KasceS "Mojihm join jeAHOM, He 
pa3yMeM”* KaA yhBhhk HHTa 9 oh hhT a Ki50ry. KaA yneHHK nmire, oh 
nmne y tfeJiescHHijy. KaA nacTaBHHK name, oh nHiiie Haxatfjiy. 

Ako yneHHK xano paA**, oh jieno yhh h HanpeAYj©* KaA yneHHK 
HayHH CBe uito Tpetfa AaHaynH 3a jeAaH AaH, oHAa je. BpeMe Aa ofle • 
KaA yneHHK Tpe(5a Aa H3a^e (n3H^e) , of H3Hi>e on©T Ha BpaTa, He 
npo3 nposop® 


iieth mo 


PART V 


IIHTAH/. H3 IHTMBA EPOJ 3 


QUESTIONS ON READING TEXT 

NO. 3 


1® KyAa hay yh©hhijh? 

2. Kano hay yneHHHH kba hay y nrnojiy? 

3® KyAa TpeSa Aa y*>y yneHHiiH? 

4® KaKO.yjia3e yneHHiiH KaA Tpetfa Aa y^>y y /HHOHHijy? 
5® £a jih yneHHHH yjia3e y ynHOHHijy Kpo3 npo3op? 

6« lllxa paAH yneHHK KaA y*>e y ynHOHHiiy? 

7. Ha hita yneHHK cTaB^a penHHK h SejreJSHHiiy? 

8. Kako yneHHK cjiyma HacxaBHHKa? 

9® IilTa Ka:Ke yneHHK aKO He nyje Hac TaBHHKa? 

10® IilTa Kase yneHHK ano He pa3yMe Hac TaBHHKa? 

11® IUt a HHTa yneHHK? 

12. y niTa nHine yneHHK? 

13* Ha niTa nHiiie HacTaBHHK? 

14® KaA yneHHK Jieno yhh? 

15® KaA yneHHK HanpeAYj©? 

16® Iifcffc Tpeda yneHHK Aa Haynn? 

17® KaA je BpeMe Aa yneHHK oa©? 

18® KaA Tpe(5a yneHHK Aa H3a^e? 

19® Kano H3Aa3H yneHHK KaA Tpetfa Aa- H3ai>e? 

20® Aa jih yneHHK Tpeda ,Aa H3Jia3H Kpo3 npo3op? 


97 












PART VI 


iiiECTH mo 

BESCEA H3 nPEBOSEHA EPOJ 3 TRANSLATION EXERCISE NO, 3 


Today I am going to school very early, because I do not 
yet know my lesson. Brown, too, is going early today. I have 
to read the grammar and he must learn the dialogue. 

We are going past a forest. We have to go up the hill. 
That is not easy. To go down the hill is easy. And to go 
through a forest is very nice. 

Brown wants to see my classroom. He wishes to see my 
place. Then he asks where I put this and where I put that. 

He also wants to know how I am progressing, if I understand 
the teacher, and what I do if I don't understand a question. 


Then he says "so long". 

■QEZLMH HEQ PART VII 


PEHHMK EPOJ 5 


VOCABULARY NO- 8 


250. 


*34. 

251. 

252. 


253. 
*219. 

254. 

255. 

256. 

257. 

258. 

259. 

260. 
261. 


*261. 


OA^ia3aK. m., 

gen.sing: ofljiacKa 

xv pi: ofl^racuH 

yjyTpo , adv. 
icyaa, adv. 
hLh, v., i.,ipfv. 
pr.t: H^em, 

vN H,zi;eMo, ftfle Te , H^y 

paHo, adv. 

^oui, adv. 

Y3, Prep. 

n. 

Harpar, adv. 
hAq, prep. 
kpo3, prep. 
niyMa, f. 

-M&Mo, prep. 
ykH, v.,i.,pfv. 

pr.t: yt)eM,yt>em,yt>e 

y|)gMO ,y^exe ,y^y 

x a *P*P*yuiao,m. ? yimra,f., yuiao 
yjra3HTH, v. ,i. ,ipfv. 

pr.t: yjia3HM,yjia3iim,yjra3H 

yjra3HMo ,yjra3HTe ,^jra3e 


o 

- departure, leaving 


- in the morning 

- whither, where to 

- to go 


- early 

- yet 

- up 

- hill 

- back 

- down 

- through 

- wood, fprest 

- past 

- to enter 


,n.- entered 
- to enter 


98 










262. 


263. 


*263. 


264. 

265. 

266. 
*115. 

267. 

268. 
269. 


♦269. 


270. 


♦270. 


271. 


* 271. 


272. 

273. 

274. 

275. 

276. 


cTaB^aTH, v.,t.,ipfv. 
pr.t: cTaB^aM.CTaB^ai 


pr.t: cTaBJ>aM,cTaBj5am.cTaB«fca 

_ * _ v\ _ 7 vN 


- to put 


CTaBi.aMo,cTaBJ>aTe , cT&B.&ajy 


CTBBHTH , V . , t. ,pfv. 

pr.t? CTaBHM, CT^LBKlU,CTaBH 
xN CTaBHMO ,CTaBHT6 ,CT^Be 

cecTH, v..i.,pfv. 

pr.t: c^eflHeM,AHeni, c§ah6 
xs ceflHeMo ,ceAH§Te ,c^AHy 

ce a&th, v.,i., ipfv. 
pr.t: ceAaM,ceAain,c&Aa 
x c©AaMo,ceAaTe,ceAajy 

ceAeTH,v.,i.,ipfv. 

pr.t: ceAHM f ceAfiin,ceAH 

'ceAHMo,ceAHTe,c©Ae 
npe a, prep. 

Hora, f. 
noA, prep. 

3a, prep, 
pyica, f . 

HaA, prep. 

OTHkHjv.,i. ,pfv._ 
pr.t: OAeM,6Aein,oAe 

oAeMo, 3 a© re , op,f 

a.p.p. oTHinao,m., oTHimia, f. ,bTHin.zion.-departed 
oAJia3HTH,v. ,i.jipfv. _ s to depart, to go 

pr.t: oA^a3HM, 6A^a3iiiii, OA^a3H 

oA^ia3HMo, OAJia3HTe , OAJia3e 

H3HixH (n3ahn), v. ,i. ,pfv. - to go out, to come out 

pr.t: H3Hi>eM (h3Sl^6m) 

H3H$ein (H3a$enr) 

H3H$6 (H3§L^e) 

H3H$eMO (H3at)eMo) 

H3H$eTe (H3ateTe) 

H3Hi>y (H3a|>y)^ 

a.p.p, H3Hiuao,m., H3nnuia, f., 

H3Jia3iiTH,y. ji.jipfv. 

pr.t: H3Jia3HM, H3Jia3HlII,H3Jra3H 

H3Jia3HMO, H3^ia3HTe ,&3Jia3e 

npeiiH, v. ,t % ,& i.,pfv. - to cross, to go over,to 

pr.t: npe|?eM,npe^eni,npe|>e _ cover 
ripe$eMo,npe!>eye ,npe^y 

a.p.p. npeiuao,m., npeimia, f., npeimio, n-crossed, covered 
npejia 3 HTH, v.,t._,& i.,ipfv. - _to cross, to go over, t 
pr.t: npeJia3HM,npejra3Hm,npejia3H _ - cover 
npeJra 3 HMo ,npeJia3HTe , npbjiase 


- to put 

- to sit (down) 


- to sit (down) 


to sit, to be 
sitting 

before, in front of 

leg; foot 

under 

behind, at 
arm; hand 
above, over 
to depart, to go away 


away 


H3JBHJIO, n.-gone out, come out 
- to go out, to come out 


to 


caB, pron. ,m. .CBa, f., cBe , n 
CBe,adv. 

jeAHOM, adv. * 

BpeMe, n.gen.sing.: BpeMeHa 
Pi .: BpeMeHa 

oneT, adv. 

cnaBaTH, v..i.,ipfv._ 

pr.t: cnaBaM, cnaBsou, cnaBa 

cnaBaMO,cnaBare,cnaBajy 


- all 

- once 

- time 

- again 

- to sleep 


99 


DAILY UNIT IV 


PART I 


IIPBH flEO 
/IHJA^Or EFOJ 4 

Tge ,je hit a y 

yHHQHHgH 

1 * HacTaBHHK * lilTa bhaht© KaA 
CeAHTe £ yHHOHHAH ? 


yneHny : KaA c© ahm y ynHOHHnH 
BHAHM 3HA, BpaTa H np030p« 


2° HacT« lilTa bhaht© Kpo3 OHa, 
npo3op » 


y~H ° Kpo3 OHa.1 npo3op bhahm 
uiyMy. 


3. HacT ° lilTa bhahtc Kpo3 om 
npo3op ? 

y~H ° Kpo3 Ta.i npo3pp bhahm 
6H6jiHOTeKyo 

4. UsCT? ^ Ta BHAHTe Ha 3HAy ? 


Ha 3HAy bhahm HHBHjryK h 
reorpac|)CKy KapTy. 

5e HacT g Aa jus . je Baiua Kana Ha 
MecTy? 

y^o a, OHa je Ha HHBHjiyKy «> 

I- 

6. HacT ° Hnja je oho Kana? 

( Hnj a je OHa nana ?) 


Oho je Moja Kana* ( OHa 
Kana je Moja.) 


DIALOGUE NO, 4 

Where are things ( H Where 

Is what M ) in the class¬ 

room 

1• Instructor ; What do you see 
when you are sitting in the 
classroom ? 

Student s When I am sitting 
In the classroom I see the 
wall, the door and the 
* window, 

2o Instr ; What do you see 
through that window (over 
there)? 

Sts Through that window 
Tover there) I see the 
forest. 

3« Instr ; What do you see 
through this window ? 

St s Through that window 
I see the library. 

4. Instr ; What do you see on 
the wall ? 

St s On the wall I see the 
hanger and the map. 

5* Instr s Is your cap in 
place ? 

• St® Yes, It is on the 
hanger . 

6. Instr s Whose cap is that 
(Whose is that cap ) over 
there? 

Sts T hat (over there) is 
my cap. ( That cap (over 
there) is mine). 


100 















































7«> Hacr° Ta© BHce nana h 
reorpac|)CKa KapTa? 

y~H » Kana bhch o HHBHJiyKy ^ 
Mana bhch Ha 3 Hay . 


8. HacT ° Pa© cy ctojiobh? 

Ctojiobh cy cByAa no 

COdHo 

9. HacT ° Je jih to Bam cto? 
(Je Jiti Ta.j cto Bain?) 

y^o Aa 9 obo ie Mcj cto« 
Ua, QBa.1 cto je mo j » ) 

10o Hacr« ka jih je oh npeMa 
yjia3y? 

yn » Hnje, oh je mrjio BHiue 
yHyTpao 

11 o HacT ° ajiH je npn 

yjia3y o 

Yh ° To je TaHHOo 

12. HacT° JXbl jih bh bojihtc 
T anaB h tojihkh cto ? 

Yh °. Ja He bojihm QBanaB h 
OBQJ iHKH cto , Hero oHanaB 
H OHOJIHKH CTO o 


13. HacT ° Ja mhcjihm aa cy cbh 

CTOJIOBH TaKBH H TOJIHKH 

nao lino je Bam ctoo 
Yh 0 o 36n^a? 


7. Instr s Where are the cap 
and the map hanging? 

a Sts The cap Is hanging on 
the hanger and the map Is 
hanging on the wall , 

3o Instr s Where are the desks? 

Sts The desks are all over 
the room . 

9. Instr s Is that your desk? 
(is that desk yours?) 

Sts Yes s this is ray desk* 
TYes s this desk is mine.) 

10o. Instr s Is it opposite the 
entrance ? 

Sts It isn 9 t s it is a 
little more inside.1 

11° Instr s Yes 5 but it is by 
the entrance . 

St s That is correct. 

12. Instr s Do you like a desk 
of that kind and size ? 

St s I do not like a desk of 
this kind and size , but of 
that kind and size (over 
there J'.”* 

13. Instr s I think that all the 
desks are of the same kind 
and size as yours (*'of the 
kind and size as is your 
desk'*). 

St s Really? 


101 











































flpyrn JEO PART II 

rPAMATMHKA AHAJIH3A EPOJ 4 GRAMMAR ANALYSIS NO. 4 

PAR. 48 - THE LOCATIVE SINGULAR OF NOUNS 



The locative case basically indicates location, that Is, 
in a place (y vhhohhhh), at a place, or on something (na 3 H«y, 
Ha MacTy 9 Ha HHBHjryKy) . It occurs only after certain prepo¬ 
sitions. 

The locative singular of all masculine and neute r nouns 
is formed by adding the endlng“” ,T ^y ■■ to the ©terns 

nom.sings 3 ha the stems 3 ha- loc.singS 3 HA-y 

ynene yve-Fb- yne^y 

MecTO MecT- MecT-y 

The locative singular ol all feminine nouns is formed by 
adding the ending to the stems 

nom. singsyHHOHHua the stemsyHHOHHu-loCcslngsyvHoHim-H 

seHa seH- 3*ceH-H 

If the stem of a noun ends in ,, k u , "r w or H x M it usually 
changes to ,J 3 M or ,5 crespectively before the ending "h s 

nom. singsdudjiHOTeKa the sterasdHoS^HOTeK- loc. singS(5H(5jiHOTeu-H 

HOra HOT- H03-H 

2. - (IX) fla, ajiH je npn yjra 3 y . 

(1) KaA cqahm y yvHOHHiiH bhahm 3Ha 9 BpaTa, npo3op. 

(4) Ha 3 hay bhahm hhbhjiyk h reorpacfcny napTy. 

(7) Kana bhch o hubujivky 0 

(8) Ctojiobh cy CByAa no co6h . 

(10) £a Jiia. je oh npeMa yjrasy ? 


102 








































































The only preposition which governs only the locative 
case (npH yjiasy) is M npH H (by, at. near). 

The prepositions M y" (in, at), H Ha" (on, at, in), ‘’o'’ 
(on, about), "no" (over, on) and H npeMa H (opposite) are the 
only other pr*ppn«itions which govern the locative to denote 
location (y ynHOHUUH, Ha 3Hay, o HHBHjryKy, no co<5h, npeMa 
yjiasyMor to express some otner ideas which will be explained 
later)o All these prepositions under different circumstances 
govern other cases. 



Demonstrative pronouns are used to point out persons or 
things. The Serbo-Croatian demonstrative pronouns are adjecti¬ 
val pronouns (see Par. 26). 


1. - (3) UlTa BHAHxe npo3 OBa.1 npo3op? 

(3) Kpo3 tsj npo30p bhahm (5H(5jiHOTeKy. 

(2) lilxa BHAHTe Kpo3 oHa.i npo3op? 

(2) Kpo3 OHaj npo3 0 p b^ahm iiryMy 0 

The words ,, oBaj M , '•Taj 11 , and M oHaj M are demonstrative 
pronouns which are used to point out persons or things re¬ 
gardless of their quality or size. In their fundamental form 
they read as followss 

Osaj, m., oBa, f., obo, n. - this 

Taj, m., Ta, f. , to, n. - that 

OHaj, m., oHa, f ., oho, n. - that (over there), yonder 
NOTE ; The steins of the above pronouns are; ob-, t- , oh-. 

2. - (12) &a jin BOJiHTe Tanas h tojihkh cto? 

(12) Ja He BOJIHM QBaK &B H OBOJIHKH CTO, He TO PHanaB 
H OHO^IHKH C TO o 

The words “oBaKaB% "TaKaB", "oHaKaB rl , are demonstrative 
pronouns which are used to point out persons or things of a 
particular quality. In their fundamental form they read as 
follows? 


103 





































OBaK&B » m., OBiKBa^ oerkbo$ n. 

TaKaB, m., TftKBa s f., TaKBO, n. 
OHaKaB, m», oHaKBa, fo, ohekbo , n« 


- such, of this kind, 
like this 

- such, of that kind, 
like that 

- of that kind (over 
there), like that 
(over there) 


NOTE; (a) The stems of the above pronouns ares obekb-, tekb-, 
OHaKB^T" 

(b) A shortened form of the above pronouns is heard in 
colloquial speech; ob&kh, m® , OBana, f», obeko, n. £ tskh, m., 
Tana, f«, teko, no £ ohbkh, m. ? oHaKa, f», oHano, n. 

3 . - (12) /la Jih BOJiHTe TanaB h tojihkh cto? 

(12) Ja He BOJIHM OBEKaB H OBOJIHKH CTO, He TO OHaKEB 
H OHOJIHKH C TO o 


The words * ! oBo^HK^^ , , "tojihkh H , and " ohojihkh h are demon¬ 
strative pronouns which are used to point out persons or 
things of a particular size* In their fundamental form they 
reads 

Obojihkh, m., oBQjiHKa, f. 9 obojihko, n. 

TojihkH, m., TOJiHKa, f 0 , tojihkOj n„ 

Ohojihkh, m., oHOjiHKa, f., ohojihkoj n, 


4. ” Osa.i penHHK je mo j o 

This dictionary is mine 
Hmem jivl th OBanaB penHHK? 

Do you have a dictionary like this? 

/la aJi'BL je Baina y hhohhue obo^hke? 

Is your classroom also as hlg as this? 

Taj Bam peHHHK je Bp.no AO<5ap£ Moj penHHK HHje 
TanaB h tojihkHo 

tfhat dictionary of yours is very good; my dictionary 
is neither of that kind nor of that size. 

JX a xsl je QHa.j KanyT Ha HHBHJiyKy Bain? HHje, Moj 
KanyT HHje oHanaBo 

Is that coat on the hanger yours? It is not, my coat 
is not like that. 

Demonstrative pronouns “oBaj", "osaKaB 11 and m obojihkh m 
refer to objects near the speaker. 

H Taj M , M TaKaB ,c and ,8 tojihkh m refer to objects near the 
person spoken to. 

w OHaj% M oHaKaB u and m ohojihkh m refer to objects distant 
from both the speaker and the person spoken to. 


- of this size, as 
big as this 

- of that size, as 
big as that 

- of that size (over 
there), as big as 
that (over there) 


104 









5 . - ( 9 ) fla, obo je Moj ctoo 
To je Moj© nepo. 

That is my pen. 

(6) Oho je Moja Kana. 

To cy Moje. Kawre 
Those are my books. 

The above are examples of sentences which point out 
something (obo, to, oho, to) and then give a short definition 
of it (ctOj nepo, Kana, KMre)» The pointing word in both 
English ('“this”, "these", "that", "those") and Serbo-Croatian 
("obo", "to", "oho") Is a demonstrative pronoun. 

In such sentences until the object has been named and 
consequently has no gender, Serbo-Croatian uses the neuter 
singular demonstrative pronoun. Note that the verb agrees in 
number with the following word (je Moj cto; je Moje nepo; je 
Moja Kana; cy Moje KKHre) and not with the subject (obo, to, 
oho) . 


6 . - (6) Haja je oho Kana? 

Hnja je OHa Kana? 

But(6) OHa Kana je Moja. 

If the demonstrative pronoun is followed by the name of 
the object being pointed out, it always agrees with that noun 
in gender, number and case ( OHa Kana je Moja) except in inter¬ 
rogative sentences which are introduced by an interrogative 
pronoun, when the pronoun may agree with the noun (Hnja ie OHa 
Kana?) or may be in the neuter gender (Hnja je oho Kana?), 


TPETlH flEO PART.JHI 

rPAMATKHKE BE3KEE EPOJ 4 - N P.«. A 

1. Put into the right form the words in the parentheses? 

Tfle je Bama Kana? - Moja Kana je Ha (HHBHJiyK) • 

rp,e cy yHeHHHH? - yneHHHH cy Ha (nacjo 

Ta© je reorpa(|)CKa KapTa? - TeorpadxjKa KapTa je Ha (3 ea)« 

Ko je y (ynHOHMua)? - Y (yHHOHHua) cy yHHTe e yneHEnH, 

Tfle je sex;? - 3eu je y (inyMa). 

Ta© bh cnaBaie? - Ja cnaBaM y (co<3a)« 

Ta© je Tadjia? - Tadjia je Ha (3ha)» 

Ta© je KpeAa? - KpeAa j© Ha (Tadjia). 

3auiTO He ceAHTe Ha (MecTo)? - Ja He 3 hem rAe j© Moje mbcto. 

IilTa He pa 3 yM©T© y (nHTaiie)? - He pa3yMeM HuniTa, 

JilTa BHCH O (HHBHJiyK) ? - 0 (HHBHJiyK) BHCO Kane H KanyTH, 

IIo neMy xoAaMO?-no (noA) xoaemo, 

UlTa je npeMa (yHHOHHija)? - npeima (yHEOHHija) je dHdjrHOTeKa. 
IilTa j© npn (yjias)? - npH (yjia3) je cto. 

2. Choose the right word in the parentheses? 

HIT a j© obo? - (Obo,T o,O ho) je pchhhk. 

IilTa j© to? - (Obo,T o,O ho) je dejieacHHua 


103 








yixa je oho? - (Obo,To,Oho) je Tadjia. 

Hhjh je obo penHHK? - (Obo, To, Oho) ie moj pe hhhk• 

4hjh je OBaj peHHHK? - ( OBaj,Taj,CHajJ penHHK je mo j . 

4k ja je to dejiescHHua? - (Obo,T o,O ho) je Moja dejiejKHHija. 

4h j a je Ta dejiexmma? - (OBa,Ta.OHa) dejiescHHija je Moja. 

4nja je OHa Kyla? - (OBa,Ta,OHa) Kyiia je Haina. 

Aa jih ie Banie nepo oBaKBO? - Aa Moje nepo je (OBaKBO, TaKBO, 
OHaKBO/. 

A a jih je Bam pe hhhk OBanaB? - He. Moj penHHK HHje (oBaKaB, 

TanaB,oHaicaB) Hero (OBaKaB,TanaBJ. 

Aa jih je Bam KanyT oHanaB Kao OHaj Ha HHBHJiyKy? - He, Moj 
KanyT HHje (oHaKaB,OBaKaB,xanaB) Hero (OBanaB,TanaB) Kao 
Bam. 

Aa jih je Bam paflHO obojihkh? - He, Moi pa^no HHje (obojihkh, 
tojihkh,oh6jihkh) Hero ( obojihkh , tojihkh) . 

/la jih je h HaeroB paA^o tojihkh? - He, nerOB paA^o HHje (obojihkh, 
TOJIHKH, OHOJIHKh) , HeTO OHOJIHKH KaO OHaj y 6 h 6 JIHOTe hh • 

A a jih cy obh penHHijH Aodpn? „ Aa, (obh,th,ohh) penHHijH cy 

AOdpH. 

/la jih cy ohh peHHHDjH Ha cTOJiy Tanotje AodpH? - /la, h (ohh, 
th,obh) penHHHH Ha CTOJiy cy Aodpn. 

Aa jih cy h Barne ojioBKe OBaKBe? - He, Moje ojioBKe HHcy 
( OBaKBe , TaKBe , OHaKBe ) , Hero ( OBaKBe ,TaKBe , OHaKBe ) Kao oHe iiito 
hx HMa neTap. 

Aa jih cy Bamn chhobh obojihkh? - He, mo jH chhobh HHcy (tojihkh, 

OBOJIHKH, OHOJIHKH). 

4nja je obo coda? - (To,Ta) je Moja coda. 

Hnja.je OBa coda? - (Ta,To) coda je Moja. 


aEIBFIfi AEQ PART IV 

iUIHBO EPOJ 4 READING TEXT NO 4 

Tae ie mxa y yHHOHHiiH 

Ha no Ay y ynHOHHi^H cy ctojiobh h cTOJiHije. Ha CTOJiy h y 
CTOJiy cy JienijHje, dejieJKHHije, pe hhhd;h , nepa h ojioBKe . Ha cto- 
jihhh ceAH yneHHK. 

Ha 3HAy cy TadJia, HHBHjiyK h reorpa^cKe KapTe . Ha TadJiH 
cy pe hh Koje HacTaBHHK nnine. 0 HHBHJiyKy BHc'e Kane h KanyTH. 
Ha KapTH je JyrocjiaBHja. 

y 3 HAy cy npo3opn h BpaTa. Kpo3 npo3op yneHHijH BHAe CBe 
oho hito je Hano^y. Ha BpaTa yjia3e h H3Jia3e HacxaBHHijH h 
yneHHHH. 


106 









Ha TaBaHHijH je cBeTJiOo 

KaA yneHHijH Tpe(5a Aa yi>y y ynHOHHijy ohh Mopajy npBO Aa 
OTBope Bpaia. KaA yneHHuH H3a$>y ohh 3aTBope BpaTa. 


HETH AEO PART V 

IIHTAHA H3 iiJTHBA E POJ 4 QUESTIO NS ON THE READING TEXT 

NO, 4 

1« r^e cy ctojiobh? 

2. rp,e cy cTOJiHije? 

3- Mia je Ha CTOJiy h y cTOJiy? 

4. Ko ceAH Ha ctojihah? 

5. iilTa je Ha 3HAy? 

6. IilTa je Ha TatfjiH? 

7. iilTa BHCH O HHBHJiyKy? 

8. IilTa je Ha KapTH? 

9. TAe cy npo3opn h BpaTa? 

10o iilTa BHAe yneHHHH npo3 npo3op? 

11* KyAa yjia3e ynemmH h HacTaBHHHH? 

12. Jia. jih ohh yjia3e Kpo3 npo3op? 

13. xilTa je na TaBaHHHH? 

14o KaA Tpeda yneHHijH Aa OTBope BpaTa? 

15. KaA Tpe6a yneHHuH Aa 3aTBope BpaTa? 

16« iilTa bha© yneHHHH npo3 npo3op ko j h je npn yjia3y? 

17 o IilTa BHAe yneHHHH Kpo3 npo3op ko j h je npeMa yjia3y? 


LIECTil HEP PART VI 

BE3KEA H3 IIPEBOIEHA EPOJ 4 TRANSLATION EXERCISE NO, 4 

What the student does 

First I open the door. Then I enter the classroom. Then I 
put the books on or into the desk. Then I put the cap and the 
coat on the hanger where they hang until it is time to leave 
('•that I leave"). 

The instructor is speaking, and writing Serbo-Croatian 
words on the blackboard. 

Through the window we see what kind of day it is. If it 
is nice, we open the window. 


107 













door 


When it is time to leave, we go out and we shut the 


CEflMH flBO 
PEHHMK EPQJ 4 

277. 3ha 9 m. 

IlOm.plo 3HAOBH 

278. OBaj, pron.,m. 

psa, f. 

6bo, n. 

279. Taj, pron.,m 

Ta, f. 
to, n. 

280. &Ha j, pron.,m. 

6h&, f. 

6ho, n. 

281. <5H6^HOTeKa, f. 

282. HHBHJiyK, m. 

nom. pi° H^BHjiyuH 

283. rebrpacpcKa KapTa, f. 

284. bhchth, v. ,i.,ipfv. 

pr.t” BHCHM , B HC Hill, BHCH 
y BHCHMO,BHCHTe,BHCe 

285. o, prep. 

286. CByAa» adv. 

287. nb. prep. 

288. npeMa, prep. 

289* yjia3, m. 

290. yHVTpa, adv. 

291. npH, prep. 

292. BdjLQTK, v. ,t.,ipfv. 

pr.ts b6jihm , bojihui, b6ji5 

b3jihmo , bojiht© , fibjre 

293. OBaKaB, pron.,m. 

OBSLKBa, f. 

obslkbo, n. 

294. TfiKas, pron.,m. 

TaKBa, f. 

t4kbo, n. 

295. oHanaB, pron.,m. 

OHftKBa, f. 

ohsikbo, n. 

296. obojihkh, pron. ,m. 

OBOJIKKa, f. 

OBOJIKKO, n. 

297. tojihkh , pron.,m. 

TOJTHK*, f. 

TOJIHKO, n. 


PART VII 

VOCABULARY MO. 4 

- wall 

- this 


- that 


- that (over there) 
yonder 

- library 

- hanger 

- map 

- to hang (to be 
hanging) 

- on 

- everywhere 

- over 

- opposite 

- entrance 

- inside 

- by 

- to like; to love 


- of this kind, like this 


- of that kind, like that 


- of that kind (over 
there), like that (over 
there) 

- of this size, as big as 
this, this big 

- of that size, as big as 
that, that big 


108 






298 


299. 

300. 

301. 

302. 

303. 


304. 


305- 


306 

307 
308, 
309 


- of that size (over there), 
as big as that (over there], 
that big 

- floor 

- coat 

- Jugoslavia 

- outside 


ohojihkh, pron. ,m. 

OHOJIHKa, f. 

ohojihkO, n. 

n&A, m., nom.pl:n£>flOBH 
KfenyT, m. 

JyrocjrasHja, f. 

H^noj>y, adv. 
oTBopiiTH, v., t•, pfv. - to open 

pr. t : OTBOpHM , OTBOpSlU, bTBOpH 
x bTBOpHMO,6TBOpHTe,6TBOpe 

oTBapaTH, v.,t.,lpf v. - to open 

pr. t : OTBapaM,6TBapani,6TBapa 
N 6TBapaMo,bTBapaTe,OTBapajy 
3aTBopHTH^, v.,t.,pfv. - to close, to shut 

pr.t : 3aTBopHM,3aTBopmn,3aTBopn 

3 aTBOpHMO,3&TBOpHT©,3&TBOpe 

3aTBapaTH, v.,t.,lpfv. - to close, to shut 
pr.t : okTBapaM,3aTBapam,3aTBapa 
x 3aTBapaMo,3aTBapaTe,3kxBapajy 

BHAeTH, v x . ,t., & 1., lpfv. ,pfv. - to see 

pr.t : BHAHM,BHAHm,BHAH 

BHAHMO,BHAHT© ,BHA© 

- airplane 


ae^ormaH, m. 
npua, f. 
kslb©3 , m. 
Kyla, f. 


- bird 

- cage 

- house 



109 















































































LESSON III 


DAILY UNIT I 

IIPBH mo PART I 

WJAJIOV EPOJ 1 DIALOGUE NO, 1 



0 rpagy MoHTepejy 
1 • HacTaBHHK: HlTa m*aMo Aasac? 


£aHac HMaMO A*j*Jior o 
MoHTepejy. 

2. HacT * Aodpo, KanaB je rpaA 
MoHTepej? 

Yh ° MoHTepe j j© npajaTaH mejih 
rpaA- 

5. Hacr » Bojiht© jih bh Majre 
rpaAQBe ? 

y-q l Ja bojihm a& xhbhm no 
Ma^HM rpaAQBHMa m cejiuu& o 


4. HacT ° Bh moha* h© bojiht© 4 

rpaACKH caodpakaj * 

yn t He. H© jbojihm a* MAH* nc 
yjiHuaua csa Ta jaBita cao( 5 pak*laa 
epeACTBa * 


About the town of Monterey 

1* Instructor ; What do we 
have today? 

Student ; Today we have 
a dialogue about Monterey, 

2. Instr ; All right, what 
sort of town Is Monterey? 

St s Monterey Is a pleasant 
little town, 

3, Instr ; Do you like small 
towns ? 

St ; I like to live In 
small towns and villages . 


Instr ; Perhaps you don't 
like city traffic , 

St ; No, I don't like to see 
all those public means of 
transportation In the 
streets. 


Ill 






































5 . HacT t y MoHTepejy hm&mo caMO 5 . 
ayTodyce . 

Yh : H to Bp.no Ma.no. 

6 . HacT : 3 ap MHcJiHTe fla je to 6 . 
Aodpo? 

Yh: £o< 5 po je, jep hob©k h© 

Mopa Aa naMTH cb© Te ($pojeBe . 


7. HacT * Bh Tano^e bojikt© 
HiHpoK© yjnm© > 3ap hc? 

YH°o /la, BOJIHM. 

8 . HacT * Tfle bh cTaHyjeTe? 


Yh : Ja CTaHyjeM y KacapHH# 


9. HacT* 3HaTe jm cTapH.jer 
BOflHHKa 3>opAa? F#e cTaHyj© 
OH? 

Yh » Oh cTaHyje y rpaAy, HMa 
(j e AHy) Be Jinny nyly. 


y~H » Ohh xchb© y cTaHOBHMa 3a 
HesceaeHe ocfrHHHpe . 

11. HacT * 3a He%eH>eHa HOBena 
TaMO je AO(5po. 

Yk: HapoHHTo aico Mopa Aa 
HAe neniKe y3 oho ctpmo 
( 5 pao. 


12. HacT * 3a MJiaAor HOBena Kao 
UITO CTe BH TO HHje TeiilKO. 

Yh * MoxcAa, ajiH ja He bojihm 
CTPMa (5pAa . 


Instr : In Monterey we have 
only buses. 

St : And very few too. 

Instr : Do you really 
think that, that is good? 

St : It is good because one 
does not have to remember 
all those numbers . 

7. Instr : You also like wide 
streets , don't you? 

St: Yes, I do. 

8. Instr : Where do you live 
("reside")? 

St: I live in the barracks. 


9. Instr : Do you know Master 
Sergeant Ford? Where does 
he live? 

St : He lives in town; he 
has a large house. 

Instr : And where does 
Captain Doe and Second Lieu¬ 
tenant Jones live? 

St : They live in the 
Bachelor Officers Quarters . 

11. Instr : For an unmarried 
man it is good there. 

St : Especially if he has 
to walk ("to go on foot") 
up that steep hill. 


12. Instr : For a young man 
such as you, that is not 
difficult. 

St: Perhaps, but I don't 
like steep hills . 


10. HacT * A rp,e scHBe KaneTaH 10. 
Ro h noTnopyvHHK 1 oh 3 * 


112 









































PART II 


flpyr'H jx eo 

rPAMATHHKA AHAJIK3A EPQJ 1 GRAMMAR ANALYSIS NO. 1 


PAR. 50 - THE ACCUSATIVE PLURAL OF NOUNS 


1. - (5) y MoHTepejy hmemo caMO ayrodyc© . 

(10) Ohhscmb© y cTaHOBHMa 3a HeKeaeHe ocfomHpc * 

(3) Bo^iht© jih bh Majie rpagOBe? 

(6) /j,o(5po je, jep HOBeK He Mopa Aa naMTH cBe Te 
dpojeBe. 

The accusative plural of all masculine nouns is formed 
by adding the ending "-e M to the stem (ayTodyce ,o$HijHpe ). 
Masculine nouns which have the long plural (see PAR. 37) add 
H -e H to the extra syllable "-ob m or h -©b" (PAR. 37). 


Nom.sing.ayTodyc 

O^HIJHp 

rpaa 

<5poj 


stem: ayTodyc- acc.pl: ayTodyc-© 
o<$)Hi;Hp- ocpHijHp-e 

rpas- rpaA-oB-e 

dpoj- dpoj-eB-e 


2* (7) Bh TaKO^© bojikt© ninpoKe y^Hue , 3ap He? 

Ja hhthm caMo Aodpe Kiaire. 

I read only good books . 

All feminine nouns which end In "-a" in the nominative 
singular, add to form the accusative plural (which, there¬ 

fore, is the same as the nominative plural;: 


Nom. sing:yjiHua stern:yjiim- acc.plJyjran-e 

KiBHra KftHr- KH>zr-© 

3. - (4) H© bojihm a& bhahm no yjmnaMa csa t& jaBHa 
caodpakajHa op©ac tbs . 

(12) Mo«Aa, a am ja h© bojihm oTPMa dPAa . 

Oh mhcjik Aa 3Ha oAroBop Ha csa nara^a. 

He thinks that he knows the answer to ali que ¬ 
stions. 


All neuter nouns add M -a M to form the accusative plural 
(which, therefore, is the same as the nominative plural): 


Nom. slngScpeACTBO 
(5pao 
nuTaH© 


stem: cpeACTB- acc.pl:cpeACTB-a 
(5p A- (5 pa- a 

nHTapfc- nHTaT*>-a 


PAR. 51 - THE LOCATIVE PLURAL OF NOUNS 


1. - iilTa bhahto Ha npo3QPHMa ? - Ha npo3opHMa bh ahm UBeLe. 
What do you see in xTie^wlndows ? - in the windows 
I see flowers. 

(3)Ja bojihm Aa jkhbhm no MajiHM rpaAQBHMS .h ce^raa. 

(10) Oh jkhbh y CTaHOBHMa 3a Heste T r&eHe odbunupe f 


113 


























All masculine and neuter nouns form the locative plural 
by adding the ending M —mm" to the stem? 

Nom.sing? npo 3 op stems npo3op- loc.pls npo3op-HMa 

cqjio ceji- ce^i-HMa 

CXaH C TaH— CTaH-OB-HMa 

If the stem of masculine nouns ends in a velar consonant 
the rule of changing velar consonants before "-Hwa" must be 
observed (PAR. 8)s 

JilTa BHCH Ha HHBH^YUHMa ? 

What hangs on the hangers? 

UlTa yvHTe y flH.1ajro3HMa ? 

What do you study in dialogues? 

2. - (4) He bojthm a a bhahm no yjumaMa CBa Ta jaBHa 
caoCpalajHa cpeACTBa. 

yveHHHH Mopajy 6 hth y yHHOHHgaMa Ha BpeMe. 

The students have to be in the classrooms on time. 

The locative plural of all feminine nouns which in the 
nominative singular end in “-a 11 is formed by adding the ending 
w -aMa M ; 

Nom. sing? yjiHna stems yjiHn- loc.plsyjiHu-aMa 

ynHOHHna yvjiOHHi];- yHHOHHg-aMa 


PAR. 52 - THE ACCUSATIVE SINGULAR OF ADJECTIVES 

1. - (11) 3a HeateTfceHa voBeKa tsmo je Aotfpo. 

yvHTejb bojih Mapj&HBa yveHHKa. 

The teacher likes a diligent student. 

The accusative singular of a masculine adjective in the 
indefinite form which modify an animate noun is made by adding 
the ending H -a n to the stems 

Nom. sing SHexceHeH s terns He see hah— loc.plSHeaceTteH-a 

MapJbHB Map*t>HB— MapjbHB —& 

2. - (12) 3a MJiaAor HOBena nao iuto ctb bh to HHje TeuiKO* 

BHAHTe jih phot BHcoKor rocnoAHHa? 

Do you see that tall gentleman? 

(9) 3HaTe jih eTapn.ler BOAHHKa $opAa? 

The accusative singular of masculine adjectives in the 
definite form which modify an animate noun is made by adding 
the ending 11 -or n if the stem does not end in a palatal conso¬ 
nant (MjiaAor, BHcoKor), and the ending "-er" if the stem ends 
in a palatal consonant (cTapujer). 


114 

























3. - Oh hm& uph KanyT * 

He has a black coat * 

Bo^ht© jih Mo.1 hphh KanyT ? 

Do you like my black coat ? 

(4) Bh MoacAa He BOJiHTe rpaACKH caoOpahaj ? 

If a masculine adjective, either In the Indefinite or 
definite form, modifies an Inanimate noun, the accusative 
singular is the same as the nominative singular: 

Norn. singiupH KarryT acc.singJupH KanyT 

HPHH KanyT HPHH KanyT 

BejiHKH rpaACKH caodpahaj Be jihkh rpaACKH 

caoOpahaj 

4. (9) Oh cTaHyje y rpaAy> Hita JeAHy Be^HKy Kyky. 

Ja HHTaM JeAHy Bpjio Aoflpy KH>Hry« 

I am reading a very good book* 

The accusative singular of all feminine adjectives is 
obtained by adding the ending ,, -y" to the stem: 

Nom. sing.masc:BejiHK stem: BejiHK- acc* sing, fern; BejiHK-y 
Aotfap Aotfp- Aodp-y 

5* - (11) HapoHHTO aKO Mopa Aa ha© neniK© y3 oho ctpmq <5pAO* 
Ja bojihm Jieno BpeMe* 

I like nice weather. 

The accusative singular of all neuter adjectives is the 
same as the nominative singular : 

Nom. sing: ctpmo (Opao) acc* singicTpMo (<5 pao) 

Jieno (BpeMe) Jieno (BpeMe) 


PAR. 63 - THE ACCUSATIVE PLURAL OF ADJECTIVES 

1. - (3) BojiHTe jivl bh Majre rpaAOBe? 

(10) Oh jkhbh y cTaHOBHMa oa He«eft»eHe o$HijHpe. 

(7) Bh TSKO^e bojikt6 uthpoks yAzije, 3ap He? 

The accusative plural of all .masculine and feminine adj¬ 
ectives is obtained by adding the ending "-£ H to the stem. 
Therefore, the accusative plural of feminine adjeotives is the 
same as their nominative plural: 

<&• 

Nom.singUfajiM stem:Maji- acc.pl. maso. fem:Maji-e 

i mzpoK umpoK- umpoK-e 


2. - (4) He bojihm Aa bhahm no yjizijaMa cbs Ta .1 aBHa 
cao^pahajHa cpeACTBa. 

(12) Mo»Aa, a^iz ja He bojihm c^pms <5pAa* 

The accusative plural of all neuter adjectives, is the same 


115 



























as the nominative plural (PAR. 16) (jaBHa caotfpahajHa cpe^cTBa; 
BHCOKa (S'pfla) • 

NOTES The declension endings for adjectival pronouns , 
ordinal numerals and cardinal numeral 71 jeaaH 1 ' are the same 
as declension endings for adjectivess 

(4) He bojihm Aa bhahm cbe Ta jaBHa caotfpahajHa 
cpe ac TBa • 

(6) JX o(5po je, jep HOBeK ne Mopa Aa naMTH cBe T£ tfpojeBe. 
(11) HapoHHTO ano Mopa Aa has neuiKe y3 oho ctpmo CSpAO. 
IilTa name y iipbom ihthby? 

What is written in the first reading text? 


TPEKH JX EO PART III 

TPAMATMHKE BE3KEE EPOJ'l GRAMMAR EXERCISES NO,. 1 


Put the words in the parentheses into the proper case; 

JX a jm bh HMaTe (poA^Te jbh ) ? - He, ja HeMaM (poAHTe^n) ajiH 

HMaM ( a©A H (5a<5a) . . v . . . 

uiTa HUTaxe r - HKTaM [ rpaMaTHHKe Be^cOe; opoj jeAaH. 

HMaTe jm cbh (nepa)? - Ja HeMaM (nepo)* 

BojiHTe jih bh Aa scHBHTe y (rpaAoBn) vum y (cejia)? - Ja bojihm a& 
schbhm y ( rpaAOBH) ® 

£a jih cy yHeHHDjH y (ynHOHnue)? - He, yveHHijH Huey y (yvnoHnije) 
Hero koa KyEe • 

Ko schbh y (KacapHe)? - V (KacapHe) acHBe bojhhhh. 

3aniTO cJiyace cTOJiHije? - Ha (cTOJiHije) ceflHMo. 

Ulxa je Ha (ctojiobh)? - Ha (ctojiobh) cy KMre. 

Ko nHTa (yneHHUH) ? - ynHTejb nHTa (yveHHijH) . 

Ko cjiyma (y^HTe^n)? - yneHHUH cjiyiuajy (yHHTe^H) . 

Ko bojih (lepKe)? - Majna h OTaii Bojie (hepKe)o 
Ko bojih (chhobh)? - PoAHTejbH BOJie (chhobh). 

Ko bojih (poAHTe^n)? » Chhobh h Eepne BOJie (poAHTe^a). 

Tpe6a jih Aa 3aTBopHM (BpaTa)? - Aa, mojihm Bac Aa aaTBopHT© 
(BpaTa)• 

Ha uiTa yveHHHH cxaB^ajy (nanyTH)? - yvenHUH cTas^ajy (KanyTn) 

Ha ( HHBHJiyiJH ) . 

Ha uito yneHHuH cTaB^ajy (KH>Hre)? - yneHKHH cTaB^>ajy Mre Ha 
( ctojiobk) « 

Ha uito ceAajy yneHHUH naA y\>y y (yvHOHHiia)? - Ohh ceAajy Ha 

( CTOJIHUe ) • 

TAe scHBe (3eu;)? - (3ei];) KHBe y (ihvma). 

TAe bh cTaHyjeTe? - Ja cTaHyjej^y (Kyha) Ha (<5 pao). 

Aa Jm je h Bania KyEa Ha (Opao)? - He, Moja nyla Hiije Ha (<5pAo). 
(KojiHKa Kyhai HMa rocno ahh HeTpoBHh? - TocnoAHH IleTpoBHii hmb 
(B eJiHKa nyKa) o 

(KaKBa KyKa) HMa rocno ahh IlepHh? - TocnoAHH lie puli HMa (jiena 
KyKa). 

(Ko^ihkh chh) HMa rocno^a IIonoBHl? - OHa HMa (BejiKKH chh) . 
(Kojtkkh pbhhhk) HMaTe? - Ja HMaM (Majm) ajiH (AoCap peHHHK) • 


116 












(Kanas yneHHK) bojih ynHTe.i>? - ht p a bojih (MapjbHB) h (na^j&HB 
yneHMK). 

(KaKBa AeeojKa) oh HMa? - Oh hms (MJiaAa) h (.nena AeBojKa). 
(Koja jaBHa caoOpaEajHa cpe acTB a) HMa MoHTepej? - MoHTepej HMa 
caMo (ayTOtfyc). 

(KaKBe uiKOJie) HMa KajiH(f)opHHja? - KaJiH^opHHja HMa (Aotfpe) h 
(J iene uiKOJie ) . 

(KaKBO ijBeEe) bh BOJiHTe? - Ja bojihm (jiene pysce) • 

(Kojh je3HijH) roBopHTe? - Ja roBopHM (eHrjiecKn) h (cpncKO- 
XpBaTCKH je3HK) # 

(KaKBH yneHHUH) y^HTe^H He Bojie? - y^HTe-tH He BOJie (Henar^HBH 
y4eHHij;H) . 

(KaKBH ayTOdycn) hmbmo y (MoHTepej)? - Y (MoHTepej) HMaxio 
(dp3H ayTodycn)o 

(KaKBa nepa) Tpe(5a Aa HMajy yneHHAH? - yneHHHH Tpetfa Aa 
HMajy (Aodpa nepa)» 

(KaKBa jyTpa) HMaMo y (MoHTepej)? - y (MoHTepej) hmbmo 
( cBesca jyTpa). 

KMaTe jih (AO<5po nepo)? - Aa, ja yBen hmbm (Aodpo nepo). 
ilMa jm oh (BejiHKa nopoAHija)? - /(a, oh HMa (BejiHKa nopoA^Ha) . 
(Ko) Tpeda Aa cJiyiiiajy MJia^H? - Mjia^H Tpeda a& cJiymajy 
(c TapHj H) « 

3HaTe jiu (oArOBopn) Ha cBa rTHTan>a? - He, ja He 3HaM (oAroBopn) 
Ha cBa nHTaita. 

3naT© jih (HjKxobk chhobh) h (Pepne)? - He, ja He 3 Hbm hh 
(.TMIXOBH chhobh) HH (liHXOBe EepK©) . 


4ETBPTH iXEQ PART IV 

iiITHBO EPOJ 1 READING- TEXT NO. 1 

BojHa niKQJia 3a cTpaHe je3HKe 

BojHa uiKOJia 3a cxpaH© je3HK© je y ripecHAHjy. IIpecHAHo je 
y MoHTepejy* MoHTepej j© y AP^aBH KajiHc|>opHHjH. KajiH^opHHja je 
y Am©phijh* 

BojHa uiKOjia 3a CTpaHe je3HKe je Hama iKKOJia. Ty mh yHHMo 
CpnCKOXpBaTCKH je3HK. 

IIpecHAHo je Ha <5pAy° CpncKOxpBaTCKO -OAe^eH>e je cnopo Ha 
caMOM Bpxy. CpncKOxpBaTCKO oAe^ei-be HMa abo KJiace* cTapy h 

HOBy. H cTapa h HOBa Kmaca HMajy pa 3 Ha o^ejbe^i op,ej^e-^e A, 

OAe«&eHje B, op,e£>ewe LU 

yneHHHH cTaHyjy Ha pasHHM MecTHMa. 


117 







/ He«eH«HH ocjamnpH CTaHyjy y cTaHOBHMa 3a HemeT&eHe ocfjHijHpe • 
.JKerteHH o<£hi;hph, noAod'Hi;npH h bo j hhijh CTaHyjy no CTaHOBHMa bah 
KykaMa y rpa^y. 

HesceseHH bo j hhijh CTaHyjy y Aoropy. 


IIETH /i£0 PART V 

IIMTAIM M3 HITHBA EPOJ 1 QUESTIONS ON READING TEXT N0.1 

1. TAe je BojHa uiKOJia 3a cTpaHe je3HKe? 

2. Tfle je IlpecHAHo? 

3. TAe je MoHTepej? 

4. TAe je KaAHcpopHH j a? 

5. Koja je Hama uikoas? 

6« TAe mh y hhmo cpncKOxpBaTCKH je3HK? 

7* TAe je cpncKOxpBaTCKO OAe«*en>e? 

8. Koje Kmace HMa cpncKOxpBaTCKO OAeA>eH>e? 

9. Koja OAeJben^a HMa cTapa KAaca? 

10* Koja OAeJbeiBa HMa HOBa KAaca? 

11 e Koja je Bama KAaca? 

12* Koje je Barne oAe^ene? 

13» TAe CTaHyjy yneHHHH? 

14• TAe CTaHyjy HesceiieHH o^hhhph? 

15. TAe CTaHyjy jKet&eHH oc|)Hd;hph? 

16 a TAe CTaHyjy 3K6H>eHH bo j hhhh? 

17® PAe CTaHyjy Heme-fteHH BojHHHH? 

18a PAe bh cTaHyjeTe? 

19« £a jih HMaTe nyKy 9 c tbh hah co(5y? 

20o /la ah BOJiHTe MecTQ rAe CTaHyjeTe? 


EECTH REO PART VI 

BE3EA H3 nPEBOSEBA EPOJ 1 TRANSLATION EXERCISE NO. 1 

The Army Language School In Monterey 
Our school 5 the Army Language School, is in the Presidio. 
The Presidio is in Monterey, California 0 The school is on the 
hillj, and the Serbo-Croatian Department is on the very top. 

I live in (the Bachelor Officers Quarters) (in a house 
on. ....street) (in the barracks). (I am married and 


118 












I have children (I am married) (I am not married). 

I like to live in Monterey because I like small towns 
and villages. I do not like city traffic* The bus is our 
public means of transportation here. The streets of Monterey 
are wide and nice. I like wide streets. 


CEZIMH ZIEO 


PART VII 


PEHHMK EPOJ 1 


VOCABULARY NO. 1 


310. 

311. 


312. 


313. 


314 


315. 

316. 

317. 

318. 

319. 
*319. 

320. 


321 


322 


323 


324 


rpaA, ra. 

nom.pl: rpasoBH 
npHjaTaH, adj.,m. 

npujaTHa, f. 
npajaTHo, n . 
npnjaTHo, adv. 
rpaflCKH, adj.m. 
rpaACKa, f. 
rpaACKO, n. 
jaBaH, adj.m. 

jaBHa, f. 
jaBHo, n. 
jaBHo, adv. 
caodpahajaH, adj.m. 
caodpatajHa, f* 
caoOpahajHo, n. 
cpeACTBO, n. 
caoOpahajHo cp'eACTBO 
yjniija, f. 
ayrodyc, m. 
aap, inter .particle 
3 ap, adv. 

n^MTHTH, v.,t.,ipfv. 

pr.t: na.MTMM,naMTHin,n , §.MTH 

riaMTHMO ,naMTHTe,naMTe 


town, city 
pleasant 

pleasantly 

urban 


public 


publicly 

traffic 


means 

means of transportation 

street 

bus 

is it; isn*t it 
really 

to remember; to memorize 


. sanaMTHXH, v.,t.,pfv. ^ to remember; to memorize 

pr.t: 3anaMTHM,3anaMTHiu,3anaMTH 

3anS-MTHMo, 3anaMTHTe , 3anaMTe 
. uiHpoK^ adj.,m. - wide 

nrapoKa, f. 
umpoKo, n. 

nrapoKo, adv. - widely 

. cTaHOBaTH v. 9 i• ,ipfv. x - to reside 

pr.t: cTaHyjeM,cTaHyjeur,cTaHyje _ 
c t aHy j e mo , c t aHy j e Te , c t aHy j y 
. 3 KKBe th, v.,i.,ipfv* ^ - to live 

pr.t: DKHBHM , 3KHBHUI, 3KHBK 

DKHBHMO , SCHBilTe , 3KHB§ 


119 






325* ^iurop, m. 

326. ctSh, m. 

pis ct^hobh 

327. x©H>eH, adj.,m. 
32Bo HlaceaeH, adj.,m. 

329. n^iiiKC, adv. 

330. ct|)M, adj. 

CTPMa, f. 
o.tCmo, n. 

331. a ^J. ,m. 
MjraAa, 

jMjiSao, n. 

332. bo j hh t adj.,m. 

boJ Ha | f. 
bo j ho i n. 

333 » AP*aB,a, l‘* 

334. OAe^eite, n. 

335. caM f/ pron.,m. 

caMa, f. 
y c &mo| n. 

336. Bpx, m. v 

fiom.pl 5 bpxobh 

337. KAaca, f. 

33B. pa3aH, adj.,ra. 

pt3Ha, f, 
pabHo, n. 
pa3H0 t adv. 

339. caoOpahaj, m. 


- camp 

- apartment 

- married (man) 

- bachelor 

- on foot 

- steep 


- younfe 


- military 


- state 

- department; seotion 

- the very 

- top 

- class 

- different, various 


- differently 

- traffio 



120 




















DAILY UNIT II 


IIPBH £E0 PART I 

aKJAJIOr EPOJ 2 DIALOGUE NO, 2 



Bveue 

1. Hobh yneHHK ' KaKBa je KJiHMa 
y Kajmc^opHujn? 


CxaPHiH yh6hhk * .ZloOpa je, aJiH 
He cBy^a J ue^ioj Kajrn(fK>pHHjH. 

2. H.y : JX a jeh je BpeMe y 
MoHxepejy Jieno? 

C ,y : Jecxe , a-zrn He yBen. 

3. H.y : 3ap OBAe He cnja cyHue 
CBaKH ahh? 

C.y : Ch ja cKopo CBaKH A aH , 

ajiH He (no) ueo a^h. 

4. H.y : 3amxo? Je jih otfJianHO 

HJIH MarJIOBHXO? 

C.y : H jeAHO h Apyro. 

5. jLy: /^aHac je npujiHHHo 

oCjiaHHO. 

C .y : Jyne 1e 6kjio BeAPO h 
cyHn;e ie cHjaJio n;eo AaH. 


Weather 

1. New student : What kind 
of climate is it in 
California? 

Old student : It Is good, 
but not in all California. 

2* N.S : Is the weather in 
Monterey nice? 

Q.S : It is (sometimes), 
but not always. 

3. NxSs Doesn't the sun 
shine here every day? 

Q.S : It shines almost 
every day, but not all 
day long. 

4. NjS: Why? Is it cloudy 
or foggy? 

Q.S : Both ("the one and 
the other"). 

5* S±S: Today it is rather 
cloudy. 

Q.S : Yesterday it was clear 
and the sun shone all day 
long. 


121 






























6* H.y s Aa Jim. oba® naAa khhi 
C. y : Oba® KHina naAa cbmo 

3HMH • 


7. H.ys naAa jih ch©t 3Hmh? 


C.y s y MoHTepejy h© naAa, 
ajiM j© h®cto Mpa3* 

8. ' H.y s KaKBa .1® gHJia npcnwa 

3HMa ? 

O.y s Ea^ia .1® AOCTa XAEAHa f 

eah KHina hh. 1© MHoro naAajia 

9. Je jih b®T ap mhoto 
AYBao? 

C ,y : Be Tap hh. 1© AYBao t ejih 

MH OBAe OtfHHHO HMBMO 
noB©TapaA h jtgth h smh. 


10o H.ys £a jih cy JieTa oba® 1C. 

Bpyha? 

C.y s Bpjio p© tko « 

11. H.y s fla Jim ct® ( JecT® jih ) 11. 
B®h hujjih Ha njiasjcy? 


C.y s Huiao cbm, ajin j© 
xjiaAHo. 

12. H.y s Hyo caM Aa j© oba© 12. 
jeceH HapoHHTo jiena. 

C.JfJ Jqct©. A hh npojiehe hhJ© 
pyxHo• 


6. N ._S s Does it rain here? 

0.6 ; Here, it rains only 
in the winter. 


7. N.3 ; Does it snow in the 
winter? 

0.S s In Monterey it doesn*t, 
Sut there is often frost. 

8, N.3 s How ("What kind") was 
last winter? 

0.3 : It was fairly cold, but 
it didn 8 1 rain too much. 

9.. N. S s Did the wind blow a 
lot? 

0.S s The wind did not blow , 
but usually we have here a 
breeze both in winter and in 
summer. 

N. S s Are the summers hot 
here? 

O. S s Very seldom. 

N.Ss Have you already been 
T^gone' 1 ) to the beach? 


0.3 s I have . ("I have 
gone"7 but it :Lo oold. 

N.S s I heard that the fall 
is particularly pleasant 
here. 

OqS s It is. And the spring 
isn't bad ("ugly") either. 


122 

















zipyrn %eo 

rPAMATHHKA AHAJB13A EPOJ 2 


PART II 


GRAMMAR ANALYST3 NO. 2 


PAR. 54 - THE COMPOUND PAST TENSE OR THE PERFECT 


1 * " i?. Be APO h cyrnje je cHjajio ueo a&h• 

|o; KaKBa je dHJia npoimna 3 Hmb? ' 

\o) Eh£b aoctb xjiaAHa ajui Kn:ua HHje mhoto naABJia . 


The perfect tense is formed from the short forms of the 
present tense of the auxiliary verb w <5hth h (cbm, ch, Je, cmo, 
fiH^a ^Lio}? 8 aotive pa8<t Participle of the verb {6uo f 


2o - The perfeot tense of the auxiliary verb m <5hth m reads 
as follows: 


Ja caw 0 ho,m. ,dHjia, f. 
Th oh dHo,M. ,dmia, f. 
Oh je d ho 
OH a je dHJia 
Oho je dn.no 

Mh cmo 6hjih,m. ,0HJie , f 
Bh cTe 6vuiu t u* ,6mie, f, 
Ohh cy Gvljiia 
Oh© cy Gvute 
OHa cy CH^ia 


I was, I have been 
You were, You have been 
He was, He has been 
She was, She has been 
It was, It has been 
We were, We have been 
You were, You have been 
They were, They have been 
They were, They have been 
They were, They have been 


3. - (6) Jyne je Qhjio seapo h cyH^e je cHja.no ueo ash. 

(8) KaKBa je On^ia npouuia ghmb? ‘ 

(8) Ehjib je aoctb xabahr, a^ia khuib HHje mhoto naABJia* 

9 & jih. Be Tap mhoto AYBao? - 

(9) Be Tap hh 1 e avbbo . ajiH mh ob;;© oChhho hmbmo 
noBeTapan h JieTH h ghmh. 

(12) ^o_ cbm ab je oba© jeceH hbpohhto jiena. 

t 

If the infinitive stem, which is obtained by dropping 
h -tk", ends in a vowel, the active past participle is always 
formed by adding the following endings to the infinitive 


- V - f 

SIN. GULAK 

.Jf L u ri A ' L h 

Masculine 

Feminine 

Neuter 

Masculine 

Feminine 

Ifeuter 

ENDISG3 

-0 

-JIB 

-JIO 

-JTK 

-jie 

-jib 

E X A M P 

L 

E 

S 

GMTI'I 

HM&TH 
yHHTH ’ 

scojioth 

MYTH 

dii-o 

HMB-O 

yHH -0 

*te.ne-o 

ny-o 

dH-Aa 

KM«-Jra 

ynH-jia 

He.ne~.na 

ny-Jia 

Oh-jio 

mm-.no 

yvn-.no 

ne.ne-.no 

vy-.no 

dH-JIH 

HMa-JIH 

JHK-jm 

ne.ne-.nH 

vy-JiH 

Oh-j re 
HMa-Jie 

yvn-.ne 

ne.ne-.ne 

vy-.n© 

dH-jia 

HMB-JIR 

yvn-.na 

ne.ne-.na 

Ry-jra 


123 












































later. In the meantime the vocabularies will list them. 

a lie Tap nHTa Mapy : "Tfle ch 6nj a_ 

* Peter asks Marv : "Where were you yesterday? 

mIpI onroBapaT^BMa caM y uikojih, a r«e ch th <5ho ? 

Marv answers: " I was in school, and where were you? 

T T eT ap : "Ja caM 6 ho koa Kyke ueo AaH. 

Peter : 11 1 was at home all day. 11 
(9) Je Ji h Be Tap mhoto Aysao^ - 
/a\ KnwBa 1e dHJia npouma 3KMa? 

. 5 Jyne je 6vuio~ BeApo h cyHne je cHjaao ueo A aH • 

y^HTei nHTa yneHHK©: "3auiTO hhct© HaynHgH jieicnHjy . 

The teacher asks the students: "Why didn't y<?U 
the lesson?" 

Thft^student^ answer:" n^W^did^not^ s tudy°enough 
Thi K mother you see 

. ^ M,y Jit a. • 

"BHAeJie cmo rocno^y nepHk h ^nor 

TKplaSehters inswerl^e saw Mrs. Perlc and her 

y^eHHHH HHcy H ayHHJiH JieKHHjy, jep HHcy y^HJiH 

The students did not learn the lesson, because they 

did not study enough. My5Ra * 

My j da||i||Ei y sH^frtown^s! Peric^and^er husband. 

The active past participle must agree with the subject in 
gender and number. 

£ — VvAHiaK nHTa y^HTe^ai 11 /la jih cTe MeH© nHTaJiH ?" 

5 * The student Tckr ^Ke teache_r : "Did ^Uls me?" 

TocnoAKH IlepHti nHTa rocnofry MapHfc: "fla jih CTe bhji h 

Mr^Perich^asks Mrs. Marich: "Did you see my wife?" 

In addressing a person formally the second person plural of 
the auxiliary verb m (5hth" and the active past participl 
masculine gender plural must be used always. 


6. - (ll) JX a jih ct© HiiuiH jyne Ha njiascy? 

(ll) Hiuao caM a jih je (5hjio xJiaAno. 

The active past participles of "h^h" are: Hiuao, Hiima, 
Hiimo, HiiuiH , Hum© , Hum a. 

Compound verbs based ion "h^h" follow the same pattern: 

yiiH: ymao, yuma, yiimo, yumH, yume, yuma 

H 3 HixH: H 3 HlIiaO, H 3 HUUia, H3HUUIO, h 3 huijih , H3Hiime, H3Hiima 
njpeiiH: npeuiao, npeuuia, npemjio, npeuuiH, npenuie, npeuma 
oTHiiH, ©tcs oTHiuao, oTHiima, oTHiimo, oTHiimH, OTHiime, OTHiima 


124 





























(8) Ezjia je AOCTa xjiaAHa, ajiz Kzma hh je mhoto na^aJia . 

(9) Be Tap Hzje ayBao, ajiz mz OBAe o(5zhho ZMaMo 
noBeTapaA z Jie tz z 3Zmz. 


The compound past tense is made negative by replacing the 
short forms of the present tense of "Shth" with its negative 
forms s 


(Ja) HHcaM (5zo, m., dzjia, f. - I was not, I have not been 
(Tz) hzcz Oho, m.,<5zjia, f. - You were not, You have not been 

(Oh) Hzje (5ho, m. - He was not, He has not been 

(OHa)HHje (5zjia, f. - She was not. She has not been 

(Oho)hz j e <5zjio, n. - It was.not,It has not been 

(Mh) hzcmo <5zjiz , m., <5zjie,f*- We were not. We have not been 
(Bz) hhct6 Czjiz, m. ,6zjie, f •- You were not. You have not been 
(Ohz)hzcy <5zjiz, m. - They were not, They have not been 

(OHe)Hzcy Ozjie, f. - They were not, They have not been 

(OHa)Hzcy <5zjia, n. - They were not, They have not been 

7* - The interrogative form of the perfect is made: 

a) By using the particle "jiz" and the following word 

orders 

Long form of "Oztz" + jiz + subject (if mentioned) + participles 

(11) JecTe + jiz + (bh) + huuih jyae Ha njiascy? 

JecTe + jiz + (bz) + BZAejiz rocnoAHHa yazTejba? 

Bid you see the teacher? 

JecTe + jiz + (bz) + Hayazjiz jieKijzjy? 

Did you learn the lesson? 

Jecy + jiz + (ohz)+ 3aTBopzjrz BpaTa ? 

Did they close the door? 

b) By using the particles "Aa jih; " and the following 
word orders 

£ a jiz + short form of "c5zth" + subject (if mentioned) 

♦ participles 


(11) M 

JIZ 

+ 

C T0 

+ 

(bh 

+ 

ziiijih jyae Ha ruiascy? 

Aa 

JIZ 

■f 

cTe 

+ 

(bh 

+ 

BZAejiz rocnoAHHa yvzTeJba? 

Aa 

JIZ 

+ 

ere 

+ 

(bh) 

+ 

Hayvzjiz jreKUzjy? 

Aa 

JIZ 

+ 

cy 

+ 

( OHZ ) 

+ 

3 aTBopzjiz BpaTa? 


125 




TPFRH AEO 


PART III 


TPAMATKHKE BE3KEE EPOJ 2 GRAMMAR EXERCISES NO, 2 . 

Put the words in the parentheses into the right form; 

ch <5zo jyne? - Jyne (<5hth) y (niKOAa). 

Jeez ah tz tfZAa y (uiKOJia)? - Aa, z ja (<5 hth) y (lUKOAa) . 

KaA je IleTap (<5 hth) OBAe? - IleTap (<5 zth) oba© jyne. 

KaA je Mapa (<5 htz) OBAe? - Mapa (<5 htz) OBAe jyne. 

RaKBO Bpewe (6ztz) jyne? - Jyne (<5htz) Aeno BpeMe• 

Pa© (<5hth) jyne bz h Bain 6paT? - Ja z moJ <5paT ((5 htz) jyne y 
(rpaA>. 

Ta© cz (5zjia tz z TBoja Xepza jyne? - Ja z Moja Kepza (6ztz) 
jyne koa Kyi©. 

Ta© (<5hth) Baniz poA^TeJbz jyne? - Mojz poaht6.i>h (<5hth) jyne y 
(niywa). 

A ta© (Ghtz) BaniB cecipe jyne? - Moje cecTp© (6ztz) Tazo^e 
y (niyMa) jyne. 

IiiTa je oba© <5hao paHzle? - Oba© (<5ztz) ceAa paHzle. 

Aa az cz (5zo y (niKOJia) iyne? - He, jyne (He <5ztz) y (niKOAa). 
3aniTO hzcz (5zo y (niKOAa) jyne? - Jyne (He 6ztz) y (niKOJia) jep 
(c5ztz) <5ojiecTaHo 

Aa ah cz tz dzjia y (niKOAa) jyne? - He, hz ja (hc <5zth) y 
(niKOJia) jyneo 

3aniTo tz (h© Ghth) y (nncojia) jyne? - H ja (6ztz) tfoAecHa. 

Aa ah je IleTap (<5htz) y (hikoae) jyne? - He, neTap (He 6zth) 
y (niKOJia) jyne . 

A Aa ah je Mapa (<5ztz) y (niKOJia) jyne? - He, hz Mapa (ne 0zth) 
y(iaKOAa) jyne o 

3aniTO bh z Bam 0paT (He <5zth) y (niKOAa) jyne? - Ja z Moj 0paT . 
(h© 0hth) y (niKOAa) jyne, jep (<5 zth) GoAecHH. 

3aniT0 tz z TBoja cec'rpa hhct© Gzac y (niKOAa) Jyne? - Ja z Moja 
cecTpa (He <5hth) y (mkoaci) jyne, jep (<5zth) <5oAecHe. 

3ainio Baniz chhobz (h© 0ztz) y (niKOAa) jyne? - Mojz czhobz (He 
0hth) y (niKOAa) jyne, jep (<5 hth) GoAecHZ. 

3aurro H>zxoBe kepze (He Cztz) y (iukoab) jyne? - Hhxob© hepn® 

(He 6zth) y (niKOAa) jyne jep (6 ztz) rtoA©oK©. 

Aa az cy oba© paHzje (Czth) ceAa?-He, oba© HjczaA (»•' <5htz) c®Aa. 
. Aa az cTe (nponziaTz) zejio uithbo? - ne, ja Join (He npoHMTaTZJ 

U© AO lilTZBO • 

Pa© J© oh (JKZB6 tz ) paHzje? - Oh (^zb©tz) paHzje y CaH 

$paHuzcKy• 

KaA j© Mapzo (oTzhz)? - (OtzKz) jyne yjyTpo. 

iiiTa Te (nzTaTz) KOMaHAaHT? - (nzTaTz) Me je 3aniTO He ynzM. 

iiTa cTe (ynHTz) jyne? - Jyne cmo (ynzTz) (rpaMaTZKa) . 

IiiTa cz paAZo jyne? - (CAvinaTz) paAZo. 

Aa ah cTe AoPpo (cnaBaiz)? - XBaAa, (cnasaTz) Aotfpo. 

P«e CTe (nponziaTz) to? - (npoHZTaTz) y (rpaMaTZKa). 

Aa ah cz Ozaz y (JyrocAaBzja)? - He, HZKaA (He 6 htz) y 
(JyrocAaBzja)» 

Aa az je jyne (naAftTz) nzina? - (He naAaTz) Kznra aAH je 
(AyBaTH) BeTap. 

Aa ah cTe (cnpeMHTz) AOMaXz 3aAaTaz? - JecaM, (cnpeMHTz) 

AOMahz saAaTaz. 


126 






HETB^TH flEO PART XV 

U1HTBO BPOJ 2 READING TEXT NO. 2 

MoHxepe.jcKa KJiHMa 

y MoHTepejy je npojiehe AOCTa Jieno. Hnje hh Bpyhe hh 
xjihaho. ZlaHM cy npajiH^rfo TonjiH h npn j athm , ajia ho&h cy Bpjro 
cBe*©. CyHne cnja Bpjio necTo h peTKO je MarJioBHTO. Kraua He 
nana. 

JIq th cy flaHH TonjiH, a h hoKh cy necxo Aocxa Tonjie. 
CyHne He CHja no neo ash h necTO je MarJioBHTO. Kmiia He naAa 

HH JieTH. 

JeceH je HaponHTO npajaTHa, jep cyHne cnja no neo a»h 
h peTKO je MarJEOBHTOo /J,aHH cy join TonjiH, ajih hoKh cy CBesce. 
Kmua He naAa hh y jeceH. 

3hmh o(5hhho naAa KKiua h nee to je Bpjio xjiaaho. HaponHTO 
cy hoLh xjiaAHe, aok cy a&hh nee to TonjiH. HaHH cy TonjiH chmo 
ohah KaA CHja cyHne. 

Ilpojieii©, jrexo, jeceH h 3HMa cy h©TH pn roAHiiraa Ao<5a. 


nETH £E0 


PART V 


IIMTAHA H3 UITHBA EPOJ 2 QUESTIONS ON THE READING- 

-“ TEXT NO, 2 


1. KaKBO 

2 . 

3 e li,a jih 

4o KaKBH 
5o KaKBe 
6 . £& jih 
7. Aa jih 

Bo KaKBH 

9. KaKBe 

10. £a jih 

11. £a jih 

12. Aa jih 

13. KaKBa 

14. Aa Jin 

15. KaKBH 


je npojieke y MoHTepejy? 
je Bpyke y npojieke? 
je XJiaAHo y npojieke? 
cy ashh y npojieke? 
cy hoLh y npojieke? 
je MarJioBHTO y npojiehe? 

KHina naAa y npojieke? 
cy A&HH JieTH? 
cy HokH JieTH? 
cyHne cHja jie th? 
je MarJioBHTO Jie th? 

KHOia naAa JieTH? 
je jeceH? 

je MarJioBHTO y jeceH? 
cy ahhh a KaKBe hoLh y jeceH? 


< 


127 












16. jivl naA& KHiua y jeceH? 

17. £a jte je xjieaho 3HMH? 

IB. #a jva na^a KHiua 3 hmh? 

19. Kekbh cy AQ-HH a KaKB© hoKh 3Hmh? 

20. Koja cy HeTHpH roAHunfca AO$a? 


jiECTH aEO P ART, VI 

BESCEA H3 nPEBOSEHA EPOJ 2 TRANSLATION EXERCISE _N0,_ _g 


Today, I spoke to a student who Is In the "old" class. 
We talked about the weather. 

He has seen the weather here In the winter and In the 
spring. I asked how last winter was. It didn't rain much and 


the wind didn't blow, but it was fairly cold. They often had 
frost. 


Now it is summer, and it is not hot, but oool. It is very 
pleasant. Today it is cloudy, but yesterday the sun shone all 
i day long and it was very nice. 


CEflMH LEO 
PEHIIHK EPOJ 2 


PART VII 

VOCABULARY NO. 2 


*274. bp/m©, n. • - weather 

pis Bp© we Ha, gen. sing: spexteHa 
0^0. oHMa t f. - climate 

341. cHjaTH, v., 1.,i^fv. y _ - to shine 

pr.t: c^jaM,cHlain,cHj|r 
^ cHjaMo,cHjaTe,cnjajy 

342. cyHue,, n. 

343. cbSkh, pron.,m. 

CBfiKa, f. 
y CB&.KO , n. 

344. od^aHaH, adj.,m. 

odjianHa, f. 

Sd^raHHO, n. 


-* * sun 

- each, every 

U 

- cloudy 


128 












t * 

345. MarjiOBHT, ad j • , m. 

Mar^roBHTa, f. 

MarjioBHTo, n. 

346. BeAap, adj., m. 

BeApa, f. 
v B6Apo, n. 

347. naAaTH, v., i., ipfv. 

pr.t: naAaM, naAaui,naAa 

naA^Mo,naA&Te,naASjy 
343. nacTH, v.,i., pfv. 

pr.t: na.AHeM,na^Hem,naAHe 

naAHeMo,naAHeTe,naAny 
a.p.p: nao,m. ,najia, f., najio,n. 

349. K&nia , f. 

350. 3KMa| f. 

351. 3hmh, adv. ^ 

352. cHer, m,,nom.pl:cHe tobh 

353. Mpa3 , m. 

nom.pl: Mpa30BH 

354. nponwH, adj.,m. 

npbuuia, f. 
npouuio, n. 

355. *JiaAaH, adj.,m. 

xjiaAHa, f. 
xjislaho, n. 
xJiaAHo, adv. 

356. Ayaa-TH, v.^ i.,ij)fv. 

pr.t.: AyBaM,AyBain,AyB|t 

AyBaMo,AyeaTe,Ayaajy 

357. AynyTH, v.^ i., pfv. 

pr.t.: Ay He m , a?h@hi , Ay h| 

Ay hS mo , Ay He Te , a? Hy 
353. noBeTapau, m. 

Pit noBeTapijH 
gen.pl : noBe rapaua 

359. jiQ to , n. 

360. JieTH, adv. 

361. BpyL, ad;j.,m. 

Bpyka, f. 
xx Bpyhe, n. 

36?. Tonao, adj., m. 

Tonjia, f. 

^Tonjio, n. 

Ton^io, adv. 

363. n-aasca, f. 

364 f Mope, n. 

365. n^ojieiie, n. 

366. py*aH, ad;J.,m. 

p^Ha. , f. 

pyxHO, n. 
pyacHo , adv• 

367. cBeatj adj • ,m. 

cBeaca, f. 
cBexe, n. 

CBeace, adv* 


- foggy 


- clear, serene 


- to fall 


- to fall 


- fallen 

- rain 

- winter 

- in winter 

- snow 

- frost 

- past 


- cold 


- coldly 

- to blow 


- to blow 


- breeze 


- summer 

- in summer 

- hot 


- warm 


- warmly 

- beach 

- sea 

- .spring 

- ugly 

*! 7 


- in an ugly way 

- fresh, cool 


- freshly 


129 


'368. roAZiiiHK, adj . ,m 
roAHiinta, f. 
roAHunfce, n* 
369. Aotfa, n. 

roAHiUHfi ^o6a 


- annual, yearly 

- time (period) 

- season (of year) 



130 







DAILY UNIT III 


nPBK XlEO 
AHJAJIQr EPCJ 3 


PART I 

DIALOGUE NO. 3 



IIpHpofla 

1. HacTaBHHK . r A e y A H 3 khb6? 


y^e jhhk" Joym 3KHBe no pa3 h um 
M eCTHMa H£ SeMJbH. 

2. HacT » r A e me cafla okhbhmo? 


y^ p Mh ca A a khbhmo y Jieno.1 

KaJIHC^OpHHjK. 

3. Hac t * y kom ( KQ.IgM ) A ejiy ? 

Yh*. y je A HOM JienoM cBereeM 
fipe A ejry r A e je Ba3 A yx 
oCH^a flHBan. 

4. MacT ° P A e cTe be ^hbqjih 
faHHje? 

YhI Ja caM 3KHBeo y TeKcacy, 
je Ba3 A yx A o(5ap, ajiH je 
BpyLe Kao y KQTJiy . 


Nature 

1* Instructor : Where do men 
live? 

Student : Men live in 
various places on earth. 

2. Inst: Where do we live 

now? 

St: We now live in beauti ¬ 
ful California. 

3. Instr : In which part ? 

St : In a beautiful cool 
region where the air is 
really wonderful. 

4. Instr : Where did you live 
before? 

St: I lived in Texas where 
the air is good^but it is 
as hot as in a furnace ( M a 
bo Her 11 ). 


131 











































5 . HacrS 3 h*hh, bh bojimt® 
KaJlH(jX>pHHCKO H©(50? 

yy s Jx a, ajm caMo ohas naA 
Ha tom Hedy bhahm cyHue <> 


6. HacT t 3ap HHcy oba© od.rcauH 
agiih KaA cy cacBHM 6gji h? 


MoKAa, a^H ja boahm 
Aa bhahm a»h y cymje, a 
Hohy Meceu h 3b©3a© ® 

7, HacrS Bh BOJTHxe npnpoAy* 

Vjii £a, HapoHHTo apb©K© 
h ub©K© . 

B. HaCT « Koj© APBO H KOjH 
UB©T BH HapOHHTO BOJtHT©? 

ym Boahm xpacT h pyj&y. 


9 * Hacr5 IHxa bhahmo Ha xpscTy 
kha je a© to? 


5* Instr s That means you like 
the Californian sky, 

St s Yes, but only then 
when I see the sun in tnat 
sky. 

6# Instr s Aren't the clouds 
beautiful here when they are 
all ("quite") white ? 

St : Perhaps, but in the day 
time I like to see the sun $nd 
at night the moon and the 1 
stars. 

7e Instr s You like nature. 

1 Sts Yqs, particularly trees 
and jflowp rs . 

Instr s What tree and.what 
flower do you like in parti¬ 
cular? 

St s I like the oak and the 
rose. 

9. Instr s What do we see on 
the oak when it is summer. 


Ym* xpacTy *ft© th bhahmo 
jihiiiK© . 

10. Haoi S Mwa ah pywa AHmhe ? 10 
yy i fia, py*a hms mra© 

JIHCT 0 B 6 • 


St : On the oak in the summer 
we see leaves . 

Instrs Does the rose have 
leaves ? 

St s Yes, the rose has small 
leaves. 


132 
















PART- II 


zipyrH mo 


FPAMATHHKA JLHAJIK3A EPOJ 3 GRAMMAR ANALYSIS NO. 3 

PAR. 55 - THE LOCATIVE SINGULAR OF ADJECTIVES 


1, Ha MJiaAy HOBeKy CBaKH nanyT jo jien. 

On a young man every coat Is nice, 

«fa BHiue bojihm Aa jkhbhm Ha Mopy Hero Ha BHcotfy dPAY* 
I'd rather ("prefer to”) live by theisea than on a 
high hill. 

The locative singular indefinite form of all piasculine 
and neuter adjectives, is made by adding the ending H -y." to 
the stem; f 


Norn, slng.masc JMjiaA stem:MjiaA- 

BHCOK BHCOK- 

Nom. sing, neuter jMjraAO stemacjiaA- 

BHCOKO BHCOK- 


loc, 8lng:MjiaA-y 

BHCOK-y 

lec, singiMjiaA-y 

BHCOK-y 


2* - (3) y jeAHOM jienoM cBeaceM npeAeJiy pa© je Ba3Ayx 

3C5HJba AHBaH. 

IUte HMa hobo y BiameM ms^om rpaAV? 

What is new in your little town? 

JyrocJiaBHja je Ha EajiKancKOM IIojiyocTpBy. 
Yugoslavia is on the Balkan Peninsula. 


The locative singular definite form of masculine and 
neuter adjectives is made; 

a) If the stem does not end in a palatal consonant, by 
adding the ending M ^ou rt to the stem; 

Norn. sing.masc.^ien neuter;.neno stem;^ren- 

MaJiH msjio Maji- 

6 ajucaHcKH . 6ajiKaHCKO c5ajiKaHCK- 

loc. sing; Jien-QM, mea-ou, <5ajiicaHCK-oM 

b) If the stem ends in a palatal consonant by adding 
the ending M -eM M to the stem; 

Norn, sing,masc;csesc neuter;cBesjce stem;cBe3K loc. sing;qBe!>*r-eM 

3. - (2) Mh caAa khbkmo y jenoj KajimjjopHujH. 

IHxa cmo yHHjrn y nponmoi JieKUnjH? 

What did we study In the last lesson? 

The locative singular of all feminine adjectives is formed 
by adding the ending "—oi 11 to the stem; 

Nom. sing; Jiena stem;^ien- loc. singuen-oj 

npoum% npoum- npouui-o j 1 


133 




























PAJU 66 - THE LOCATIVE PLURAL OF ADJECTIVES 

( 1 ) JbyAX XHB6 no paOHHM MeCTHMa Ha 36M.EH* 

Bo j hmhm cnaaa.ly Ha bo.Ihhhkhm kp©b© txm&• 

Soldiers,sleep on army .cots. 

AxcepHKaHnH suae y BejgKHM rpaAOBHwa. 

The Amerloans live iri 6Tg cities* 

Jyroc^oseKi xhb© y jmm rpaAOBHMa k cejivua. 

The Yugoslavs liye in small oities and villages. 
Hitje Aodpo cnasa^H y cyanine TonjiHM codaMa. 

It is not good to sleep in rooms (that are) too 
warm* 

The looative plural of all ad.leQtlves is formed by adding 
the ending h -hm" to the stem: 


Nom*slng*maso:paoaH 

BOjKIrtKX 

B6JIKK 

UAJXX 

Tonao 


stem:paoH- 

boJhhhk- 

BCAICX* 

uaA- 

Torui- 


loo*pl:paoH-HM 

boJhhmk-hm 

BdJIHK-KM 
MLJt-KU 
TOIL*-HM 


NOTE : The deolension ending of adjeotival pronouns and 
ordinal numerals are the same as the deolension endings of 
adjeotlves: 

(3) y kom ( KO.Ieii ) AeJtV? 

(5) #a, ajix oauo oha© ksa na tom Hedy bhahm cysne* 


PAR. 57 - FINAL W AND «0" 

1 * - ( 3 ) y KOM (KOjen) a 0 £y? 

( 3 ) y jeAHou jrenoM cboxom npenejiy ta© j© Ba 3 Ayx 

3dHJ»a AXBftH* 

(4) Ja cau xMaeo y Twccacy, ta© J© sa3Ayx Aodap, sjib 
J e spyKs Kao y KOTJiy * 

The nominative singular of some nouns ends in “-o'* which 
is preoeded by a vowel Ta© o , npeA©o, kotso, etc.)* This final 
*o" oame from the former ".a", which is retained in all other 
oases. Consequently.the stem of all suoh nouns is obtained by 
changing the final "o" into * ji *; 

Norn, sing: a©o stem:A©.a- 

np©A©o np©A©^- 

But if the final M o w is preceded by the vowel "a 1 *, the 
"a" is movable and the stem is obtained by omitting the "a" 
and by changing "o'* into M jt M : 

Nom. sing:Koyao stem: kotji- 

Some of these nouns are of masculine and some of feminine 
gender. The deolension Inga for masoullne nouns of this 
group are the same as the declension endings of other masoullne 


134 








nouns* The declension of feminine nouns of this group will be 
explained later. 

NOTE: The nouns "coko * (falcon), m bo M (ox), h cto m (table)' 
and M co w (salt) read once M coKOJI* , , •'BOjr", h ctoji h and ‘‘coji 11 • 

The final "a* was changed into M o H and at the end there were 
two “oo^.As there are no double vowels in Serbo-Croatian these 
two "o's" ooalasced into one very long ‘’S*. The steins of these 
nouns are: "cokqji-", “boji-", "ctoji- h , h coa- m . 

2. - (6) 3ap HHcy oba© o6jiaun ^iena kba cy cbcbhm Cojih ? 

Ja He bojihw Aa cnaBaM y Tonjio.1 coCh. 

I do not like to sleep in' a Hot room. 

Tl*e final, "o" which in the nominative singular Indefinite 
form of certain masculine adjectives is preceded by a vowel 
(<5eo, Tonao), came also from the former final M jr M . This n o* 
is ohanged into 11 ji" in all other forms and cases of such adjL 
eotives. The stem of such adjeotives is obtained by changing 
M p H into if “a" precedes the final rt o", it is omitted to 

form the stem: 

Nom.pl: deo stem:0eji- 

Tonao toiiji- 

3# - (4) Vp.e oTe b* «itb©»k* paHHje? 

(4) Ja can acMBeo y Teacacy* 

The final M o w in the masouline gender of the active past 
partioiple (Par 55), whioh oame also from former final M Ji tt , is 
replaoed by M jx tt in all other forms (*HBeo, sczBejia, sense jxo, 
sense jxk, aexsejxe, »BB®jta)* 


PAR. 58 - COLLECTIVE NOUNS 


sjl^cocTi* 

s 

11 

i 



. _ ? 


Yij* 1.,V‘ 

1 ^ - v ' ? 
Ill_ - - 


135 















(7) Aa, HapoHHTo APseke h pseke . 

( 9 ) Ha xpacTy Jie th bhahmo jimiike . 

(10) HMa jih pysca jimiike ? 

Singular nouns which name a number of like beings or 
objects are called collective nouns (APseke, UBeke, jnnuke)., 
Serbo-Croatian collective nouns which end in M -e M 
( Apeeke, uBeke, jramke, etc) are of neuter gender and follow 
the rules for neuter gender nouns, except that they, as well 
as other collective nouns, usually do not have plural forms: 

flpBBhe je 3ejieHo. - The trees are green 
llBeke je jieno. - The flowers are nice. 


TPPTRH AEO PART III 

rPAMATHHKE BE3KEE EPOJ 3 GRAMMAR EXERCISES NO. 3 

Put the words in the parentheses into the proper form: 
y (koJh rpaA) bh schbhts? - Ja schbhm y (cTapn rpaA MoHTepel). 
y (Koja Kyka) bh cTaHyjeTe? - CraHyjeM y (jeAHa Jiena Kyka) Ha 
(oho ctpmo CpAo). 

y (naja Kyka) bh CTaHyjeTe? - Mk cTanyjeMo y (n^eroBa Kyka). 

Ta« je Baiua Kyka? - Hama Kyka je y (jienn h bsjihkh rpaA CaH 

4paHUHCK0). 

y (Koja jieKUHja) cmo to yvHjiH? - To cmo ynHJiH y (npBa JieKnHja). 
Aa jih 3HaTe hits cmo yvnjiH y (npouuia jieKijHja)? - Aa, ja 3HaM hits 
cmo yvHJiH y (npouma JieKnHja). 

y (koIc hithbo) ctc to npovHTajm? - Ja caM to npovHTao y (Tpeke 
hithbo) . 

iilTa CMO HHTaJIH y (npBO hithbo)? - y (npBO HITHBO; CMO 4HTajlH o 
(BojHa uiKOjra) 3a CTpaHe je3HKe. 

IilTa cmo HHTajiH y (apvto hithbo)? - y (Apyro hithbo) cmo HHTaJiH 
o (MOHTepejcKa KJiHMa). 

Ha (Koje noJiyocTpso) je MoHTepej? - MoHTepej je Ha (MoHTepejcKO 
riojiyocTpso) . 

Koja cy join rpaAOBH Ha (MoHTepejcKO IIojiyocTpBo) ? - Ha 
(MoHTepejcKO IIojryocTpBo) cy join (oBaj) rpaAOBH: IlacH(|)HK TpoB, 
KapMeji, CncajA h riefiji Ehh. 

I'A© BOJiHTe Aa schbhtc jib th a rAe 3 Hmh? - .Tie th bojihm Aa fhbhm 
y ( jeAaH cbctk npeAeo) a 3 Hmh y (jeA&H Tonao npeAeo). 

Aa jih je AO(5po ceAeTH y cyBHiue ( Tonjia yHHOHHija)? - He, HHje 
Aodpo ce a®th y cyBHHie (Tonjia yvHOHHna) • 

Aa jih bh cnaBaTe y (Tonjia) hjih y (xjiaAHa coCa)? - Ja cnaBaM y 
(xjiaAHa co<5a)o 

Aa jih ie spyke y (Tencac)? - Aa, y (Tencac) je Bpyke Kao y 
(KOTao)• 

Y (koJh a©o) ynMMO rpaMaTHKy?- rpawaTHKy y^HMO y (Apyrn rbo) • 

Ha (ko j h OKeaH) je KajjH<|>6pHHj a? - KrjihcJjophh ja je Ha (IIauJi<J)HHKH 
OneaH)o 

Ha ( ko j h. vacoBH) yvHMO AHjajior? - Anjajior ynmio Ha (npBH h hiocth 
vac). 


136 










Ha (KaKBH KpeBe th) cnaBajy boJhhuh? - Bo j hhljh cnasajy Ha 
(boJhhhkh KpeBe th)• 

y (kojihkc Kyhe) CTaHyjy ^y^H y pRyjopn)? - JbyAH y (HyjopiO 
CTaHyjy y (BejiZKe Kyhe) <> 

Aa jih Jbynu y (MoHTepej) CTaHyjy y (Bejinne Hype)? - He, 
y (MoHTepej) CTaHyjy y (Majie Kyh.^) • 

y (KaKBe Kyke) CTaHyjy JbyAH y (A^epHKa)? - joy ah y (AMepHKa) 
CTaHyjy y (jiene nyhe) . 

Aa jih (c aB) AMepHKaHHH stZBe y (Be^iHKH rpaAOBz)? - He, (cas) 
AMepHKaHi;H He SKHBe y (BejiHKH rpaAOBz) . 

y (KaKBH rpaAOBz) schbo JyrocjiOBeHH? - JyrocjiOBeHH MBe y (Ma^iH 
rpaAOBH)• 

Aa jm (caB) JyrocjiOBeHH sHBe y (Ma^iH rpaAOBn)? - Pie, (caB) 
JyrocjroBeHH He ^HBe y (Ma^iH rpaAOBz) . 

Ta© TicHBe JyrocJiOBeHH ko i h He 3KHBe y (rpaAOBu)? - JyrocjroBe^H 
ko j h He xcHBe v (rpaAOBHj jehbc y (Majia) ajiH (jiena cejia) o 
IlBeLe (je, cy) (jieno, Jiena). 

(OBaj , CBa, Obo ) JiHiuhe (je,cy) ( cBejK, cBe»ra,cBe 5 Ke ) • 

(OHaj ,OHa,O ho) APBehe (je,cy) 5 (^en,jiena,jreno) • 


HgTBPTH AEO PART IV 

UTHBO EPOJ 5 READING- TEXT NO. 3 

MoHTepej QKQ IIOJiyOCTpBO 



Ha MoHTepejcKOM IIojiyocTpBy cy“ MoHTepej, CucajA, C : Pfl 
BHjrey, $opT OpA* npecHA^o, Ky MoHTepej, HacHcjHK Tpoa, Ilcq^ 


137 

















E*h h KapMejr. Gb« cy obo Majia ajiH A^sna MecTa. 


KniiMa Ha obom MajioM no^ryocTpBy Ha naijH<f>HHKOM OneaHy 
Je Bpjio npnjaTHao Hnna a Hnje hh Bpyke hh xjiaAHo. IIpHpoAa je Ty 
Bpjio jiena. Cae jo Jieno? Gpfla, wyMe, Apsehe, ijBehe, njiaBO Mope 
h b©apo njraso hoCoo 

ynoHHHH y BoJhoJ uikoah 3a CTpaHe jo3HKe schbo y MoHTepejy, 
Jep ja xy auxoBa uiKOJia. Ajih mhoth ApyrH, koJh HHcy boJhhhh, 
JKMBe Ty, Jep MHCJie a a je to Jien npeAeo. 

KapMeji HMa Jieny njiaacy. JIcth mhoth HAy Ha Ty n^iancy. Jle th 
Je oyHue toiijio, ajin je Mope x^ia aho. 

nETK ZlEO PART V 



IIHTAHA M3 1UTHBA EPOJ 3 


1* Koja oy weoTa Ha MoHTepeJcKOM noAyocTpBy? 

2• Kaxsa oy Ta Mecia? 

3. Ha Kowe OKeany je MoHTepejcKo noAyocTpBO? 

4. KaKsa Je kjihmb Ha tom no^yocTpsy? 

5. 3aiuTO Je Ta KJMMa npaja^Ha? 

6. KaKBa Je npnpoAa Ha tom no^yocTpsy? 

7* lilTa Je Ty Jieno? 

9. 3aiUT0 ynaHHUH y BoJhoJ wkojih oa CTpaHe je3HKe >K*Be y 
MoHTepejy? 

9. Ko join xhbm Ha MoHTepejcKOM IlojryocTpBy? 

10* 3aiATO mhoth Apym jkhb© Ha tom nojryocTpBy? 

11* 3amTO ohm MHcJte Aa Je to Jien npeAeo? 

12. MhcjihT e jiH h bh Aa je to Jien npeAeo? 

13. KaKBy njiascy HMa KapMeji? 

14. Ko HAe jioth h a Ty njiaxcy? 

15. Kano je Ha toJ njiaacH jib th? 


1HEGTK iXEO PART VI 

BE3KEA H3 IIPEBO'BEHA EPOJ 5 TRANSLATION EXERCISE NO. 3 


Nature 


Today In class, we spoke about nature 


138 












I love nature. When I go out, I like to see the sun 
in a clear sky, and the moon and the stars at night. I 
like to see the blue sea. I like to see trees in the 
forest and flowers everywhere. An old oak is a beautiful 
tree, and the little rose is a beautiful flower. 

It is wonderful to live on the Monterey Peninsula 
where nature is so beautiful. We are right on the Pacific 
Ocean ("on the very ocean"). I like this fresh air and 
this cool weather. I think and I work easily. 


CEflMM £E0 


PART VII 


PEHHHK EPOJ 3 

370. np/poAa, f. 

371. 3eMJba, f. 

372. np^Aeo, m , 

gen. singsnpeAe^ia 
* - pl ‘ npeflejiH 

373. Ba3A?Xj m. 

374. a^bs-H, adj.,m. 

AHBHa, f. 

AHBHO , n. 

AJtB ho , adv. 

. 375. paHHjH, adj.,m. 
p^HHja, f. 

; p^HHje, n. 
paHHje, adv. 

376e K^Tao, m. 

gen. singsKOTJia 

^ pi 2 K&TJIOBH 

377. HeCo, n. ^ 

pl° Heda,He(3eca 

378. odjiaK, ra. 

plo odJiaun 

379. a&h*v, adv. 

380. Holy, adv. 

381. MecSli, m. 

382. 3Be3Aa, f. 

383. ,p,pgeh.e > n.,coll. 

384. UBene, n.,coll. 

385. a£bo, n. v \ 

gen. singsAPS^Ta 
pis ApeeTa 


VOCABULARY NO, 3 

* nature 

- earth 

- region 


- air 

- wonderful 


- wonderfully 

- earlier 


- earlier, before 

- boiler 


- sky, heaven 

- cloud 


in the daytime 

at (by) night 

moQn 

star 

tree^ 

flowp^s 

tree 


139 






i 

386. UBeT, m. - flower 

nom.pl: ijBe tT5bh 

387. xpacT, m. “ oa ^ 

nom.pl: xpacTcfBH 

388* py&a, f. - rose 

389. jifflihe, n. ,coll. - leaves 

390. jffcT, m. - leaf 

nom.pl: jihctobh 


391. nijrvocTpBO ? n. 

392. nanHtfDHHKH, adj.,m. 

nani(jMHKa 9 f. 
nanH^HMKo, n. 

393. bneaHj m. . 

394. Ilan^^HMKH OKeaH, n. 

395. adj. ,m. 
njiaBa, f. 
njiaBo f n. 

njr^BO , adv. 

*L85. MHora^ pron. ,m. 
MH^ra, f. 

MH&ro, n. 


- peninsula 

- Pacific 


- ocean 

- Pacific Ocean 

- blue 


- blue 

- many 



140 




















DAILY UNIT IV 


IIPBH /IEO PART I 

flKJAJIOr EPOJ 4 DIALOGUE NO. 4 



0 gMBOTHHAMa 

1o HacTaBHHK - HMaxe jm bh 
nca? 

Yh? £a, mh hm&mo koa Kyhe 
j©AHor cxapor nca. 

2. HacT? Kojihko j© cTap Bam 
nac? 

Yho Ham nac je npHjiHHHo cTap, 

ajiH He 3Hai»D TanHo kojihko. 


3 o HacT° Bojiht© jim bh nee? 


About animal8 

1. Instructor ; Do you have a 
. dog? 

Student ; Yes, we have an 
old dog at home. 

2o Instr ; How old Is . your 
dog? 

Stu ; Our dog is fairly old, 
but we do not know exactly 
how old ( M how much"). 

5o Instr ; Do you like dogs? 


yn°o Bojihm. Ohh cy xpaOpn h 
B#pHH. 

4o HacT ° Ha, to cy ilhxob© r^iaBH© 
ocoOhh©. 

Ja HM,aM TaKO^e Manny. 

5. Hacx ° Koje cy nene rJiaBH© 
oco<5HHe? 


Stu ; I do ("I like**). They 
are courageous and faithful. 

4. Instr ;' Yes, those ( M that M ) 
are their main qualities. 

Stu; I also have a cat. 


5. Instr ; What are her main 
qualities? 


141 



















Yh} M °J a Ma ^K a j® o6a3pHBa 

M HMCT*. 

6. HacT“ Ko HMa kohjl? 

Yy S Ja MMEM KOBa. 

7o HajcTo KaKaB je sain ( tbo,1 ) 

KOB? 

Yh} Oh je mieMeHHTa 

SHBOTHBt. 

8. HacTt Aa, to je seroBa rJiaBHa8 

OCOdHHao 

y^ s #a jih ce Kasce Ha cpncKO- 
xpsaTCKOM "sepaH Kao nac"? 

9. HacT S Kasce ce« A 3a HOBena 
ko j ■ mhoto paA» Kasce ce 
"paA* Kao kob m . 

Yh » lilTa ce join Kasce? 

10. HacT « Ha npHMep, Kasce ce? 
”jryKaB Kao jihcihr” <> 

y\o J\ a jits, ce Kasce' "dps Kao 
je^reH"? 

11. HacT ° £a, h TaKO^e ce Kasce 11 
"xjiaAaH Kao 3MH j a" • 

Yh} lilTa ce join Kasce? 

12. HacT ? Kasce ce h mhoto APyro,12 
aJiM obo je AOCTa 3a Aanac. 


Stus My cat Is oautlous 
and clean. 

6. Instrs Who has a horse? 
Stu s I have a horse. 

7. Instr s What sort (of a 
horse) is your horse? 

Sts He is a noble animal. 


Instr s Yes, that is his 
main quality. 

Stu s Does one say in Serbo- 
Croatian "as faithful as a 
dog M ? 

9o Instr s One does. And of 

(“for") a man who works much 
one says "he works like a 
horse". 

Stu s What else does one say? 

10. Instr s For instance, one 
sayss "as sly as a fox". 

Stu s Does one say "as swift 
Ffast") as a deer"? 

Instrs Yes, and one says 
also "as cold as a snake". 

Stu s What else does one say? 

Instr s One says many other 
things ("much other"), but 
this is enough for today. 


142 








ix pyra aeo 

rPAMATHRKA AHAJIK3A EPOJ 4 


PART II 


GRAMMAR ANALYSIS NO. 4 


PAR. 59 - POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS 


The possessive adjectives in English ares ray. ; your ; his, 
her , its ; our ; thelr . They are used only before a noun (my 
dog ). The English possessive pronouns are mine ; yours ; his , 
hers , its ; ours : theirs . They are not used before a noun. 

In Serbo-Croatian, one set of words corresponds to both 
these sets in English, that Is, the Serbo-Croatian equivalent 
are both possessive adjectives and possessive pronouns. 
Whether adjectives or pronouns, they must agree in gender, 
number and case, with the nouns they refer to. 


1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

6 . 
7. 


my, mine 
thy, thine 
his 

her, hers 
our, ours 
your, yours 


- moJ, m., Moja, f., Moje, n. 

- tboJ, m., TBoja, f», TBoje,n. 

- aeroBj m., iteroBa, f., iteroBO,n. 

- iteH (h«3Hhh) , m., ifceHa (fte3HHa) , f., h«ho 

- nain, m., Hama, f», Hame,n. /(Fbe3HHo)n« 

- Bam, m*, Bania, f 6 , Baine,n. 


their, theirs - h»hxob, m» , raixoBa, f., khxobo, n. 


The Serbo-Croatian possessive pronouns are adjectival 
pronouns. 

1. - (5) Moja Manna je o<5a3pHBa h hhcts. 

Moj oxau je o^aimip. 

My father is an officer 
Moja MajKa je y rpaAy® 

My mother is in town. 

MojH poAHTejbH cy cTapH © 

My parents are old. 

The masculine and neuter gender stem is either "moj-" 
or 'm-". The stem "m" is used only in singular. 

The feminine gender stem is M Moj-". 


2 . 


( 7 ) KaKaB je tbo j koh>? 
r^e je tbo j a cecTpa? 
Where is your sister? 
Je xa to TBoje nepo? 
Is that your pen? 

Ta© cy TBoje Kffinre? 
Where are your books? 


The masculine and neuter gender stem is either M TBoj- M 
or h tb ^w o The stem ”tb" is used only in singular. 

The feminine gender stem is " TBoj-". 


3 .' - ( 8 ) TaHHo e To je aeroBa rviaBHa ocoOHHa. 
Kojn nema.i> je fteroB ? 

Which comb is hlsT ~ 


143 




















Je jih obo fberoBQ AeTe? 

Is this his child? 

lllxa paA© aeroBH poAHTe^H? 

What do his parents do? 

The stem for all three genders is M HeroB- H . 

4. - Hch Mysc je Moj (5paT. 

Her husband is my brother. 

HeHa cecTpa je y JyrocjiaBHjE. 

Her sister is in Jugoslavia. 

He ho a© Te He ha© y mKOJiy. 

Her" child does not go to school. 

(5) Koje cy He He ocodHHe? 

The stem for all three genders is rt HeH-" or "ftesHH- 11 . 

5. (2) Ham nac je npHJiHHHo crap, ajiH He 3HaMO TanHo kojihko. 

Hama yvHOHHija je Majia. 

Our classroom is small. 

Hame mTHBO HHje TemKO. 

Our reading text is not difficult. 

Hama HacTaBHHuH cy JyrocJioBeHH. 

Our teachers are Jugoslavs. 

The stem for all three genders is M Ham- M . 

6. - (2) Koahko je crap Bam nac? 

Ksko je Bama Majna? 

How is your mother? 

Aa ji h je same nepo AO(5po? 

Is your pen good? 

Kano cy Banin poAHTejbH? 

How are your parents? 

The stem for all three genders is M Bam- M . 

7. - (4) A a, to cy auxoBe rviaBHe ocotfHHe. 

Hhxob OTaij je Moj KOMaHAaHT• 

Their father is my commandant. 

HaxoBa Kyha je Ha (5pAy* 

Their house is on the hill. 

Mh cTaHyjeMo y bhxqbo j Kykn. 

We live in their house. 

The stem for all three genders is •'h^xob- 11 . 


PAR* 60 ■* THE ENGLISH POSSESSIVE PRONOUN M ITS‘» 

Ja bojihm osaj rpaA jep cy He ros e yjnme urapoKe h hhctc. 
t I like this town because its streets are wide and clean. 
Ja He bojihm obo nepo jep je seroB Bpx onrrap. 

I do not like this pen because its point is too sharp. 


\U4 















Obo je pyaca ; seHH jihctobh cy mb.au a h£hh ubctobh cy jienH.- 
This Is a rose : Its leaves are small and Its flowers are / 
nice. 

There Is no particular counterpart for the English poss¬ 
essive adjective or pronoun n its M . It is translated by w T*aroB, 
Herosa, HfiroBo" if the possessor is of masculine ( rpa# - 
aeroB© y-aime) or neuter gender (nepo - aeroB Bpx) ,and by ”h©h, 
a©Ha, Hb©Ho w or w h©3hh, ae3HHa,. ae3HHo w if the possessor is of 
feminine gender (pysca - aoHH jihctobh, aeHH ub6Tobh) . 


PAR.. 61 - REVIEW OF DECLENSION ENDINGS 


We have learned the following declension endings: 
1. Nouns: 


ICASIC 1 " 

TOEir~ 

MASCULINE 

FEMININE 

NEUTER 


~S -1-N- 

G U 

L A R 

NOMINATIVE 

Any consonant 

-a 

-e or - o 

ACCU 

SATIVE 

Animate 

-a 

-y 

Same as the 
nominative 

Inanimate 

Same aS the 

nominative 

LOCATIVE 

-y 

-K 

_MyH 

- 

P L 

U R 

A L 

NOMINATIVE 

-H 

-e 

-a 

ACCUSATIVE 

-e 

-© 

-a 

LOCATIVE 

-HMa 

-aMa 



MASCULINE 


Animate 

Inanimate 

Feminine 

Neuter 

Neuter 

Nom. sing. oAhijhp 

npo3op 

He Ha 

M0CT-O 

Mop-© 

Acc.sing. o^mjHp-a 

npo3op 

steH-y 

M6CT-0 

Mop-e 

Loc.sing. o^mjHp-y 

npo3op-y 

3KeH-H 

Mecx-y 

Mop-y 

N 0 m.pl. O^HIJHp-H 

npo3op-H 

3KeH-e 

MecT-a 

Mop-a 

Acc.pl. ocpmjHp-e 

npo3op-e 

sseH-e 

MecT-a 

Mop-a 

Loc.pl. 0 #HIjHp-HMa 

npo3op-HMa 

h- aMa 

MecT-HMa Mop-HMa 


145 

































2. - Adjectives, adjectival pronouns and ordinal numerals, 
a) The stem does not end in a palatal consonants 


—-^SEttt)ER&^ 
CASE 

MASCULINE 

FEMININE 

NEUTER 

INDEFINITE 

DEFINITE 

INDEF.jSc DEF. 

INDEK.I DEFIN. 

S I 

N C 

3- U L 

A R 

NOMINA 1 ] 

IVE 

Aav consonant 

-H 

-a 

-0 

-O 

s£t?VE 

Animate 

-a 

-or 

-y 

-0 

-O 

Inanimate 

Same as the nominative 

locate 

IE 

1 

-0.1 

-V 

-ou 

P L U R A 

L 

NOMINATIVE 

-H 

-e 

-a 

ACCUSATIVE 

-e 

-e 

-a 

LOCATIVE 

-HM 

-HM 

_ 

The stem ends in a palatal consonant: 

S I N Gr 0 L A R 

NOMINA 1 ] 

pTW 

Anv consonant 

— H 

-a 

-e 

-e 

ACCU¬ 

SATIVE 

Animate. ... 

-a 

-er 

-y 

-e 

-e 

Inanimate 

Same as the nominative 

LOCATIVE 

-T 1 -eu 

_ 

_ 

... -©¥ J| 

PLURAL 

1 

NOMINATIVE 

-K 

-6 

-a 

ACCUSATIVE 

-e 

-© 

-ft 

locative 

-HM 

-HU 

-HU 


MASCULINE? 
Nom.sing. 
Accusing* 
Loo,sing. 
Nom.pl. . 
Aoo.pl. 
Loo.pl. 


Indefinite Definite 
Jien Jien-H 

jren-& Jien-or 0/ 

Jien-y Jien-OM 

Jien-H 
Jien-e 
Jien-HM 


Indefinite Definite 
epyh BpyK-H 

BpyK-a Bpyix-er 

epyh-y Bpyh-eM 

BpyK-H 
Bpyii-e 
Bpyii-HM 


FEMININE: 

Indefinite & Definite 

Nom.sing. 

Jien-a 

Aco.sing. 

vien-y 

Loo.sing. 

Jien-oj 

Nom.pl. 

Jien-e 

Acc.pl. 

jien-e 

Loc.pl. 

jien-HM 


Indefinite & Definite 
Bpyii-a 
spyh-y 
spyK-oJ 
Bpyh-e 
Bpyh-e 
Bpyh-HM 


NEUTER Indefinite Definite 

Nom. sing. jren-o jien-o 

Acc.slng. jien-o Jien-o 

Loc.sing. Jien-y Jien-OM 

Nom.jSl. jien-a 

Acc.pl. jien-a 

Loc.pl. Jien-HM op,y n - jtim 

1;. If a masculine adjective either indefinite or definite form 
modifies a inanimate noun the accusative is the same as the nominativ 


Indefinite Definite 
Bpyh-e Bpyl-e 

Bpyh-e BpyK-e 

Bpyiv-y Bpyix-eM 

Bpyii-a 
Bpyh-a 
Bpyl-HM 


146 







































































TEEM MO 

PPAMATHHKE BE3KEE EPOJ 4 


PART III 


GRAMMAR EXERCISES NO* 4 


Choose the right word in the parentheses: 

Aa jiv je (tboJ,TB oja,TBoje or: Bam,Barna,Bams) oTan cTap? - 
He, ( Moj ,M0ja,M0je ) OTan HHje (cTap,CTapH) Hero (MjiaA,MJiaAH) • 
(HaKaB,KaftBa,KaKBo) je ( tbo j ,tbo ja ,tbo j© or: Bam,Baiua,Bame) 
nepo? - (Moj ,Moja,Moje ) 'nepo je (HOB,HOBa,HOBo)• 

Aa jih je oHa KHJira Ha cTOJiy ( tbo j, TBoja, tboJ or: Bani,Bama, 
same)? - Aa, OHa KHJira Ha CTOJiy je ( Moj ,mo ja,Mo.1e ) • 

Aa jih cy ( tbo j h , tbo j e , tbo j a or # Baiun,Bame ,Bama) poAHTe^H 
CTapH? - He, (MojH,Moje, mo ja) poaht6.&h Huey cTapH. 

Ta© cy ,( tbo j h, tbo je, TBoja or: Baiun, Bame ,Bama) cecrpe? - (MoJh, 
Mo je,Moj a) cecrpe cy y iukojih. 

Aa jih cy (TBojH,TBo1e,TBoja or: BauiH,Bame ,Bam4) nepa Hosa? - 
He, (Mojn,Moje ,Moja] nepa HHcy Hosa ajiH cy Aotfpa* 

Ko je (HeroB,HeroBa,HjeroBO) yHHTe jb? - (HeroB,HeroBa,HeroBo) 
yHHTei je rocnoAHH IIepH&. 

(KojH,Koje,Koja) sceHa je (H>eroB,:F&eroBa,H«roBo) MajKa? - (OHaj, 
OHa,OHo) sceHa Ha BpaTHMa je (neroB,H*eroBa,»eroBo) Majna* 

Aa jib je obo nepo (neroB ,aeroBa,HjeroBo)? - He, to nepo HHje 
(aeroB,serosa,H*eroBo) Hero (moJ,M oja,Moje)• 

UlTa cy (HeroBH,aeroBe ,aeroBa) chhobh? - (HeroBH,Heroae ,Heroaa) 
CHHOBH cy BOjHHlJH. 

Tao cy 1 (aeroBH,HeroBe,raeroBa) Kepne? - (HeroBH,ReroB©,H©rosa) 
hepKe cy y CaH $>paHi;HCKy. 

(KoiH,Koja,Kole) nepa cy (aeroBH,aeroBa,HeroBe)? - (Obm,Ob©, 
Osa] nepa cy (fteroBH,»eroBe,aeroBa). 

UlTa Je (aeH,aeHa,H>eHo) oian? - (HfiH,HBHa,KeHo) oxan Je 
nyKOBRHK• 

lilTa Je (aeH,HeHa,H«Ho) cecTpa? - (HeH,H«Ha,HeHo) cecTpa Je 
yneHima* ' 

(Kojn,KoJ©,Koja) mscto Je (s©H,H>eHa,seHo)?-(OBaJ,0 b©,Obo) uecTO 
je IaeK,H>eHa,HBHo) • 

A a jtx Je obo (Bam, sama, Baffle ) Kyba? *- Aa, to Je (Ham,Hama,Hame) 
xybdL* 

Aa jih Je (ohsI ,o»a,oHo) rocnOAHH (Bam, sama, same) OTan? - He, 

(oaaj,OHa, oho] rocnoAHH HHje (Ham,Hama,Hame) OTan* 

A a jih Je obo (Bam, aama, same) nseKe? - He, to HHje (Ham,Hama, 
name) haeKe* • 

Pa© schb© (BamH,Bame,Bama) poaht6j>h? - (HauiH, Hame, Hama) poa®t©je>h 
acHse y HyjopKy* 

Aa jih (sama,same,Bama) cecTpe JKHBe Tano^e y HyjopKy? - He, 
(HauiH,Hame,Hama) cecTpe He xhb© y HyjopKy Hero y MoHTepejy. 

Ko je ( HaHXOB ,H»HXOBa ,HjHXOBO ) KOMaHAaHT? - (Hhxob ,HHXOBa ,HflXOBO) 
KOMaHA&HT J© nyKOBHHK T• CMHT* 

rAe j© (ftHXOB,H>HXOBa,H>HXOBo) MajKa? - (HHXOB ,ftHXOBa ,HHXOBO ) 

MajKa je y JyrocjiaBHjH. 

(KojiiiKH,K ojihk a,Ko jihko) Je (shxob,H aHxoBa, shxobo ) a©t©? - 
(Hhxob ,HaxoBa,HiixoBo) a©t© je Be jihko* 

Ko cy Taj hobok h ia xohe, a ko cy ohh MJiaAHhn? - OBaj hobck h 
obh sena cy rocnoAHH h rocno^a lieTpoBHh, a ohh MJiaAHhH cy 

(RHXOBHjMXOB© ,H>HXOEa) CHHOBH. 


147 






Ja bojihm fia jkhbhm y MoHxepejy, jep < (neroBjiieroBa^H^roBOjH^H 
Bb9Ha,H>eHo) KJIHMa HHje hh xjiaAHa HK Bpyha. 

Obo je pysca, (H>eHH 3 rbeH 0 ? HjeHa,H>eroBH,TieroBe , T teroBa) jihctobh cy 
U BiJlZ, a ( Hj 0 HH f Hj 6 rOBH ) I^BQ TOBH JienH. , , 


HETBPTH AEO PART IV 

liITHBO EPQJ 4 READING- TEXT NO. 4 

3KHBOTHH<e 

Ilac, Manna h koh> cy AOMahe schbothha® 

JlacHua, JejieH n 3MHja ; nao h MHore Apyre jkhboxhh,©, cy 

AHBJb® 3KHBOTHTfce. 

Apyre AOMahe xhbothh« cyS Ma3ra, Marapan, npaBa,- OBija, 
K03a. H MHore nxmje cy AOMahe 3 khboxhil«. Opao je AHB^a nxnija. 

AHB.be *hbothh« scHBe no HiyMaMa*, AoMake scmbothhj© sense no 
cejiHMa h rpaAOBHMa. 

Ph 0# suae y soak. Hene 3 MHje, Kao h Apyre Hene jkhboth^ 
XMBe k y boah h Ha 36 mje>h. nxinje bhahmo Kano y Ba3Ayxy» xano 
H Ha 36M.bHo 


IIETH AEO PART V 

IUiTAHA H3 UITHBA BPOJ 4 QUESTI ONS ON THE READING 

3 I TEXT NO. 4 

1. KaKBe cy shbothiw nac, Manna h koh,? 

2. lilTa 3Haxe o ncy? . §? 

3. lilTa 3HaTe o Manna? 

4o lilxa 3H&T6 o nosy? 

5. KanBe cy stHBOxHae JiHCHna^ jejieH h 3MHja? 

6. lilTa 3Hare O JIHCHnU? 

7. lilxa 3Haxe o jeJieHy? 

8. lilTa 3HaTe o 3 mhJh? 

9. Koje Apyre AOMahe xhboTHH se 3Haxe? 

10. lilxa 3Haxe o Ma3m? 

11. Koja je nxHna AHBJba scHBoxHFba? 

12. Aa jih cy cbs nxnne ahbje>© xhboxhh©? 

13. Ta© XMBe AMBJ>e xhboxhhb? 

14. TAe khb 6 AOMaLe scHBOxniie? 


148 












15* Ta© sense pn<5e? 

16. Ta© SHBe 3 mh je? 

17. PAe acHBe nTnije? 

18. Koje AOMahe scHBOTHae HMaTe bh koa Kyhe? 

19. Aa jih cTe BHAejiH ahbj>© jkhbothhjb y IIpecnA H jy? 

20. Koje AHB«*>e 3chbothh« ct© bha©jie Ty? 


uJECTK &E0 

BE3KEA K3 IIPEBOIEHA EPOJ 4 


PART VI 

TRANSLATION EXERCISE NO. 4 


Today in school, we spoke about animals. I like animals, I 
mean (mhcjihu$ domestic animals. I like some wild animals too, 
but not all. Some are really wild. 

I like dogs in particular. They are so faithful and so 
courageous. For instance, my dog, if someone wants to enter"^ 
my house, he has to see my dog first. And if my dog doesn't 
like the (that) man, well.... you know what I mean. My dog, 
your dog, his dog, all dogs are like that. 

Now the cats have good qualities too. I like those quali¬ 
ties of theirs, but I do not like cats. I think they are a 
little sly. They are seldom noble. 


CE#MH flEO 


PART VII 


PEUHHK EPOJ 4 


VOCABULARY NO. 4 


396 • 1HBOTHM, f. 

397. xp^Oap, adj.^m. 

xp^dpS, f. 
xpadpo, n. 
xpadp^, adv. 

398. B^pan, adj.,m. 

B^pHa, f. 

*BepHo ? n. 

Bepao), ad Vo 

*86. clip, adj. >m. , cikpa 

cTapo 


- animal 

- courageous 


- courageously 

- faithful 


- faithfully 
f. ~ ol <* 

n. 


149 










399. 


400. 

401. 

402. 


403. 


404. 

405. 


406. 

407. 


408. 

409. 

410. 


411. 


412. 

413. 


414. 

415. 

416. 

417. 


418. 


419. 

420. 

421. 


iuraBHH, adj.,m. 
iviaBHa 9 f.- 

ivi^bho, n. 
tAb^o, adv. 
ocoChhe 9 f. 

Manic a» f. 
o<5aopHB adj.,m. 
odkapHBa, f. 
oda^pHBO, n. 
OJ&3PHBO, adv. 
vhc$, adj.,m. 
vgcTa, f. 

^hhcto, n. 
mhcto, adv. 
koh>, m. 

n/ieMeHHT, adJ., m. 

nji8M©HHTa, f. 
jui8m8Hhto, n. 
njieM©HHTO, adv. 
npHMep, m. 

•lyKaB, adJ •, m. 
jiVKaBa, f. 

.jiyKaBo, n. 
jiVKasb, adv. 

JIHCHUa, f. 

OMfcja, f. 

jejieH, m. _ 

nom.pl! jejieHH 

Ahbje>h, adj.,m. 
A^bae, f. 

% AHB^e, n. 

AHB.be> adv. 

M&3Pa, f. 

M&rapan, m. x 

gen.sing: warapua 
nom.pl! M^rapuk 

jjpSfia, f. 

OBija, f. 

K03a, f. 

h6kh 9 pron. ,itU 
hSke, f, 

, hIko, n. 
opEo, m. ^ 

gen.sing! opjia 
% nom.pl! <5 pjiobh 

pHfia, f. 

B^>Aa 9 f. 
ouxTap, adj.,m. 

$uiTpa, f. 

^ ouiTpo 9 n. 
ouiTpo 9 adv. 


- principal, main 


- principally, mainly 

- quality 

- cat 

- cautious 


- cautiously 

- clean 


- neatly 

- horse 

- noble 


- nobly 

- example, instanoe 

- sly 


- silly 

- fox 

- snake 

- deer 


- wild 


- wildly 

- mule 

- donkey 


- cow 

- sheep 

- goat 

- some 


- eagle 


- fish 

- water 

- sharp 


- sharply 


150 




LESSON IV 
DAILY UNIT I 


IIPBH mo 
hYxJAJICV EPOJ 1 


PART I 

DIALOGUE NO* 1 


HoBenH.le Tejro 

1. HftCTaBHHK t lIlTfi 3HS o 
HOB enHjeM Tejry? 

yneHHK » 3HaM fla cy rAaBHH 
Ae^iOBH rJiaBa, Tpy/i, pWe h 
Hore • 


2 . HacT * TAe cy koc£ h ^nije? 
yH ' Koca h jiHijaf cy $a rJraBH 



The human body 


Instructor ; What do you 
know about the human body? 


Stus I kn 
parts drt 
trunk;//th 
legsl 





w that the main 
the head, the 
arms and the 


Instr 'oX Where are the hair 
and th<k fa cb ? 

Stu The\ hair and the face 
are \n the head* 


3 . Hacx s 4 a jih eye b W cMefrH hjih 

njrasH? ] / / 

Yh° Ja caM* 

^ J 

4 . HacT * A Bania- 3 M 5 Ha? 

y^ : MojabfebHa je njiaBa . HeHa 
Koca je BpJio Jiena . 

5* HacT- 4a jih yveHiiija Mapnh. hm 
njiasy Kocy? 


7 h} Mhcjihm je vHeHHHHHa 
hoc a njiasa* I 


6. HacT » A EpayHosa Koca? 


3 * Instr \ 

blond‘A 


Yh I gpayHOBa Koca je 





am brune 
And youh\w 3 ^fe? 


Stu ; My wife 1 


Her 


hair j Is very pretty . 

Ina tr; Does the (girl) stu- 
derft, Marie have blond 
halt? 

I )J 

v Stu s I think that the ( girl ) 
stiident*a hair is blond. 


Instr ; And Brown 9 s hair? 

S~/u ; Brown 0 s hair is dark- 
brown black n ). 


151 













































7. Hacr: Ha jih je y MJiaaa 
HOB 6 K& Koca ceAa? 


7 


Instr: Is the ] 
yuuiiK man grey 


.r on a 


Yh : 0(5hhho je cTapneea Koca 
ceAa, a MJiaAHkeBa HHje. 

8. HacT* Ja caM jeAfcoM bhaso 8. 
jeAHor ifcaaAor HOBena koJh 

je <5 ho cacBHM cefc. 

yn ? Bhaco can h ja TaKBe 
, MJiaA© Jb7A© • 

9. HacTi KaKBO je Barne hbjio, a 9. 
KaK as je Bam hoc? 

Yvl} Moje nejio je bhcokq . a 
Moj hoc je npmiHHHo bcjihk . 

10* Hacr i Jecy jih aarne ohh 10. 
iuiase? 

y\: He, oHe cy upHe. 

II* Hacrl lliTa hmhmo y ycTHMa? 11* 


y ycTHMa HMaMO je3HK 
h 3y(5e. 

12* HacT * Ha jih cy 3y0H deJiH? 12* 


y^ : npHpOAHH 3 APaBH 3 ypH 
cy < 5 ejiH. 

13* HacT» A BemTaHKH? 13. 


Yh} H«kh BemraHKH 3 y< 5 n cy 
3 JiaTHH « a HeKH cy < 5 ejiH. 

14 * HacT » Ha jih cy ao 6 ph 14 . 

BemTaHKH 3y<5H? 

yn » Kha hobbk Heua QpHpoAHe 
sy<5e, AotipH cy h BemTaHKH . 

15 . Hacr 2 TaHHO. Hcto je TaKO 15 . 
KaA hobck HeMa (jeAHy) pyny 
hjih Hory. 

V\} Ha, oHAa je AoCpa h 
APB eHa pyna hjih Hora. 


Stu; Usually an old man*8 
hair is grey ; not a young 
man 1 s . 

Instr ; I once saw a young man 
who was all grey. 


Stu ; I, too, have seen such 
young men. 

Instr ; What kind of forehead 
and what kind of nose do you 
have? 

Stu ; My forehead Is high and 
my nose is rather large . 

Instr ; Are your eyes blue? 


Stu ; No, they are dark 
(black). 

Instr ; What do we have In the 
mouth? 

Stu ; In the mouth we have the 
tongue and the teeth. 

Instr; Are the teeth white? 


Stu ; Natural, healthy teeth 
are white. 

Instr ; And the artificial 1 
ones? 

Stu ; Some artificial teeth 
are gold , some are white. 

Instr ; Are artificial teeth 
good ? 

Stu ; When one does not have 
natural teeth, artificial ones 
are good, too. 

Instr ; Correct . It’s the ("The 
same is so") same when one 
does not have an arm or a leg. 

Stu ; Yes, then a wooden arm or 
leg Is good,too. 


152 






































flpyrH REP 

rPAMATKHKA AHAJIH3A EPOJ 1 


PART II 


GRAMMAR ANALYSIS NO. 1 


PAR. 62 - KINDS OF ADJECTIVES 

!• - (4) KeHa koce je Bpjio Jiena . 

(14) Aa jih cy Aodpn BeuiTaHKH 3y6n? 

IqI MOBeK HeMa npnpoAHe 3y(5e ao<5ph cy h BeiirraHKH . 

^°J e HejI ° je BHCOKO a Moj HCC je npHJIHHHO BeJIHK. 

(12) npupoftHH 3 APaBH 3y6n cy 6ejm • 

Mapa hh je Aouuia jep je 6ojie che, 

Hilary has not come because sue Is sick . 

Adjectives expressing quality (jiena, ao6ph, BeuiTanKH, 
npHpoAHH) or size (bhcoko, bcjikk) or condition ( 3 ApaBH, 
dojiecHn) are called descriptive adjectlves . 

NOTE: The neuter gender of these adjectives Is an adverb 
of manner: 


lie rap je flo(5po AeTe. 

Peter is a good child. 

Oh roBopn cpncKOxpBaTCKH bpjio ac6po. 

He speaks Serbo-Croatian very well . 

2. - (13) HeKH BeiiiTaHKH 3ytfH cy 3 jcrthh , a HeKH cy 6ejiH. 

(15)' £a, OHAa je Ao6pa h APBeHa pyna hjih Hora. 

Adjectives denoting the material from which things are 
made ( 3 jiaTHH, ApseHa) are called adjectives of material. 

Most Serbo-Croatian adjectives of material end either 
in 11 -eH H or "-aH 11 and they are formed by adding these endings 
to the stem of the corresponding noun: 

Noun: 3JiaTo stem: 3jiaT- adjective: 3 jiax-aH 

APbo APB- APB-eH 

All Serbo-Croatian adjectives belonging to the classes 
under 1) and 2), with very few exceptions, have both an in¬ 
definite and a definite form: 

(7) ^a jih je y MJiaAa HOBeua Koca ceAa? 

(8) Ja can jeAHOM bhaso jeAHor MjiaAor HOBeKa Kojn je 
6 ho cacBHM cga* 

3. - (5) Mhcjihm Aa je yneHLHHHa Koca njiaBa. 

(6) EpayHQBa Koca je'upHa* 

(7) 06hhho je cTapHeBa Koca ceAa, a MJiaAHleBa HHje. 
Ea6HHa Koca je 6eJia. 

'me grandmother 0 s hair is white. 

ynHTejbeB chh je Mapj&HB yneHHK. 

Th6 teachers son is a diligent student. 


153 



































Adjectives denoting possession-ownership (yveHHHHHa, 
EpayHOBa, cTapveBa, Mjra^Hiiepa, dadHHa, yvHTe^es) ar © called 
possessive adjectives. 

Most typical and most common possessive adjectives end 
in h -ob", H -eB M or w -hh h . These adjectives are derived from 
the corresponding nouns (yveHHua, EpayH, cTapau, MjraAHk, (5a(5a, 
yHHTe j>) . 

The endings "-ob" and "-eB" are used to form the possessive 
adjectives of masculine nouns^in almost all cases animate). 

The ending "-ob" Is added if the stem of the noun does 
not end in a palatal consonant; the ending "-eB 11 is added if 
the stem of the noun ends in a palatal consonant: 


Noun: EpayH 
lie Tap 
KaiieTaH 
JyUiaAHli 
yvHT e*> 


stem: EpayH- 
IleTp- 
KaneiaH- 
MJiaAHix- 
yHHTeJb— 


possess.adj: 
EpayH-OB 
IleTp-OB 
KaneiaH-OB 
MJiaAHh-eB 
yHHTe Jb— 


Masculine nouns the stem of which ends in "ij", make their 
possessive adjective by adding M -eB" to the stem, but "h" before 
w -©b m changes into "^ M : 

• Noun: cTapau stenucTapu- possess.adj: cTapv-eB 


The ending "-hh” is used to form the possessive adjectives 
of feminine nouns Tin almost all cases animate): 

Noun: daOa stem: <5a(5- possess.adj: <5a<5-nH 

cecTpa cecTp- cecTp-HH 

aceHa sceH- aceH-HH 


Feminine nouns which in the nominative singular end in 
M -Ka M or K «na M form possessive adjectives by adding m -hh w to 
the stem, bul "k " or before b hh m changes into m h h : 

Noun: MajKa stem: MaJ k— possess.adj: MaJ h-hh 

yveHHua yveHHu- yveHHH-HH 

AeBojKa AeBojK- a©bo j h-hh 


Serbo-Croatian possessive adjectives ending in m -ob m 


"-cb" and "-hh m are usually 
w 's": 

EpayHOB 

IleTpoB 

yvHTe^eB 

OadHH 

CeCTpHH 

SCeHHH 

AeBOjHHH 


the equivalent of the English 


- Brown®s 

- Peter's 

- teacher's 

- grandmother's 

- sister's 

- wife's 

- girl's 


These possessive adjectives denote possession (owner¬ 
ship), usually with reference to a specific person. They 


154 




always answer the question: "HHjH?", w HHja?% w HHje? M 

qnjH je obo KanyT? - To je yHHTejbeB KanyT. 

Whose coat is this? - That is the teacher's coat. 

Mnja je obo ojiOBKa? - To je IleTpoBa ojroBKa. 

Whose pencil is this? - That Is Peter's pencil. 

NOTE: a) The possessive adjectives of this type have the 
indefinite form only. 

b) In the following pairs note the difference in 
meaning by the choice between adjectives ending in "ob", "es 1 
or "hh« and those ending in "ckh" (see PAR. 63): 

Obo je nyKOBHHKQBa r a oho je KaneTaHOBa Kana. 

This is the colonel's cap, and that is the captain's cap. 

IlyKOBHHHKa iuraTa je Bela Hero KaneTaHcna njiaTa. 

A colonel's pay (the pay of a colonel ) is more than a 

captain's pay (the pay of a captain ). 


Hac TaBHHKQB .chh je Map^>HB yneHHK. 

The teacher's son is a diligent student. 

HacTaBHHHKH pa a je TesraK ajin npHjaTaH. 

A teacher's work (the work of a teacher) is hard but 
pleasant. 


TPEftK flEO PART III 

rPAMATHHKE BE3KEE EPOJ 1 GRAMMAR EXERCISES NO. 1 

Put the words in the parentheses into the proper form: 
HacTaBHHK (nHTaTH) (<5p3) , a yneHHuH (oAroBapaTH) no-ziaKO. 

Cbh yneHHUH (y hhth) (mrp^hb). 

Ohh He (HHTaTH) (naaubHB).^ 

Hokh yneHHUH (ynuTH) (.nan), a HeKH (rescan). 

Ja He (bha6Th) (Aotfap). 

Ohh yBen (nocTynaTH) (o<5a3pHB). 

HMa jivl IleTap (npnpoAa) (3y6n)? - He, neTap Hewa (npnpoAa) 

( 3y(5n) , Hero (seiiiTaHKH) . 

Ha ( KaKse cTOJiHue) bh bojiktc as ceAHTe? - Ja bojihm Aa ce ahm 
Ha (aPbo) (cTOJiHne). 

KaKaB nemaJb HMa Mapa? - Mapa HMa ( 3 JiaTo) HeniaA. 

^a jih Ay ah Hoce (Do men wear) (cBHjia) (nanyTH)? - He, Ay ah He 
Hoce (cBHjia) (KanyTH). . 

TAe je (boahhk) Kana? - (Boahhk) Kana je Ha (hhbw . 

KyA& HAe (A eceTa -p) cecTpa? - (HeceTap) cecxpa HAe y (mKOJiaj • 
p A © C y (nopynHHK) Ksnre? - (nopynHHK) KH^re cy Ha (cto . 

KyAa HAe (nanexaH) seHa? - (KaneTaH) sceHa HAe Ha (<5pAO/« 

^a jih je (nyKOBHHK ) chh 6 ho y (umojia)? - He, ( nyKOBHHK ) 

chh HHje <5 ho y (uiKOJia) • . 

HHjH My sc je Bam (3paT? - (Tocnotja) Mysc je moj <5paT. 


155 





















HhJh Myx je Bam oxaij? - (Majica) Myx je Moj oxaij. 

HhJh Myx je Bam a©a? - (Eatfa) Myx je Moj a©A« 

Raja xeHa je Bama Majica? - (Oxaij) xeHa je Moja Majica. 

Hnja xena je Bania (5a<5a? - (Ae a) xeHa je Moja <5a<5a. 

Hhjh cxe bh yHyn? - Ja cem (AeA) h (<5a<5a) yHyic. 

Hnjn cTe bh chh? - Ja caw (oxau) h (Majica) chh. 

Ta© j© (<5pax) icyka? - (Epax) icyka je Ha (tfpAo). 

Aa jits, je 'h (cecTpa) icyka Ha ((5 pao)? - He (cecxpa) icyHHje 
Ha (c5pao) Hero y (myMa). 

Hnja Koca je ceAa? - (Cxapan) Koca je ceAa. 

Hnja Koca HHje ceAa? - (MjiaAHii) Koca HHje ceAa. 

KaKBe xpetfa Aa 6ypj (yneHHic) nanre? - (yneHHic) kwtg xpe<5a 
Aa 6ypj (hhcx)o 

HnjH CHHOBH cy KH630BH? - (Hap) CHHOBH cy KHeSOBH. 

Ta© je (KOMaHAaHx) cxaH? - (KoMaHAaHx) cxaH je y (oHa myna)• 
Hnja xeHa je OHa rocno^a? - Ohr rocno^a je (ynHxe^>) xeHa. 

Hlxa je (rocno^a) Myx? - Moj Myx je o^Hunp. 

TAe je (tociioahh) Kanyx?- Moj icanyx je y (cotfa). 

Hnja Koca je Jiena? - (^esojica) Koca je jrena. 

Ha jih 3Haxe (Majop) rocno^y? - He, ja He 3HaM (Majop) rocno|>y. 
Hnja icyLa je Ha (<5 pao), a HHia icyka je y (myMa)? - (Bpax) 
nyixa je Ha (<5 pao), a (cecxpa) icyka je y (myMa). 

Aa Jin je obo same nepo? - He, xo HHje Mcje Hero (ynHxej>) 
nepo. 


HETBPTK MO 


PART IV 


H1TKB0 EPOJ X 


READING TEXT NO. 1 



BHAejra cmo Aa Ha rjiaBH hmRmo Kocy h jiHije. Ha jinny hmemo 


136 

















nejio, ohh, hoc, ycxa, dpaAy, o(5pa3e h yum. Hobck joni hma dpKOBe 
h dpaAy a aceHa He* BpaAa je Ha dpaAH h Ha odpa3HMa. 

Koca, ohh, dpKOBH h dpaAa cy aphh, cMet?H hjih iuiaBH, a y 
cTapa HOBena cy odHHHo ceAH* 

3a hgjio ce Kasce Aa je bhcoko hjih hhcko. 3a hoc, ycTa h yiim 
ce Kasce Aa cy Be jihkh hjih mbjih • 

•fluije je Jieno hjih pyjKHo. KaA cy cbh a®*^obh jienH, h jinne je 
Jieno. KaA cy cbh Ae jiobh pyscHH, h jiHije je pyscHo. HecTO ce Kasce 
Aa je JiHije Jieno KaA cy crmo HeKH AeJiOBH JienH. 3a Jieny nocy ce 
hqcto nasce Aa je ’’nao CBHjieHa”. 

Koca, <5 pkobh h dpaAa cy npnpoAHH hjih BeniTaHKH• 

BeiUTanKe ohh cy cxaKJieHe. 


nETH AEO 


PART V 


raiTAHA H3 1UTMBA BPOJ 1 


QUESTIONS ON THE READING- 

TEXT NO. 1 


1 • UlTa HMaMO Ha iviaBH? 

2. TAe je nejio? 

3. TAe cy ohh? 

4,. Ta® j® hoc? 

5* TAe cy ycTa? 

6. TAe je dpaAa? 

7. TAe cy odpa3H? 

8* TAe cy yiim? 

9. HMa jih 3KeHa dpKOBe? 

10. HMa jih 3KeHa dpaAy? 

11. Aa jih jp dpaAa Ha dpaAH? 

12. Ko je ceA? 

13. KaKBO je Banie neJio? 

14. KaA ce Kasce Aa je JiHije jreno? 

15. KaA ce name Aa je JiHije py*Ho? 

16. KaA ce Kase a» je Koca Kao CBHjieHa? 

17. Ko j e ohh cy cTaKJieHe? 


157 







UIECTH /CEO 


PART VI 


BE3KEA H3 IIPEBO'EEHA EPOJ 1 TRANSLATION EXERCISE NO, 1 

Our body 

Today, our dialogue was about the human body, that is, 
more about the head than about the other parts. 

We learned that the main parts are the head, the trunk, 
tlie arms and the legs^and that the hair and the face are on 
the head. Then we spoke about hair. My hair is dark brown 
(brown) (blond). Brown's hair is ; dark brown. The girl student's 
- I mean the girl student who is in our class - is blond. 

I once saw a young man whose hair was grey. An old man's 
hair is usually that way ("such"), but not a young man's. 

My eyes are dark brown (brown) (blue). All my teeth are 
healthy and white. I do not like gold teeth or wooden legs. 


CE£MH ZtEO 

PEHHHK EPOJ 1 

PART VII 

VOCABULARY NO. 

422. HOB&HHjH, adj.,m. 

- human 

HOB&HHja, f. 

HOB&HHje, n. 

423. tbjio 9 n. 

- body 

pl° Tejia, Tejieca 

424. rji^sa, f. 

- head 

425. Tpyn, m.^ 

- trunk 

pi* TpynoBH 

426. k6c a, f. 

- hair 

427 . jiHue , n. 

- face 

428. cMe|>, adj.,m. 

- brown (haired) 

cM^a, f. 
cMe^e, n. 

*395. njitB, adj.,m. 

- blond 

njiasa, f. 


iijiIbo, n. 

429. cea» adj.,m. 

- grey (haired) 

c^Aa, f. 
ceAo, n. 


158 












430 • cTapaij, m. 

gen. sing: cTapija 
pi: cTapnn 

431. hcao, n. 

432. hoc, m. 

pi: HOCOBH 

433. bhcok, adj.,m. 

BHcdna, f. 

BHCOKO, n. 

434. HH3aK, adj.,m. 

H&CK&, f. 

hhcko, n. 

435. oko, n. 

pi: ohh ,f. 

, gen.pi: OHHjy 

436. ycTa, n. pl.t. 

437. 3yC5 , m. gen,pi; qj6S 

438. npHpOAaH, adj.,m. 

npHpoAHa, f. 

^npnpo aho, n. 

439. BeuiTanKH, adj.,m. 

B&uiTaHKa, f. 
BenixaHKO, n. 

440. 3JidTaH, adj ., m. 

3JiaTHa, f. 

3JiaTHo, n. 

441. ApBeH, adj.,in. 

APBeHa, f. 

APBeHo, -n. ’ 


- old man 


- forehead 

- nose 

- high, tall 


- low 


- eye 

- mouth 

- tooth 

- natural 

- artificial 

- gold, golden 

- wooden 


442. <5paA&, f. 

443. 6<5pa3, m. 

4 A 4. yso, n. 

pi: ymH, f. 
gen. pi: ymnjy 

445. 6pn, m. 

... p v - <5pKOBH ((5 puh) 

446. crap, adj.,m. 

CTapa, f. 
cTapo, n. 

447. cBH^ieH, adj.,m. 

cB&^ieHa, f. 
cB&JieHo, n. 

448. cTaKJieH, adj.,m. 

cTaKJieHa, f. 

c TaK^ieHo, n. 


- chin; beard 

- cheek 

- ear 


- moustache 

- old 


- silk, silken 


- glass 


159 


DAILY UNIT II 


IIPBH £E0 
ZlKJAJIOr EPOJ 2 


0 naiueM sKHBOTy h Tejry 

1. HacTasHHK - Kojn kzbot bh 

BKiiie BOJiHTeJ rpaacKH hjih 

, ceOCKH (xhbot)? 

yneHHK . Bo^ihm BHiue ceocKH 

3KHB0T . 

2. Hac t ° 3auiTO? 

YHo CeOCKH 3KHB0T je MHpaH, 
a ceocKH Ba3Ayx je hhct h 
Aotfap 3 a iurykao 


3. HacT * A niTa je Aotfpo 3a 
ctombk? 

Yh q 3a CTOMan je AO(5ap 
roenoACKH jbhbot, aok 

CHPOMSLDIKH HHj® • 


4 HacT ° Ha jih je bo j hhhkh 

3KHBOT TOCnOACKH 3JCKBOT? 

Vh I Kano KaA* 'Ba^KH xhbot 
oBAe HHje jioui* 


5. HacT ° Ao<5po, hjjik cmo o 
njiyiiHMa h o scejiyuy. lliTa 
3HaTe o cpuy? 


y Cpue h njiyka cy y 
rpyAHMao 

6. HacT o Tanno. Koje je cpue 

peleS MyiiiKO hjih geHCKO ? 


Yh S MyuiKO cpije je Beke. 


PART I 

DIALOGUE NO. 2, 


About our life and body 

1* Instructor ; Which kind of 
life do you like better 
(“more"), city or country 
life? 

Student ; I like country life 
better. 

2. Instr ; Why? 

Stu ; Country life is quiet, 
and the country air is clean 
and good for the lungs. 


3. Instr ; And what is good for 
the stomach? 

Stu ; For the stomach, the 
life of a gentleman is good, 
while that of a poor man 
is not. 

4. Instr ; Is the soldier 1 s life 
the life of a gentleman? 

Stu ; That depends (“How 
when“). The students life 
here is not bad. 

5. Instr ; All right, we have 
heard about the lungs and 
the stomach. What do you 
know about the heart? 

Stu ; The heart and the lungs 
are in the chest. 

6. Instr ; Correct. Which heart 
is larger; a man's or a 
woman 8 s ? 

Stu ; A man's heart is 
larger. 


160 









































7. Hac t : £o<5po. Kano ce Ka 3 Ke 
cpncKoxpBaTCKH "kidney"? 

y^ : To ce Ka&e "<5y<5per". 

8* Hacr! Ta© je JKejiyA&u? 

y^J JKejryAaq je y Tpdyxy. 

9. Haox : TAe cy upeBa? 

y^ : H upeBa cy y Tpdyxy. 

10. Hacjr: TAe je mo3&k? 
y^ : Mo3aK je y iviaBH. 

11. HacT « TAe je kpb? 
yn « KpB je no uejiOM Tejiy. 

12. Hacxt KaKO ce naace "bone"? 

y^ : Ka»ce ce "koct". 

13. HacT » A kAko ce Kaace "flesh"?13 

y^: Haase ce "Meco". 

14. HacT * fla, "flesh" je o<5hhho 
HOBe hh je Meco, a "meat" je 

OdHHHO MBOTKKKO MeCO. 


7. Instr : All right. How 
does one say In Serbo- 
Croatian "the kidney"? 

Stu : One says "<5y<5per"? 

8. Instr : Where is the 
stomach? 

Stu : The stomach is in 
the abdomen. 

9. Instr: Where are the 
intestines? 

Stu : The intestines, too, 
are in the abdomen. 

10. Instr : Where is the brain? 


Stu : The brain is in the 
head. 

11. Instr: Where is the 
blood? 

Stu : The blood is in the 
entire body. 

Instr : How does one say 
“bone M ? 

Stu : One says "koct". 

Instr : And how does one 
say "flesh"? 

Stu : One says “Meco". 

Instr : Yes, "flesh” is 
usually human flesh and 
"meat" is usually animal 
flesh. 


12 


14 


161 













PART II 


flpyrn zubo 

rPAMATHRKA AHAJIH3A EPOJ 2 GRAMMAR ANALYSIS NO. 2 


PAR. 63 - ADJECTIVES ENDING- IN W CKH H 


1. - (1) Kojn khbot Bmue BOjiHTe, rpaACKH mm ceocKH? 

(3) 3a ctombk je Aotfap rocnoACKH schbot aok cHPOMaaiKM 
HHje. 

(4) Rbl jm je bo.Ihhhkh schbot rocnoACKH jkhbot? - Kano 
KaA® ‘Eshkh schbot OBAe HHje jroni* 

(6) Koje je cpue Beke T MyniKO hjih steHCKQ ? 

(14) £a, "flesh” je o<5hhho HOBenHje Meco, a ”meat" je 
o<5hhho 3khbothh>cko Meco. 

Adjectives ending in "ckh }i are formed from animate and in¬ 
animate nouns of all three genders by adding "cki " to the stem 
of the nouns 


NounsrpaA 

rocnoAKH 
see Ha 

3KHBOTHH>a 


stemsrpaA- adJectiveSrpaA-cKH 

rocnoA- rocnoA-cKH 

JKeH- SCeH-CKH 

3KHBOTHH*- 3KHBOTHH>—CKH 


If the stem of the noun endss 

a) in M or "k", these letters turn into w h m ; the M c M of 
m ckh m must be omitteds 

NOUnSBOjHHK StemSBOjHHK-adjeCtiVeSBOjHHH-KH 

^an ^aK- tjan-KH 

NOTE : In forming adjectives of this type, the movable w a M 
sometimes is and sometimes is not omitted from the stems 


NounsCopan adjective Sdopan-KH 

AMepHKaHau AMepHKaH-cKH 

b) In "r * or M x M , these letters must be changed into "m”; 
the 11 c n of “ckh M after % 11 must be omitteds 

NounscnpoMax adjectivescnpoMain-KH ’ 

c) In *ji M which is preceded by any vowel but w o w , the 
changes into ^"(neuter nouns only): 

Nounscejio stemsceji- adJective:ceo-cKH 

2. - (2) CeocKH izBQT je MHpaH, a ceocKH Ba3AVX hhct. 

(4) ^a jm je bo.Ihhhkh schbot rocnoACKH mbot ? 

(4) 'BaHKH 3KHBQT OBAe HHje JIOlIIo 

(6) Koje je cpije Beke, myiitko hjih otcko? 

Adjectives ending in "ckh m do not emphasize ownership (see 
PAR. 62 note b); they serve rather to characterize the noun. 

They answer the question M KaKaB? M , "KaKBa? M , M KaKBo? * or w Ko1h? m 
"Koja?", “Koje?" 

KanaB je to KpeBe t? - Obo je boIhhhkh KpeBeT. 

Of what kind is that bed? - This Is an army cot 
Koja J>y(5aB je BeJiHKa? - EpaTcna j>y<5aB je BeJiKKa. 

Which love is great? - Brotherly love is great. 


162 


























To clarify what has been said about adjectives ending in 
m ob", "eB", "hh“ and adjectives ending in "ckh" note carefully, 
all examples in PAR. 62 & 63 and contrast the following pairs: 

Obo je rocnoflHHQB ineuinp. 

This Is the gentleman 1 s hat. 

Cbo je rocnoztCKa Benepa. 

This is a lordly dinner. 

CecTpHHa A©ua cy AO( 5 pa. 

The sisters children are good. 

UHa mh npysca cecTpHHcny Hery. 

She extends sisterly care to me. 

3. - Ceocne yjrnne HHcy rnupone • 

Village streets are not wide. 

Hena ce^ia y JyrocJiaBHjn HMajy ceocne KHe30Be. 

Some villages in Yugoslavia have village knights. 

Mapno je Ham ceocKH KHe3. 

Mark is the knight of our village . 

Mynmo cpue je Bele Hero dkchcko cpue. 

A man^ heart is larger than a woman 1 s heart. 

'EaHKH schbot je Bpjio jien. 

A student*s life (The life of a student ) is very 

nice. 

Cpncne necMe cy bpjio Jiene. 

Serbian songs are very nice. 

Adjectives ending in "ckh" may sometimes express pos¬ 
session although not so directly and emphatically as those 
in PAR. 62. 

Adjectives ending in "ckh" which are derived from inani¬ 
mate nouns express possession of the individual member 
(ceocKH KHe3) as well as the possession of the species 
(ceocne yjnme, ceocne KHesoBe) which is denoted by the noun 
from which the adjective is derived. 

Adjectives ending in “ckh 11 which are derived from ani¬ 
mate nouns usually express possession of the species (Mynmo 
cpue, sceHCKO cpue, ^aHKH jkhbot, cpncne necMe) which is de¬ 
noted by the noun from which the adjective is derived. 

4. - The masculine gender of these adjectives is used 
also as an adverb of manner: 

Oh nocTyna bo.Ihh^kh . 

He acts as a soldier ( soldierly ). 

Adjectives ending in "ckh" have the definite form only. 

NOTE: The endings "ob", “-eB”, "-hh" and "-ckh" are the 
most frequent, but not the only, endings by means of which 
adjectives are formed from nouns. 


163 





























PAR. 64 - ASSIMILATION OF VOICED AND VOICELESS CONSONANTS 


Bpannn cy Kajie nTHije • 

Sparrows are small birds. 

ToBopuTe jwi eHrjrecKH ? 

Do you speakTngTTsE? 

Oh je noTnopyHHHK . 

He is a second lieutenant . 

HyiuaH je 6 ho cpncKH nap. 

Dushan was a Serbian emperor. 

CpncKoxpBaTCKa rpaMaTHKa je AOCTa Teiinca * 

Serbo-Croatian grammar Is fairly difficult . 

When any voiced consonant (<5, b, a, 3, r ) and 

any voiceless consonant (n, $, t, c, in, h, k, k, ) come to¬ 
gether, the one which precedes must be assimilated; that Is, a 
voiceless consonant before a voiced consonant Is changed Into 
the corresponding voiced consonant (see Page 8), and vlceversa: 

BpanuH - Is derived from u Bpa<5-uH M (BpaCau, m., -sparrow) 

emuiecitH - is derived from tt EHivie 3 -cKH N (EHivie3, m., 

Englishman) 

noTnopyHHHK - Is derived from n noA-nopyHHHK w (no a - under 
nopynHHK - lieutenant) 

cpncKH - Is derived from m Cp< 5 -ckh w (CpCHH, ra., - Serb) 

xeniKa - Is derived from H TejK-Ka M ( TestaK, adj., m. - 

difficult) 

Exceptions* The voiced consonant "a" before the voiceless 
consonant ,, c M , in nouns ending in "ctbo" and In adjectives end¬ 
ing in m -ckh“, is not changed* 

(l) KojH 3KHBOT BHIII© BOJIHTe , rpaACKH vum ceocKH? 

(3) 3a cTOMaK je AO(5ap rocnoACKH jkhbot. 

KaKBa jaBHa caotfpalajHa cpeACTsa HMa MoHTepej? 
What kind of public means of transportation does 
Monterey have? 


TPKRK AEO PART III 

rPAMATHHKE BEEEE EPOJ 2 GRAMMAR EXERCISES NO. 2 

1. - Put the words in the parentheses into the proper form; 

Aft jih cy ( cejio) yjiHue lirnpoKe? - He, (cejio) yjiHue HHcy iimpoKe • 
Koje yjiHue cy uinpoKe? - (PpaA) y-KHije cy niHpoKe sljiu He yBQK • 
K&k&b je (Mope) Ba3Ayx? - (Mope) Ba3Ayx je cBeac. 

KaKBy pn(5y bojiht®? - Ja bojihm cBany (Mope) pntfy. 

Aft Jik cy (reHepaji) h (nyKOBHHK) njiaxa Hcxe? - He, (reHepaji) 
h (nyKOBHHK) njiaxa HHcy Hcxe. 

Koja njiaxa je Beka, (nOTnopynHHK) hjih (nopynHHK)? - (IIopyHHHK) 
njraxa je seha. * 


164 





















£a jm cy (otozp) h (noAO^TtHn) K ana hct«? - He, (o^hijhp) 
h (noAoefjHUHp) Kana HHcy hcto# 

<Ha jui je (cHpoMax) mox (to&tioahh) *hbot? - He, (czpoMax) 
khbot HHje (rocnoAHH), Hero (cHpoMax). 

Jecy jivl (rpaMaTHKa) Bexc(5e Teunce? - /la, (rpaMaTHKa) Be?5(5e 
cy npmiHHHo Tennce • 

Aa Jin cy (Myx) h (sceHa) iuenmpH hcth? - He, (wysc) h (aceHa) 
nieiiinpH Hzcy hcth. 

-* H cy (Cp6HH) H (XpBSLT) j e 3HK HCTH? - £a, (Cp<5hh) h 
(XpBaTj je3HK cy HCTH. 

3aniTO H^eTe Ha <5pAO? - Ja hacm Ha (5pao jep bojihm hhcth 
(<5pao) Ba3Ayx. 

Kojh khbot BOJiHTe? - Ja bojihm (^an) ihbot. 

BojiHTe jits. (KaJiH^opHHja) BpeMe? - J\ a, ja bojihm (K|uiH(£opHHja) 

Bpene• 

M jih je (ayTodyc) caodpahaj y (MoHTepej) sejrHK? - He, 

(ayTOdyc) caotfpalaj y (MoHTepej) HHje bcjihk. 

BojiHTe jm BHine (uiyMa) hjih (c5pao) Ba3Ayx? -■ Ja He bojiiim hh 
(uiyMa) hh (<5pao) sa3Ayx, Hero (Mope) »Ba3Ayx. 

/la jih cy (AMepHKaHan) h (EHrjies) je3HK hcth? - He, (AifepHKaHan) 
h (EHrjie3) je3HK HHcy chcbhm hcth. 


2. - Translate the following sentences Into Serbo-Croatian: 
This Is the gentleman's coat. 

The life of a gentleman Is not always pleasant (npnjaTaH). 
The general's wife Is a very pretty and a very good woman. 

The cap of a general is not the same as the cap of a captain. 
This is the teacher's daughter. 

A teacher's pay is small. 


3. - Put the words in the parentheses into the proper form: 

Mh 3KHBHMO (cHpOMax), aJlH CMO 3aAOBOJbHH. 

Ohh roBope (EHrjie3). 

ToBopHTe jih ( $paHuy3 )? - He, ja He rosopHM (<l>paHny3) Hero 
(HTajraj aH> • 


165 


HETBPTH flEO 

HJTHBO EPOJ 2 

Tejio (^ejiQBH ) 
HpyrH Ae«^OBK Koje Tpetfa 
3 HaTH c jo BpaT h Jie^a. IViaBa 
je Ha spaTy* Hob©k necTo cnaBa 
Ha jie^iiMa, a schbothhj© o(5hhho 
H e. Khhm& je koct Koja ha© Kpo3 
jiei)9i h BpaT. H pe(5po je. koct* 
Pe(5pa cy y rpyA^Ma. 

Mh HMaMo ABe pyne h rbq 
ho re i JieBj pyny h jiesy Hory; 

AecHy pyny h AecHy Hory. Hene 
jehbothhs© HMajy caMo Hore . Ha 



PART IV 

READING- TEXT NO. 2 



166 























HETH HEP 

IIRTAHA H3 IIITHBA EPQJ 2 


PART V 


1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 
9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 


Tfle je iviaBa? 


QUESTIONS ON THE READING 

TEXT NO. 2 


Bojiht© jih bh a* cnasaT© Ha jiet>HMa? 
Cnasajy jih o<5hhho jkhbothh© Ha Jie^HMa? 
Kpo3 niTa ha© KHHMa? 
lilTa je pe<5po? 

TAe cy p©<5pa? 


JXb. JIH CBe 3KHBO THHbe HMajy pyK© H HOT©? 
Ko je schbothh© HMajy caMo HO re? 

Koja pyna cjiyscn bhiu©: AecHa hjih jieBa? 
/3,a jits. flecHa Hora cjiy^H BHuie Hero JieBa? 
r^e cy JiaKTOBH? 

TAe cy iiiane? 

lilTa CBe 3HanH "pyKa"? 

TAe cy KOJieHa? 

TAe cy cronajia? 

IliTa cb© 3HanH n Hora”? 


Hmemo jih npcTe Ha pyKaMa? 
HMaMO jih npcTe Ha HoraMa? 
no KOJIHKO Ha CBaKOj pyAH? 
no KOJIHKO Ha CBaKOj H 03 H? 


1IECTH HEP PART VI 

BE3KEA K3 nPEBO’EEHA EPQJ 2 TRANSLATION EXERCISE NO. 2 

The human bod.? 

Today we talked about the body again. We learned how to 
say (“how one says"): the brain, the heart, the lungs, the 
stomach, the kidney, the Intestines. The heart and the lungs 
are In the chest. The stomach and the Intestines are In the 
abdomen. We learned also how to say: flesh, bone and blood. 

We spoke also (about that) where and how we like to live. 
I, for instance, like country life, because I like country air, 
especially mountain air. A student’s way of life (“student’s 
life“) Is good. It is not a poor man’s life, but rather a 
gentleman's life, if one may (Moscelsay so. 


167 













PART VII 


CEflMK JXEO 
PEHHHK EPOJ 2 

449. 3KHBOT, m. 

450. ce^io, n. 

450. ceocKH, adj.,m. 

c^ocna, f. 
ceocKO, n. 

451. MHpaH, adj.,m. 

MiipHa, f. 
mhpho, n . 

452. njryke, n. 

pl^ 

453• c TOMaK, m. 

pi: ctomsluh 

454. ^jryflai;, m. 

gen. sing: sckjiyua 
pi: JKejiynn 
*14. r&cnoflcKH, adj.,m. 
r^cnoACKa, f. 
rocnoACKO, n. 

455. cf)ije, n., g6n.pl:cJ)Aana,cpna 
*168. M^niKii, adj.,m. 

MyniKa, f. 

MyuiKO, n. 

456. (5y6per, m. 

pi: <5^(5pe3H 

457. Tp(5yx, m. 

pi: Tp<5ycH 

458. Ap^Bo s n. 

459. wSsaKp m. 

gen.sing: M&sra 

pi: m63tobk 

460. kpb, f. 

gen.sing: kpbh 

461. koct, f. 

gen.sing: kocth 

462. Meco, n. 


463. bp^t, m. 

pi: BpaxoBH 

464. n.,pl.t. 

465. KH^wa, f. 

466. pe<5po, n. 

gen.pl$ petfapa 

467. ji^Kax 9 m. 

gen. sing: jiaKTa 

pi: jraKTOBH 

468. uiana, f. 

469. K^JieHO, n. 

470. cTona^io, n. 

471. ripcT, m. 

gen.pl: n£>cTH, npcTHjy 


168 


VOCABULARY NO. 2 

life 

village 

village, rural 

quiet 

lung 

stomach 

stomach 

gentleman's 

heart 

male, man's 

kidney 

abdomen 

intestines 

brain 

blood 

bone 

flesh; meat 

neck 

back 

spine 

rib 

elbow 

hand 

knee 

foot 

finger; toe 







*28? • 

472. 

473. 

474. 

475. 


476. 


477. 


no, prep. 

K]p6Be t } m. 
j>y(5aB, f. 

x gen. sing: j»y6aBH 
uieniKp, m. 


nocTynaTH^ v., i.,ipfv. - to act 
pr.t: nocTynaM,nocTynain,n6cTyna 

nocTynaMo,nocTynaTe,n6cTynajy 
nocTynHTH, v.,i.,pfv. - to act 

pr.t: nbcTynHM,nbcTynHUi,nocTynH 

nocTynHMo,nocTynHT©,nocTyne 
He ra, f. - care 


- each (distributive meaning) 

- bed 

- love 

- hat 





169 













































DAILY UNIT III 


PART I 



iipbh mo 

AHJAJIOr EPOJ 3 DIALO&UE NO, 5 


0 XPS.HM 

1* HaCTftBHKK - Ta© C6( BH 
xpaHHTe? 

KanexaH flo ? Ja ce xpaHHM y 
oc£>hi;hpcko j MeHascH» 

2. Hacr» r«e ce xpaH© iioa- 

O^HIjHpH? 

Kano/lO o IIoAO(|)HUHpH ce xpaH© 
y noAO^nijHpcKOj MeHascH. 

3. H»cT o A ta« ce xpaHe OopijH? 


Ohh ce xpaHe y 
BOJHHHKOj Tpne3apnjH. 

4. HacT - TAe ce bh xpaHHTe? 

CTapn.j h boahhk <£qpa « Ja ce 
xpaHHM koa Kyle. 

5* HacT ° IilTa bh oC5hhho jeA«Te 
3a AopynaK? 

♦ 

yn » OGhhho nojeACM Kajrany 
oa HeKOJiHKO 1 a.1 a h KOMaA 
xjieda (npyxaj • 


About food 

1# Instructor ; Where do you 
eat? 

Captain D oe: I eat in the 
Officer's Mess. 

2. Instr ; Where do non-com¬ 
missioned officers eat? 

Capt.Doe ; Non-commissioned 
officers eat in the NCO 
mess. 

3. Instr ; And where do the 
privates (privates and 
privates first class) 
eat? 

Stu ; They eat in the ' 
Consolidated Mess. 

4. Instr ; Where do you eat? 

Master Sergeant Ford ; I 
eat at home. 

5. Instr ; What do you usually 
eat for breakfast? 


170 


Stu; I usually eat ("eat up") 
several scrambled eggs and a 
piece of bread . 


























6. HacT i BojiHt© jih bh xjie(5? 6, 

Ja He, ajiH Moja Aen& 
nojeAy no HeKOjiHKO xjicPoBa 
Ha AaHo 


7. HacT * A uiTa imjeTe y 3 7. 

AopynaK? 

y~H « 0(5 hhho nonajeM wo&y 

Ka^e. 

8. HacT ” A iirra jeA©T© 3a 8. 
pynaK? 

0(5hhho nojeAeM KOMaA 
Meca h Ma^io noBpha . 


Instr: Do you like bread? 

Stu: I don't ( M I not”), but 
my children eat (‘up') several 
loaves of bread a day. 


Instr : And what do you 
drink with breakfast? 

Stu : I usually drink ("drink 
up") a cup of coffee . 

Instr : And what do you eat 
for lunch? 

Stu : I usually eat a piece 
of meat and some vegetables 
("a little of vegetable"). 


9* Hac t • -HIT a cTe zMajin chhoL 9 
3a Benepy? 

yn » HMao caM Majro nnpmna, 
HeKOJiHKO KpacTasaua h 
AOCT a DLbHBa o 


Instr : What did you have 
last night for dinner 
(supper)? 

Stu : I had a little rice , 
several cucumbers . and a 
sufficient amount of plums 


10. HacT ° TAe ce Ao’tfpo jeAC? 10. Instr : Where does one eat 

well? 


Yh I y KykH rocnoAHHa 
$QPAa jeA© ce Bpjio Aotfpo. 

11. HaCT ° R& J1K y BOJHHHKOj 11 
Tpne3apzjH jeAy cawo ' 
6opuH? 


Stu : In the house of Mr . 
Ford one eats very well. 

Instr : Do only privates eat 
in the Consolidated Mess? 


yv« He, y BojHHHKoj Stu : No, non-commissioned 
Tpne3apHjH vecTO jeAy H officers often eat at the 
noAO$HuHpH. Consolidated Mess too. 


171 


























PART II 


flpyrH AEo 

rPAMATHUKA AHAJIH3A EPOJ 5 GRAMMAR ANALYSIS NO, 3 


PAR. 65 - THE GENITIVE CASE 

The genitive case basically denotes possession (owner¬ 
ship) or origin. The genitive case is usually the equivalent 
of English M, s M or M of + noun or pronoun M . 


PAR. 66 - GENITIVE SINGULAR OF MASCULINE NOUNS 


(10) y KykH rocnoffHHa <j>opAa jefle ce Bpjio Aotfpo. 

Obo je Kanyx rocnoflHHa y^HTej>a « 

This is the teacher' s coat. 

(5) OChhho nojeAeM KajraHy oa HeKOJiHKO jaja h KOMaA 
xjie 

The genitive singular ending for all masculine nouns is 

"-a": 


Nom. sings tociioahh 
$opa 

yvHTejb 

xjieO 


stems rocnoAHH gen.sings rocnoAHH-a 
* $opA $opA-a 

y^HTeJb yHHTe^.-a 

xjie6 xjie6-a 


NOTE S The rules for movable M a M (PAR. 17) and the rules of 
assimilation of voiced and voiceless consonants (PAR. 64) must 
be observed: 

Nom. sings AMepuKaHaijs terns AMepuKamj-gen. sings AMepHKaHij-a 
Oopan <5opu- 6opu-a 


PAR. 67 - GENITIVE SINGULAR OF FEMININE NOUNS 

(7) OOhhho normjeM uioj>y Ka^e. 

Mapa ie M.xat)a lepKa rocnofre IlepHix. 

Mary is Mrs. Perlo's younger daughter. 

All feminine nouns which, in the nominative singular, end 
in w -a w form the genitive singular by dropping the M -a M and 
adding w -e 11 s 

Nom.sing s Ka$a stems Ka<$- gen. sings Ka(j)-e 

rocno^a rocno^- rocno^-e 


PAR. 68 - GENITIVE SINGULAR OF NEUTER NOUNS 

(8) 0(5hhho nojeAeM KOMaA Meca h Majio noBpla . 

IVe&bhh AejroBH Tejia cy- rjiaBa, Tpyn, pyne h Hore. 
The main parts of the body ares the head, the 
trunk, the arms and the legs. 


172 



















The genitive singular ending for all neuter nouns is 
H -a M , the same as the genitive singular of masculine nouns: 


Norn.singiMeco 

noBphe 

Tejio' 


stem:Mec- gen. slng:Mec-a 

noBpk- noapk-a 

Teji- Teji-a 


PAR. 69 - GENITIVE PLURAL OF MASCULINE NOUNS 

3Khbot haica (yneHHKa) y Hauioj uikojiz HHie jioiii. 
The life of the students in our school is 
not bad. 

3Khbot cHpoMaxa je TeataK. 

The life of poormen is hard. 


The genitive plural of all masculine nouns looks the 
same as the genitive singular. The difference between the 
two is expressed by the length of the last two vowels of 
the genitive plural. The ending tt -a M in the genitive singu¬ 
lar is short, in the genitive plural it is long. In the 
genitive plural not only the ending M -a H , but also the next 
to the last vowel is always long. These indications of 
vowel length are usually not written. 


Nom. sing:J>aK 

yneHHK 
cnpoMax 
BO jHHK 
n&flO(£HUHp 

o$imnp 

AHjajior 


gen. sing:^K-a 

yneHHK-a 

cnpbMax-a 

BOjHHK-a 

noAO^HijHp-a 

o(£>HijHp-a 

AHja-aor-a 


gen.pl: 

J>a.K-a 

yH©HHK-a 

cupoMax-a 

BOjHHK-a 

nbflO(|3HUHp-a 

o^Hunp-a 

AHja^ror-a 


NOTE : a) The genitive plural is the only case in which 
the movable w a M , which is contained in the nominative singu¬ 
lar of some masculine nouns (PAR. 17) reappears: 


(9) Miiao caM mbjio impHHHa, h^ko^hko KpacTasana 
H AOCTa ILLfcHBa# 


Nom. slng:KpacTaBau gen. sing:Kp&cTaBn;-a gen.pl: 

AMepHKaHau AMepHK^HU-a Kp&CTaBau-S. 

<5opai; <56pu-a AMepHKaHau-a 

(5opau-fi 

b) Masculine nouns which have a long plural retain 
the extra syllable “ob" or "es M (PAR. 37) in the genitive 
plural as well as in all other cases of the plural": 


(6) Ja He, sjih icoja Aeua noje«y no HeKOJiHKO 
XJiedosa Ha Aa h. 


Nom. sing:xjie(5 

A&A 

^maj> 


gen. sing:xjie6-a 

A© A-a 

Henu>- a 


gen.pl:xJieC5-6B-fi 

A6A7 5b - 5 

HeiiLz>-eB-$ 


173 









PAR, 70 - GENITIVE PLURAL OF FEMININE NOUNS 


(9) HMao caM Ma.no nHpHHva, h©ko.tihko KpacTasaija h 
riocxa ii£j>HBa . 

3haobh Kyi a y MoHTepejy cy <5 ©^ih h hhcth. 

The walls of the houses in Monterey are white 
and clean. 

Feminine nouns which, in the nominative singular, end in 
M -a M , add an M -a tt to the stem to form the genitive plural. 
Therefore, the genitive plural of these nouns has the same 
written form as the nominativd singular. The difference between 
the two is shown by the length of the last two vowels of the 
genitive plural. In the genitive plural, not only the ending 
M -a M , but also the next to the last vowel is always long: 


iHLiHBa 

gen.pl^^HB-i 

Kyi a 

Kyi-a 

sfeHa 

aceH-a 

niAna 

maK-S 

pysca 

pysc-a 


PAR. 71 - GENITIVE PLURAL OF NEUTER NOUNS 

(5) 06hhho nojeAeM KojraHy oa hckojihko jaja h 
komsa xjie6sio 

Ha BpxoBHMa ($PAa cy myMe • 

On the tops of the hills are forests. 


The genitive plural of neuter nouns looks the same as the 
genitive singular. The difference between the two is expressed 
by the length of the last two vowels of the genitive plural. 

The ending "-a" in the genitive singular is short. In the geni¬ 
tive plural not only the ending "-a M but also the next to the 
last vowel is always long. 


Norn.sing:jaje 
dp ao 

•71© TO 

UITHBO 

nHTara© 


gen.sing: jaj-a 
dp A-a 
.zie t- a 
UITHB-a 
nHTaife-a 


gen.pl: jaj-^a 
dpA-a 
.Tie t- a 
UITMB-a 
nHTa^-a 


TPETiH ilEO PART III 

rPAMATHHKg BE3KEB EPOJ 5 GRAMMAR EXERCISES NO. 5 

1. - Put the words in the parentheses into the proper form: 

Haja je obo Kyla? - To je Kyla (tociioahh IlepHl). 

Haje je obo nepo? - To je nepo (rocnoAHH yv kt©je>) • 

Haja je obo penHHK? - To je pe vhhk (nopynHHK IleTpoBHl) • 


174 









Hhj* chh je MapKO? - Mapno je chh (lieTap IleTpoBHh.) • 

Hnja Lepxa je Mapa? - Mapa je kepna (rocnoflHH) h (rocnofca 
lie pah i • 

r A® je lnyMa? - HfcrMa je Ha (spx) (<5 pao). 

Aa jits, cy 3haobh (ynHOHHija) (5ejiH? - Aa, 3 haobh (ynHOHHija) cy 
dejiH. 

Aa jib cTe bh 3aTBopujiH BpaTa (ynnoHMija)? - He, ja hhcsm 
saxBopno apaTa (yHHOHHAa). 

Kano je HMe (noTnopynHHK Mapnk)? - Mmc (noxnopynHHK Map«h) 
je Pe^a. 

Ko cy cxaHOBHHHH (inhabitants) (JyrocJiaBHja)? - C TaHOBHHijH 
(JyrocJiaBHja) cy Cpdn, XpsaxH h Cjiobbhuh• 

Ko cy cxaHOBHHHH (AMepana)? - CTaHOBHH$H (AMepHKa) cy 
AMepHKaHUH. 

Kojihkh cy jihctobh (pyjKa)? - Ahctobh (pysca) cy MajrH. 

Aa jih cy jihctobh (xpacT) BejiHKH ? - He, jihctobh (xpaci) 

HHey BeJIHKH. 

Tao je Bania yHHOHHija? - Hama ynHOHHija ie Ha (apx) (dpAo). 
BlTa je Ha Bpxy (apbo)? - Ha Bpxy (apboJ je nTHija. 
y HHloj Kyt.ii bh cTaHyjexe? - Ja CTaHyjeM y KytH (^eHepajr 

HjIHt ) o 

KojH cy rjiaBHH AejiOBH (xejio)? - IViaBHM AeJiOBH (?ejio) cy 
iviaBa, Tpyn, pyne h Hore. 

Aa job. cy Hore (cTOJiHue) h (ctojiobh) y (Haiua yHHOHHua) 
APBeHe? - Aa, Hore (cTOjiHije) h (ctojiobh) y (naJiia ynnoHUija) 
cy APBeHe o 

IilTa je Ha spxoBHMa (dpAa)? - Ha BpxoBHMa (dpra) cy nryMe • 
Hnja dpnra 3a Aeuy je Bejinna? - Bpura (poahtcah) 3a jxeixj 
je BejiHKao 

Aa jihl cy Hore (Kpese th ) Ha ko j HMa cnaBajy BojHHijH APpeHe? - 
He, Hore (KpeBeTn) Ha ko j HMa cnaBajy bo j hhhh HHcy apbchc. 


2. - Translate the following sentences into Serbo-Croatian: 


What city is the capital (rjiaBHH rpaA) °f America? - Washing¬ 
ton is the capital of America. 

What city is the capital of California? - Sacramento Is the 
capital of California. a 4 _ 

What city is the capital of Yugoslavia? - Belgrade is the 
capital of Yugoslavia. 

What do you want? - Will you please give me a piece of bread? 
And what do you want? =* I want a cup of coffee. 

Whose children are these? - Those are Mr. & Mrs. Doe s 

children. , , » .. 

Where do you live? - We live in that house on the top of the 


hill. 

What are the main qualities of a cat? - A cat 

and clean. - . _ . 

What is the main quality of a fox? - A fox is 
What are the main qualities of a dog? - A dog 
and falthfullo 


is cautious 
sly. 

is courageous 


175 


HETBPTH AffO 

liTTHBO EPOJ 5 


PART IV 


READING EXERCISE NO. 3 


OgeflH 


KaA HOBen jeAe AopynaK, nasce ce Aa AopyHKyje. Ha# hobck 
jeAe pynaK, Kajfce ce Aa pyna. KaA HOBeK jeAe Benepy, Kasce ce a» 
Benepa. 

AopynaK ce jeA© yjyTpy. PynaK ce jeAe y noAHe. Benepa ce 
jeAe yBene. 

Henn J>yAH He pyn^Bajy, Hero caMo Aopynicyjy h BenepaBajy. 
Apyrn caMo pynaBajy h BenepaBajy, a He AopyHKyjy. HeKH caMo 
AopyHKyjy is pynaBajy, a He BenepaBajy. 

Hckh jbyAH nnjy y 3 AopynaK, pynaK isjiis senepy. Apym He 
nHjy y3 odeA* 

HeKH j>yAH jeAy BHuie Hero iuto Tpe(5a Aa jeAy* 


nETH aeo 


PART V 


IIHTAHA H3 IlITHBA EPOJ 5 


QUESTIONS ON THE READING 

EXERCISE NO. 3 


1. Kano ce Ka&e KaA hobck jeAe AopynaK? 

2 . KaKO ce Kaace KaA HOBeK jeAe pynaK? 

3 . KaKO ce Kasce KaA HOBeK jeAe Benepy? 

4 . KaA ce jeAe AopynaK? 

5* KaA ce jeA© pynaK? 

6. KaA ce jeAe Benepa? 

7. Koj h vi.yAH He pynajy? 

8. Aa JiH bh yB6K pynaBaTe? 

9 o Ko j h ^>yAH He AopyHKyjy? 

10 o Aa jits bh yBen AopynKyjexe? 

11 • Kojn j>yAH He BenepaBajy? 

12 . Aa jiis bh yBen BenepaBaTe? 

13 . Kojn *i>yAH He nHjy y 3 ode a? 

14 . Aa jih bh nnjeTe y3 odeA? 

15 . Aa jits bh jeA©Te BHiue Hero hito Tpeda Aa jeA©Te? 


176 












IHECTH ZLEO 

BE3KEA H3 IIPEBO'EETM EPOJ 3 


PART VI 


TRANSLATION EXERCISE NO, 3 


Meals 


Today, we spoke about food — who eats where ( M who where 
eats H ) and what he eats. 

(I eat in the Officer's Mess) (I eat in the Non-Com¬ 
missioned Officer's Mess) (I eat in the Consolidated Mess) 

(I eat at home). 

I have breakfast, I lunch and I have dinner every day. 

(I do not always lunch). 

Today for breakfast I had several scrambled eggs. For 
lunch, I had a lot of vegetables. I do not eat meat-for 
lunch. Yesterday, I had a cucumber salad cajiaTy op KpacTa- 
eaua) for lunch. For dinner I had a big piece of meat. I * 
drink a cup of coffee with each meal. 


CE/IMh flEO PART VII 

PE^HKK EPOJ 3 VOCABULARY NO. 5 

Abbreviations; v.r. - verb, reflexive 

(If a verb has both a transitive and a reflexive form, and 
if the meaning of the reflexive form is different from 
that of the transitive form, the meaning of the transi¬ 
tive form will be listed first in the' vocabulary, and the 
meaning of the reflexive form will be listed next in 
parentheses). 

478. xp&Ha, f. - food 

479. xpaHHTH (ce), v.,t., & r.,ipfv. - to feed, to nourish 

pr. t° xpaHHM,xpaHHiu,xpaHH (to nourish oneself, 

xpaHHMo,xp'aHHTe ,xpaHe to eat) 

480. MeHaaca, f. , - mess 

. \ * / A A Ai _I _ 


481. Tpne3apnja, f. 

B6jHHHKa Tpne3apnja 


o<fmjHpcKa MeHassa 
ncbAO<|)HunpcKa MeH&Ka 


- Officer's mess 

- NCO mess 

- dining-room 

- consolidated mess 


177 











482. 


*482. 


483. 


484. 

485. ' 

486. 

487. 

488. 

489. 

490. 


*490. 


491. 

492. 

493. 

494. 

495. 

496. 

497. 

498. 

499. 


500. 

501. 


502. 

503, 


504. 


*504. 


505. 


*505. 


506 


jS^io, n., - 


jecTH, v.,t. t ipfv. 
pr.t: jbAeM, jeflein, jeAe^ 

jeAeMO, je a|T e,je ay 
a.p.p.i jeo, m., je.aa, f., 
nojecTtt, v.,t., pfv. 

pr.t.: nbjeA^M,nbjeAein,nojeAe 

nbjeAeM0,nbjeA6Te,nojeAy s 
v a.p.p: nbjeo, m.,.nojema,f., noje.aa,nr 
AopynaK, m. 

gen.sing.: Appyana 
* pi.: AopynnH 

KajraHa, f. 

&A, prep. 

HeKOJiHKO, adv. 
jaje, n. sN 

~ , pl:x^ie(5oBH 


- to eat 


eaten 

to eat (up) 


eaten 

breakfast 


scrambled eggs 
of, from 
several 


r e » 

xjie 6 , m 
Kjpyx, m 
iihth, v 
pr.t. 


,t., ipfv. >v 
nH j ew, na^ui, na je 
n&jeMO,nSjeTe,niajy 
nonHTH, v., t., pfv. ^ 

pr. t: nonHjeM,nbnHjein,nbnHje 

nonnjeMO, nonajeTe, n'onnjy 

moJ>a, f. 

Kb<f>a, f. 

pynaK, m. - 

KOMaA, m. 
nbBpke, n. 
c&Hoii, adv. 

Benepa, f. x - 

niipHHaH, m., gen.sing:nHp0HHa 
Kp^icTaBau, m. 

gen.sing: KpacTaBua 

pi: KpacTaBUH 

ULt&Ba, f # 

MokH, v. ,i % .,ipfv.and pfv. 
pr.t: Mory, Modern, Moace 

MosceMo, Mosce re , Mbry 
a.p.p: Morao,m. ,Morma,f., Moivio,n. 
bde a, m • “ 

AbpyHKOBaTH, v. ji.^ipfv. & pfv. 

pr.t: AopyHKyj©M,Aopy^nyjei, Aopyanyjb 
, AbpyHKyjeMo,AbpyHKyjeTe,AbpyHKyjy 

pynaTH, v.ji.,ipfv. & pfv. 
pr.t: pyH&M,pyHam,pyHa, 

/ py^aMo,pyH&Te,pynajy 
pynaBaxH, v.,i.,ipfv. 

pr.t: pyHaBaM,pyHaBam,pyHaBa 
% pyH&BaMo,pyHa^aTe,pynaBajy 

BenepaTH, v. ,i.,ipfv.&pfv. 

pr.t.: BeHepaM t BeHep3§im,BeHep5 

B v eHepaMo,B x eHepaTe ,B'enepajy 
BenepaBaTH, v.,i.,ipfv. 

pr.t: BenbpaBaM,BeHepaBatt^BenepaBa 

BeMbpaBaMo,BenSpaBai^ ,BenepaBajy 


egg 

bread, loaf of bread 

bread 

to drink 


- to drink (up) 


cup 

coffee 

lunch (dinner) 
piece 
vegetable 
last night 
dinner (supper) 
rice 

cucumber 


plum 


can, to be able 


been able 
meal 

to have breakfast 


to lunch, to dine 


to lunch, to dine 
(iterative) 


to have dinner, to 
have supper 


to have dinner, to 
have supper (iterativ 


noAHe, n. 


- noon 


178 


DAILY UNIT IV 


IIPBH ZIEO 


PART I 



KynosaHe -xpaHe (Meca n 

noBPka) 

1. r^O£A : Mojihm (jeflaH) 
KHjiorpaM ,jarH»eKer Meca. 


Purchasing (of) food ((of ) 

meat and vegetables) 

Mr.Ford : A kilogram of 
lamb (" lamb meat"), please 


attJAJIOr BPOJ 4 


DIALOGUE NO. 4 


TproBan ° Mojihm, o#Max. 


2. r.4> S RejiHM Tano^e no^ra (no 
KiuiorpaMa cBHacKor Meca. 

Tpr ° Hotfpoo IilTa join 
sceJiHTe? 


Merchant : Right away 
("Right away, please"). 

2. Mr. F : I also want half a 
kilogram of pork (" pig 
meat"). 

Mer : All right. What else 
do you wish? 


3. r.4> : Xohy KHjiorpaM cupa. 

MMaTe jiia to? 

Tpr ° Mmsm nyHO cBescer 
cnpa« 

4. r.$ - Xoky Tano^e Ma^io 
KpoMnHpa. 

Tpr » KaKBHx KpoMnnpa xokeTft 
MJiaffHX HJIH CTapHX ? 

5. r.4> » Xohy h .IeflHHx h flpyrnx o5 
Tpr ? Kojihko xoheTe? 


3. Mr.F : I want a kilogram of 
cheese. Do you have that? 

Mer : I have a lot of fresh 
cheese. 

4. Mr,F : I also want some 
potatoes. 

Mer : (Of) What kind of 
potatoes do you want, (of) 
old or (of) new ones? 

Mr.F : I want both, the one 
and the other (“of the ones 
and of the others "). 

Mer : How much do you want? 


179 










































6. r.$ s Xoky no ( j e aho) khjio 6* 
oa cBane Bpc t©• 

Tpr » Mojihm.. lilTa join? 

7* IV*: JKejiHM tsko*)© Ma.no 7. 

naTjnnjaHa, upb©hhx h 
njiaBKX. 


Tpr ° XokeTe jliil no jeAHO 

KHJIO? 


8. IV*: JXsi* 3aTHM, HeKOJiHKO 8. 
KpacTaBaita* 

Tpr » KaKBHx xokeT©, cBeacnx 
HJIH KHCeJIHX. 


9. r.* s KHcejinx. TaKot)© 9* 

mojihm r^iaBHAy KHcejior 
Kynyca. 

Tpr » Bh He BOJiHTe cjiaAaK 
Kynyc? 

10 * r.* : He, ajiH bojthm 3ejieHy 10 . 
cajiaTy o 

Tpr : Kojihko iviaBHija 
3 ejieHe caJIaie scejiHTe? 

11 * r.* : CaMO jeAHy. 11 . 

Tpr : SCejiHTe jih join hito? 

12 o r.* : He. A Aa, xohy TaKoi>© 12 . 
MaJio npHor Jiyna. h MaJio 
flexor jryna. 

Tpr ° £a, to je Aotfpo 3a 

cajiaTy. 


Mr. F ; I want one kilo of each 
kind. 

Her : OK. What else? 

Mr.F : I also want some tomatoes 
and eggplants ("red and blue 
tomatoes"). 


Mer ; Do you want one kilo of 
each? 


Mr.F ; Yes. Then, a few cucum¬ 
bers. 

Mer; (Of) What kind do you 
want, (of) the fresh or (of) 
the pickled ones? 

Mr.F s (Of) The pickled ones. 
Also, a head of sour cabbage, 
please. 

Mer ; You don't like ("sweet") 
cabbage? 

Mr.F ; No, but I like lettuce 
("green salad"). 

Mer ; How many heads of lettuce 
do you wish? 

Mr.F s Only one. 

Mer ; Do you wish anything 
else? 

Mr. F ; No. Oh yes, I also want 
some onions and some garlic. 


Mer ; Yes, that is good for 
the salad. 


180 





















PART II 


R?yni mo 

rPAMATHHKA AHAJM3A EPOJ 4 GRAMMAR ANALYSIS NO. 4 


PAR. 72 - THE GENITIVE SINGULAR OF MASCULINE AND NEUTER 
ADJECTIVES 


1. - Ka«re flogpa yneHHKa cy hhctc. 

The books of a good student are clean. 

Ja He bojehm Aa cxaHyjeM Ha Bpxy cxpMa <5pAa. 

I do not like to live at the top or a steep 
hill. 

The genitive singular of all masculine and neuter adjec¬ 
tives in the indefinite form is made by adding the ending M a_ w 
to the stems 


Norn.sing.masc s Aodap 

cxpM 

Bpyk 

CB63K 

(5eo 

KHceo 


stems Ao6p- 

CXpM- 

Bpyii- 

CBes- 
6ejL - 
KHceji- 


gen.sing.masc.& neuters 
AoOp-a 
CTpM-a 
Bpyl-a 
cBeac-a 
6e^i-a 
KHceji-a 


2 . 


- (3) Hm&m nyHo cBeacer cnpa. 

(9) Tano^e mojihm rJiaBHuy KHceAor Kynyca. 

(12) A fla, xoly xanofje msjio uphot h 6eJior JiyKa. 

(1) Mojihm jeflaH KHjiorpaM .1 arable r Meca. 

(2) JKeJiHM xaKo|>e no^ia KHJiorpaMa CBHH>cKor Meca. 


The genitive singular of masculine and neuter adjectives 
in the definite form is mades 

a) If the stem does not end in a palatal consonant, by 
adding the ending 11 -or 11 to the stems 


Nom.sing.masc SKHceo 
npH 
<5eo 

CBHKCKH 


stemSKHceji- 

npH- 

<5eA- 

CBHftCK- 


/ 


gen.sing.masc.& neuters 
KHceJi-or 
npH-or 
(5eji-or 
cbhhjCk— or 


b) If the stem ends in a palatal consonant, by adding the 
ending to the stems 


Nom. sing, masc sc Bex stemscBesc- gen. sing. masc. & neuters 

jarnjelH jarn>eh- cBesc-er 

JarHjek-er 


181 





















PAH. 73 - THE GENITIVE SINGULAR OF FEMININE ADJECTIVES 


(10) Kojihko iviaBHija 3©JieHc cajiax© see jthtc? 

HMaxe jiu c Be see roBe^HHe? 

Do you have fresh beef? 

Mojihm j©A&H KHJiorpaM TeJiehe purepime. 

A kilogram of calf * s liver, please. 

The genitive singular of all feminine adjectives is 
formed by adding the ending M -e rt to the stem; 


Norn. sing, f em$3ejieHa 
csesca 
xejieka 
<5e.na 
KHcejia 


stemS3e^ieH- 

cBesc- 

Te^rek- 

6eJi- 

KHce^i- 


gen. sing. fem:3ejr©H-e 
CBesc-e 
Te^rek-e 
Oejr-e 
KHcejr-e 


PAR. 74 - THE GENITIVE PLURAL OF ADJECTIVES 

(4) KaKBHx icpoMnupa xok©T©, mjisahx hjih cTapnx ? 

(7) JKeJiHM Tano^e Majio naxjmpaiia, apbchhx h naaBHx . 

(8) KaKBHx KpaciaBaua xoheTe, cseseHx vljik khccjihx ? 
Hmsm HeKOJiHKo ao6phx KffiHra. 

I have some (several) good books. 

Meco HeKHx ahbj>hx scHBOTnaa HHje AO(5po 3a je.zro. 
The meat of some wild animals is not good to eat 
(for eating). 

Bpxobh ao6phx nepa hhcy cyBHine oiiitph. 

The points of good pens are not too sharp. 


The genitive plural of all adjectives is formed by adding 
the ending ,, -aS_ n to the stems 

Nom. sing, mascsMJiaA stems M.naA- gen.pl.masc., fem.& neuter: 


CTap 

CTap- 

MJiaA“HX 

UPB6H 

npB©H- 

CTap-HX 

njias 

njias- 

UPB©H-HX 

CBeac 

CBeac- 

n^tas-Mx 

KHceo 

KHCeJI- 

CB0DK-J4X 

AoOap 

AoOp- 

KHCBJI-HX 

AHBJbH 

AHBJ>- 

AO<5p-HX 

AHBJb-nx 


NOTE : The genitive singular and plural of adjectival 
pronouns, ordinal numerals, and the cardinal numeral M jeAaH M 
is made on the same pattern as the genitive singular and plural 
of adjectives: 

(4) KaKBHx KpoMnnpa xoLexe, MJiaAHx hjih exapnx? 

(5) Xohy h jeAHHx h APyrnx . 

(6) Xohy no jeAHo khjio oa CBSKe BpcTe. 

SCejiHTe jih j©AHy rjiaBHuy OBe hjih oHe cajiaxe? 

Do you want a head of this lettuce or that 
over there? 


182 



























TPEEH ZIEO 


PART III 


FPAMATH4KE BE3KEE EPOJ 4 GRAMMAR EXERCISES NO. 4 


Put the words in the parentheses into the proper form: 

Kojn cy rjiaBHH Ae-noBH (-HOBeHHje Te.no)? - Tjirbhh a©Jiobh 
(HOB enHje xejio) cy iviaBa, xpyir,. pyK© h hot©. 

KojH je <5poj (Hama yHHOHHue)? - Epoj (Hama yHHOHHija) je TpH • 
Kano je HMe (saiii oxau) h (aania MajKa)? - Hite (Moj oxanl.je 
Ilexap, a HMe (Moja MajKa) Mapa. 

Kano je HMe (Baiue act©)? - HMe (Moje a©t©) j© "Eophe. 

Ko j© KOMaHAHp (npBa nexa)? - KoMaHAHp (npsa nexa) je KanexaH 
HjihE • 

Ulxa bhahx© Ha spxy (oHa bhcokr Kyha)? - Ha spxy (oHa bhcokr 
Kyka) bhahm nxHuy. 

Haje KHiHre cy yBeK hhci©? - K&Hre (Aotfap yneHHK) cy yseK 

HHC T©• 

£a jui cy KHHre (JiomH yneHMUH) yBeK nncxe? - He, KHdire (jtoiuh 
yHCHHU*)HHcy yBeK nncxe. 

Hnja cy xa A©ua? - Obb A©ua cy chhobh h iepKe (Ham cxapnjM 
chh) . 

HHja cy OHa Aeua? - OHa A©ua cy chhobh h hepne (Ham M^ia^H 
chh). 

Ko cy oh© a©bo j k©? - One a©bo jn© cy hepK© (nam yHHxej>) • 

Hnja icpca j© 6ejiafi - Koca (cxap hob©k) je o<5hhho <5eJia. 

jivl je Koca (MJiaA 'mobck) <5ejia? - Koca ( MJiaA hob©k) oOhhho 
HHje (5eJia. 

J\8l jik cxe 3aTBOpHJiH Bpaxa (Hama yHHOHHija)? - He, hhcsm 
3 axBopno Bpaxa (Hama ynHOHHufe)o 

KojH (5poj je ( HsHxoBa yHHOHHija)? - Epoj (ffiHXOBa yHHOHHija) je 
je abh. 

HnjH cy yHHxe^H 3 aAOBOAHH? - ynHxejbH (MapjbHBH/ h ^nasKAHBH 
yneHHHH) cy 3aAOBO^>HH. 

Ko je OHaj tociioahh? - OHaj rocno ahh je Myac (Moja cecxpa). 

Kano ce 30 Be Myx (sama cecxpa)? - Myx (Moja cecTpa) ce 30Be 

nexap nexpoBHh. . 

Kbko je HMe (osaj JienH rpaA)? - Hm© (osaj jienH rpaA) j© 

MoHiepej. , 

Aa jik cy Aena (AO<5pn poAHxejbn) yBeK AO<5pa? - He, A©ua (Aoopn 
Poaht©j>h) HHcy yseK AOC5pa. 

Koja j© oho reorpac|)CKa Kapxa? - Oho je reorpacJxiKa Kapxa 

(JyrocJiaBHja) • „ , . . . 

Kano je HMe (AP*asa) y Kojoj mh jkhbhmo? r- HMe UpwaBaJ y Kojoj 

MH SCHBHMO je KajiH(|)opHHjao 

Kano doseMO ona (Ham oxau)? - Cna (Ham oxau) 3o B eMo a©A* 

Kano 80Beuo Maj K y (Hama MajKa)? - Majny (nama MajKa) soseMO 

6a<5a. 


183 






HETBPTH /IEO 

HITHBO EPOJ 4 


PART IV 


READING TEXT NO. 4 

Meco 

HoBeK jeAe Meco oa BejiHKor tfpoja AOMahHx h ahb.bhx 
3KHBOXHH>a t MecO OA H6KHX AHB-bHX JKHBOXHH>a je BpAO yKYCHO. 

'Jar r -t>eiie Meco ce 30Be Tano^e jar^THHa, a cbh^cko m^co ce 
xaKo|>e 30Be cBH'^THHa. Meco oa oBu;e ce 30 Be obhh je Meco hjih 
OBH eTHHa. Meco oa BOJia hjih oa KpaBe ce 30 Be roBe^e Meco hjih 
roBe^HHa. HoBeK jeAe h MHore Apyre Bpcxe Meca. y hbkhm 3 eM^aMa 
ce jeAe k ko’IjCko Meco. 

HeKH Ae^ioBH scKBOTHHCKor xe-na cy Bpjio ynycHH 3a je.no. Tano, 
Ha npaMepS mo 3an 9 je3HK, AHrepHija h (5y<5p«3H, HaponHxo xe.nehH 
M03aK, xejiehH je3HK, xe^ieka AHrepHija, xejiekH <5y<5pe3H. 


IIETH flEO PART V 

IIMTAHA M3 1UTMBA BPOJ 4 QUESTIONS ON THE READING TEXT 

NO. 4 

1. /la jits. HOBe k jeA« Meco oa cbhx AOMahnx ^hboxhha? 

2. Oa KOjHX AHB«E)HX 3KHBOXHHA HOBCK jeA© M0CO? 

3. /la jih je ynycHo Meco oa ahbahx 3KHBOXHH>a? 

4. Kano ce join 30Be jaritehe Meco? 

5. Kano ce join 3ose cbubcko Meco? 

6. Kano ce sobc Meco oa oeas? 

7* Kano ce joni 3ose obhh je Meco? 

8. KaKO ce 30se Meco oa BOJia? 

9. Kano ce 30Be Meco oa KpaBe? 

10. KaKO ce join 30Be roBe^e Meco? 

11. Koje Apyre Bpcxe Meca hobck jeAe? 

12o /i,a jih ce kohcko Meco jeAe y cbhm 3eMj>aMa? 

13. JeAexe jih bh kobcko Meco? 

14. Koja cy aojiobh MsoxHacKor xejia yKycHH 3a jejio? 

15. /la jih bh BOJiHxe na jeAexe xejiepH mo 3aK? 

16. /la jih je xejieha AHrepHAa Aodpa xpaHa? 

17. KaKaB je3HK bh BHme BOJiHxe. xejieiiH hjih roBe^H? 

18. /la jih . bh BOJiaxe Aa jeAexe xejiePe <5y(5pere? 


184 












PART VI 


mECTH FF'O 

BEEEA H3 IIPEBO'EEHA EPOJ 4 TRANSLATION EXERCISE NO. i 

Purchasing of food 

Mr. Ford bought a kilogram of lamb and half a kilogram of 

pork. 

He also bought a kilo each of fresh cheese, old potatoes, 
new potatoes, tomatoes, and eggplants. Then he bought several 
cucumbers, a head of sour cabbage, a (head of) lettuce, some 
onions and some garlic. 

I like all kinds of meat, as beef, veal, lamb, mutton, 
and pork. I also like to eat calf*s liver, tongue and kidneys 
They are very tasty. I do not like to eat brains. 


CEflMH JXEO 
PEHHHK BPOJ 4 


PART VII 

VOCABULARY NO-. 4 


507 


*507 


508 

509 

510 


511 

512 
*512 


513, 

514, 

515, 


Kynura, ^ _ - to buy, to purchase 

pr.t° KynHM,KynwTu,KynH 

KynKMo,KynHTe,Kyne 

KynoBaTH P v., t. ,ipfv.__ - to buy, to purchase 
pr.t : KynyjeM,Kynyjeni,Kynyje 

KynyjeMO,KynyjeTe,Kynyjy 


Kyn&Baifce 9 n. 

KibiorpaM, m., khjio, n. 
jarsbelH, adj.,m. 

janfceka, fo 

jarHeke, n. 
nojia (no), numeral 

CBKM, f. 

cbhhckh, adj.,m. 

CBHEbCKa, fo 

cbhhjCko, n. 

CBHHrCKO M§CO 

XtItH, V. ,t. , & !• i ipfv. 
pr. ts xbky ,xbheui,xble^ 

xbheMo,xoke Te,xble 

c up, m.^ 

pl° CHpeBH 
KpoMnSp, jn. 

MJiaA KpOMIIHp 


purchasing 
kilogram, kilo 
lamb 


half 
swine, 
swine 


sow 


- pork 
& pfv. 


- to want 


- cheese 

- potato 

- /new potato 


185 











- kind 

- red 


516. spcTap f. 

517. npBeH, adj.,m. 

npB&Ha, f. 

npBeHo, n. 
naTJiimaH, m. 

518 o npseHH naTJi^aH (napa^ajs)- tomato 

519. ruitBH naTJiHnaH - eggplant 

520. ivikBuija, f. * little head;(head of a 

521. KHceo 9 adj. ,m. K §cejioJn7 sour > piohled/vegetable) 

522. cJiaAaK, adj.,m. 9 - sweet 

CJllTKa, f. 

\\ 


cjiaTKOj n. 

523. Kynyc ? m. 

cjiaAaK Kynyc 
KHceo K^rnyc 

524. 3kjieH, adj.,m. 

3e^ieHa s f. 


- cabbage 

- sweet cabbage 

- sour cabbage 

- green 


3 ejieHOj n. 

525. ca-JiaTa, f # 

526. 3^JieHa cajiaTa,f. 

Jifa 9 m. 

527. upHH JI^K 

528. 6^Jim Jiyx 


- salad 

- lettuce 

- onion 

- garlic 


529. 


530. 

531. 

532. 


533, 


534. 

535. 


536, 

*404, 


yicycaH, adj.,m. 
fccycHa, f. 
yicycHo, n. 
jarnseTHHa, f. 
CBHaeTKHa, f. 


- tasty 

- lamb (meat) 

- pork 


UDxinx/ 1X4 JDLO. & jl + — pviA. 

3BaTH (ce), v. & r._j lpfv. - to call (to be called) 
pr,t* 30BCM,36Bem,30Be 

30BeMo,36BeTe,3bBy 


obvhjh, adj.,m. 

OBHHja, f. 

bsvHje, n. 
6BHetHHa s f. 
bo f m • 

gen.sings BOJia 

pl« b6jiobh 
roBet)ZHa 9 f. 
k6hjCkh s adj.,m. 


- sheep 


- mutton 

- ox 


- beef 

- horse 


KbscKa* f. 


KOHsCKO 9 n. 


537. n. 

- eating 

538. ijiirepHua* f # 

- liver (animal) 

539. TkjieKH 9 adj.,m. 

- calf 

TejieKa, f # 


Tejreke 9 n. 


540. nyHo 9 adv. 

- a lot 

541. a Aa, con,). 

- Oh yes 


186 




500 


4 99 


52J 


Sl9 


5/Q 


4P/ 


5/5 


488 


5/2. 


187 

























































LESSON V 
DAILY UNIT I 


IIPBH zieo 
flHJAJIOr EPOJ 1 


PART I 

DIALOGUE NO. 1 



I* HacTasHHK * Tfle bh KynyjeT© 
Meco? 

yneHHK * Moja sceHa Kynyje 
Meco y MecapHimH jeAHor 
mot npH.1aTej>a > 


2. Hac t ° Koje bpctc Meca Mory 
Aa ce Kyne y to j MecapHHmi? 


y MecapHHAH <j>opA* . tot 
mot npH.taTe^a , MosteTe Aa 
KynHTe cse BpcTe Meca* 


3. HacT * J\ a jits, mojk© TaMO Aa ce 
Aodnjer npa<?eTHHa? 

yn - y AMepimH ce npaceke 
Meco He jeA© Tano nee to* 


1. I nstructor ; Where do you 
buy meat? 

Student : My wife buys meat 
in the butcher shop of a 
friend of mine ( M of one my 
friend”). 

2. Instr : What kinds of meat 
can be bought in that 
butcher shop? 

Stu: In the butcher shop of 
Ford , that friend of mine. 
you can buy all kinds of 
meat. 

3. Instr : Gan one get suckling 
pig meat there? 

Stu : In America, suckling 
pig meat is not eaten so 
often. 


189 














































4. HacT « 7 JyrocJiaBHjH aoctr 
M ecTO jeAY npaceke Meco. 


y^ : Koja Apyra je-ffa ce j©AY 
y JyrocjiaBHjH? 

5. HacT * Ha npHMep, nee to ce 
jeA© capMa. 

Yh * CapMa? Oa nera c© ona 
npaBH? 

6. HacT iOHa ce npaBH oa Meca, 
nnpHHHa, npHor jryica h oa 
jincTOBa Kynyca , <5 hjio 
cJiaTKor. 6kjio KHcejior 
(Kynyca)• 

yn « To Mopa a& je ynycHo. 

7. HacT : JecTe. H wycaKa je 
Bpjio ynycHa. 

Yh: A oa nera ce oHa npaBH? 


8. HacT - OHa ce npaBH oa Meca, 
jaja, iiJiaBHx naT^HijaHa h 
KpoMnupa• 


Yh ' Koje je join jejio AOdpo? 


9. HacT * lyBen* Oh ce npaBH 
oa Meca, mipHHHa, KpoMnnpa, 
ApHor JiyKa, nanpHKa, 

ApBeHHx h njiaBnx naTJUAiaHa. 


yn ° Oa Kojnx bpctb Meca ce 
npaBe Ta jejia? 


10. HacT ° Oa pasHHx BpcTa a 
HapoHHTO oa rose^er, 
cbmedCKOT h jarnseher Meca. 

yn ° KaKBor je KBajiHTeTa 
Meco y JyrocjraBHjH? 


4. Instr: In Yugoslavia, they 
eat suckling pig meat 
fairly often. 

Stu: What other foods 
(dishes) are eaten in Yugo¬ 
slavia? 

5. Instr : For example, sarma 
is eaten often. 

Stu : Sarma ? What is it 
made of? 

6. Instr : It is made of meat, 
rice, onion, and of cabbage 
leaves , of either sweet or 
sour cabbage. 


Stu : That must be tasty. 


7. Instr : It is. M Musaka M is 
very tasty too. 

Stu : And what is it made 
of? 

8. Instr : It is made of meat, 
eggs, eggplants and 
potatoes. 


Stu : What other dish is 
good? 

9 . Instr: XyBeH. It is made 
of meat, rice, potatoes, 
onion, peppers, tomatoes 
and eggplants. 


Stu : Of what kinds of meat 
are these dishes made? 


. Instr : Of various kinds, 
but particularly of beef, 
pork and lamb. 


Stu : Of what qua! lty is 
meat in Yugoslavia? 


190 
























11• HacT * Oho je Aotfpor 

KBajiHTeTft . ajiifHe y cbhm 
A e^QBHMa JyrocjiaBH.ie . 


11* Instr : It Is of good 
quality , but not “in all 
part8 of Yugoslavia . 


Apyrn aeo part ii 

rPAMATHHKA AHAJIH3A EPOJ 1 GRAMMAR ANALYSIS NO, 1 


PAR. 75 - THE GENITIVE POSSESSIVE 

The genitive possessive Indicates that the noun possesses 
something or that something pertains to it. Consequently, the 
genitive possessive takes the role of the possessive adjectives 
in the following instances: 

1. - When the noun in question does not form a possessive 
adjective (which often occurs with inanimate nouns): 

(6) GHa ce npaBH op, Meca, nHpHHva h upHor Ji7, r Ka h op 

JiHCTOBa Kynyca . <5 hjio cJiaTKor, 6 hjio KHcejior. 

Bpara yHHOHHqe cy nmpoKa. 

The aoor or the classroom is wide. 

riTHua je Ha spxy Kyhe . 

The bird is on the top of the house . 

Hama yHHOHHija je npn spxy 6paa . 

Our classroom is at the top of the hill . 

Kpobobh Capana y HaiueM Jioropy cy 3eji«Hn. 

The roofs of the barracks in our camp are green. 

2. - When the possessive adjective exists but the pos¬ 
session is expressed by more than one word (a phrase or a 
clause): 

(1) 


But: 


But: 


Moja ieHa Kynyje Meco y MecapHHim je^ncr mot 
npH.1aTej>a « 

Mh cTaHyjeMo y nykn rocnoAKHa neTposuha . 

We live in Mr. Petrovich's house . 

Mh CTaHyjeMo y IleTpoBHkeBoj KyhH . 

We live in Petrovich's housed 
Mapa je cecTpa KaneTaHa riepKha o 
Mary is Captain Perlch 1 s sister . 

Mapa je KaneTaHOBa (or,« nepakeBa) cecTpa . 
Mary is the captain's (or: Perlch*s ) sister. 


191 


































(2) y MecapHHim $op£a , tot mot npn.jaTe.fca , MOJice t© R& 
KynHTe cse BpcTe weca. 

Obo cy A©ita IleprtKa. Kora ctc bha© jih jy-rpoc* 

These are the children of Perich, whom you saw this 
morning. 

NOTE : The relationship expressed by the genitive pos¬ 
sessive is not always true possession; it may be a vaguer 
relationship of a descriptive nature. 

(11) Oho je Aotfpor KBajiHTeTa ajin He y cbhm aq^iobump. 
JyrocJiaBH.ie o 

KaneTaH KjihIi je komshakp Here * 

Captain Ilich is a company commander . 

Mh cmo yHeHHUH Bo.jHe uiKQJie 3a cTpaHe je3HKe. 

We are students of the Army Language School 


PAR. 76 - THE GENITIVE OF QUALITY 

(2) Koje spcTe Meca Mory Aa ce Kyne y toj MecapHHHH? 
Majne tbpas cpua cy peTKe» 

Mothers with a hard heart are rare. 

JyTpoc caM BHAeo jeAHy BpJio Jieny A©»ojKy miaBe 
Koce H UPHHX OHH.jy . 

This morning 1 saw a very pretty girl with blond 
hair and with dark eyes . 

Uojihul sac jeAHy Kapxy npBe KJiace . 

Will you please give me a first class ticket. 

Ko ,j e 60 j e je Tatfjia? - T-abJia je up He (5 o j e . 

What color is the blackboard? - The blackboard 
is black. 


PAR. 77 - THE GENITIVE OF ORIGIN 

fteroBa nopoAnua je cpncKor nopeKJia. 

His family is of Serbian origin . 

y AMepHUH TKHBe JbYJXSL pa3HHX HapOAHOCTH . 

In America live people of different nationalities . 


The genitive denoting the origin of somebody or some¬ 
thing is called the genitive of origin. 


192 































TPE'RH ilEO 

rPAMATHUKE BE3KEE EPQJ 1 


PART III 


GRAMMAR EXERCISES NO. 1 


Put the words in the parentheses into the proper form: 

3ainTo Haje AoniAa seHa (nopyuHaa rocnoAHH IleTpoBHM)? - }KeHa 
(nopy^HHK rocnoAHH neTpoBak) Haje aouiah, jep je tubh chh doAecTaH 
y najoj KyiiH bh cxanyjeTe? - Ja CTaHyjeu y (ayMa) (uajop IlepaM) 

rAe je paAita (rocnoAHH) a (rocno*>a MapaM) ? - PaAJta (rocnoAHH)a 
(rocno^a Mapaix) je y (yjiaua) (UpBeHa apuaja). 

ah cy Aeua (Ao<5pa poAHTe^a) ysea Aodpa? - He, Aeua (Aodpa 
,poAHTej>a) HHcy yBea Aodpa. 

Jlo. ah BOJiHTe uoj me map? - He, ja He boahu dojy (Bam memap) • 

Ko je Bam a, dada? - Majaa (uoja uajaa) je uoja dada. 

A ko je Bam a eA? - OTan (uoja uajaa) je uoj n,e a. 

Ko je Join Bam a©a h Barna dada? - OTaii (uoj cxau) a uajaa 
(uoj OTau) cy TaKotje uoj AeA h uoja dada. 

K° cy Barna yHyua a Bame yHyae? - Moj a yHyua a uoje yHyae cy 
chhobh a Kepae (uoja chhobh) a (uoje Kepae). 

Jia je Bpx (Barne nepo) omTap? - He, Bpx (uoje nepo) Haje 
omTap. 

TAe je myua? - Illyua je Ha (bpx dpAo). 

Kaao je aue (Barna kepaa)? - Hue (uoja Mepaa) je Mapa. 

Koje cy rjiaBHe ocodaHe (uanaa)? - Manna je odaspaBa a nacxa. 
Koje cy rAaBHe ocodaHe (nac)? - nac je xpadap a oaslh. 

(Koja doja) cy 3aAOBa (Hama ynaoKaua)? - 3 haobh (Hama 
ynaoHana) cy deAH. 

(Koja (5oja) je TadAa? - TadAa je (upna doja). 

Ko cy CTaHOBHHua (inhabitants) (Jypocjiabaja)? * CraHOBHana 
(JyrocjiaBHja) cy Cpda, XpBaxa a CAOBeHua. 

Koja je rjiaBHH rpaA (JyrocAaBa ja) ? - PmasHH rpaA (JyrocAaBa ja) 
je BeorpaA- 

Chh (rocnoAHH), aoja ceAH, je uoj npajaiejb. 

(Koja hhh) je aouaHA&HT (Hama rnaoAa)? - KouaHAaHT (nana rnaoAa) 
je nyaoBHHK. 

y aojeu R@Jiy (CjeAHHene Auepanae ^pjKaRe) (United States 
of America) je Kajiac^opHaja? - Kajia^opnaja je y (sanaAHa Aeo) 
(western part) (GjeAHHeHe Auepanae ^pacaBe). 

Koje cy jom AP^ase y (sanaAHK zreo) (CjeAHHene Auepanae .Apscree)? 
- y (sanaAHa a©o) (CjeAHH^ene Auer-iinae /IpxaBe) cy join Apa:a~>e 
OperoH a BamaHrxoHe 

Ha odaAH (coast) (aoja oaean) cy AP^aBQ Kajm^opaaju, OperoH a 
BamaHrxoH? - ^psKaee KaAacfiopHHja, OperoH a BamaHrToH cy Ha odaAH 
(nanac|DHHKH Oaean). 

(Kaaso cpue) je Bam npajaTej> Mapao? - Moj npajaTej. Mapao je 
Bpjio (uodpo cpue). 

(Koje nopea ao) cy Barna poAHxeo>a? - Moja poAHTej>a cy (xpBaTcao 
nopeaAo). 


* 


193 






METBPTH flEO 


PART IV 


liiTHBO EPOJ 1 


READING TEXT NO, 1 


Kano ce cnpeMa h jefle Meco y JyrocJiaBHj h 
Meco ce nynyje 6 yljio cBeie, 6 kjio cynreHo, <5 hjio 
KOH3epBHpaHO« y JyrocJiaBHjn ce o<5hhho jeAe cBeye Meco hjih 
cymeHo mcco. KoH3epBHpaHo Meco ce jeA© AOCTa peTKO. 

CymeHo Meco ce 30Be npuiyTa* roBe^a npuiyTa h cbhh>ck a 
npmyTa. Aa ce Aotfnje aneTHT* npeA pynan hjih Benepy jeAe ce 
Ma^io npmyTe hjih c^iaHHHe h nnje ce Majio paKHje. 

CBeace Meco ce jeAe KyBaHo, neneHo, npsceHO vljita Ha s:apy. 
Meco ce jeAe KysaHo y pa3HHM jejiHMa, Kao Ha npHMep y 
capMH. H cyineHo Meco ce necTo jeAe nysaHo, HaponHTO KysaHo 
y nacy^>y« rieneHo Meco ce 30Be neneHje* TejieEe, jansehe, 
npacehe neneifceo Meco h noBpke y MycaKH h y ^yBeny je neneHo, a 
He KyBaHoo EH(f)TeK ce jeAe npsteH hjih Ha reapy. TieBanHHkH ce 
cnpenajy Ha xcapy* 


IIETH AEO PART V 

IIMTAHA M 3 iUTHBA BPOJ 1 QUESTIONS ON THE 

‘ — READING- TEXT NO. 1 

1. Koje Meco ce jeAe y JyrocjraBHjH? 

2. Aa Jin ce KOH3epBHpaHo Meco jeAe y Jyroc^iaBHjH nee to? 

3 . BojiHTe jih bh cyineHo Meco? 

4. Lira ce jeAe y Jyroc^iaBHjH npeA py h an Aa ce Aotfnje aneTHT? 

5. iiiTa ce nnje y JyrocJraBujn npeA pynaK Aa ce Aotfnje aneTHT? 

6. Ha jm ctc bh bhabjih npmyTy? 

7. Aa jih cTe jevTH npmyTy? 

8. Koje BpcTe npmyTe ce jeAy y JyrocJiaBHj h? 

9* Oa Koje ikhboTH ite ce npaBH cjiaHHHa? 

10. Kano ce cnpeMa (Kano ce jeAe) CBesce Meco? 

11 o Aa jih je Meco y capMH KyBaHo hjih np^eHo? 




194 












12 • }\a. jik je Meco y ^yBeny KysaHo hjih neaeHo? 

15. &a jih je Meco y MycaKH neneHo hjih npateHo. 

14. Kano ce cnpeMa (naKO ce j«A©) Meco y nacyj>y? 
15* Kano ce join 30Be neneHo Meco? 

16. Koje BpcTe neneita bh QHaTe? 

17. Kano bh jeA©Te dH^Teic! npjKCH hjih Ha wapy? 

IB. Kano ce jeA.y keBanHHlH: neneHH hjih Ha scapy? 

19. Koje jejro y AMepnijH je Kao capMa? 

20. Koje je^io y AMepumi je Kao hftBanHHkH? 


iJECTM AEO PART VI 

BEHEA H3 IIPEBOIEHA EPOJ 1 TRANSLATION EXERCISE 

NO. 1 

How meat Is eaten In Yugoslavia 

Today we spoke about meat: how meat is prepared and 
eaten in Yugoslavia. They eat there a lot of fr^sh meat 
and dried meat. Canned meat is eaten seldom. 

Meat is eaten boiled, roasted, fried or grilled. In 
Yugoslavia they like to eat: dried beef and dried pork 
(before meals, with brandy, or boiled in beans for the 
chief meal); keBannahH (which are a kind of hamburger); 
suckling pig roast; and special dishes, like sarma, musaka 
and fryseH . These dishes are made of meat and vegetables. 
They put in them ( “there") all kinds of meat - a little 
beef, a little lamb, a little pork, and a little veal. 

They also put in them (“there") all kinds of vegetables, as 
cabbage, tomatoes, eggplants, peppers and onions, and often 
also rice and potatoes. 

As in America, in different parts of Yugoslavia they 
have different dishes. Meat, which is°good quality, is bought 


195 











in butcher shops 


CEflMh £E0 
PEHHMK EP0J1 


PART VII 

VOCABULARY NO. 1 


*537. jejio, 

- food; dish (course) 

542. MecapHHua, f. 

- butcher shop 

543. npftjaTe«i>, m. 

- friend 

544. t&mo, adv. 

- there 

545. AMepHKa* f. 

- America 

546. npaceTHHa, f. 

- suckling pig meat 

547 • • npkcekH, adj•,m. 

- suckling pig 

npkcehS, f. 


npaceke, n. 


548. c&pMa, f. 

- sarma (Yugoslav dish- 


stuffed cabbage) 


*5. <5 vuio • • • 6 hA q conj. - either...*or 

549. np&BHTH, v. ,t.,ipfv. x to make 

pr.t ; npaBKM,np^BHm,npliBH 

npaBHMo, npliBHTe , np&Be 
*549. HanpaBHTH, v.,t.,pfv. _ - to make 
pr. V HinpaBHM,HanpaBnni,HanpaBH 

HanpaBHMO,HanpaBHTe,HanpaBe 

550. Myckna, f. - musaka (Yugoslav dish., made 

chiefly of meat and eggplants) 

551. kY BeTI » m. - hyae.H (Yugoslav dish, made 

N __ chiefly of meat and tomatoes) 

552. KBajmxeT, m. - quality 


555. 


554, 


555. 

556. 

557. 
*15. 

558. 

559. 

560. 


561 


' 100 , 


dried 


- canned 


(dried and smoked meat) 


cymeH, adJ.,(pass.part.), m. - 
cyuieHa, f. 
c^uieHo, n. 

K0H3epBHpaH, adj.,(pass.part. ) 

K0H3e pBHpaHa, f. 

KOH3epBHpaHo, n. 
peTKo, adv. 
npniyTa, f. 

CJI&HHHa, f. 

Aa^ conj. 
aneTHT, m. 
paKHja s f. 

KyBaH, adj., 

KyBaHa, f. 

Kj-BaHo, n. 

neneHj adj.,(pass.part.), m. 
neneHa, f. 
neneHo, n. 

“ of what (genitive case of 
what) 


- seldom 

- npuiyTa 

- bacon 

- in order that, in order to 

- appetite 

- brandy 

(pass.part.), m. - boiled 


baked, roasted 


196 






562• npsceH, adj., (pass. 

.part.), m. - fried 

npsceHa, f. 
nJiHceHO, n. 

565. acap, m. 

- redhot coals 

Ha »Apy 

- grilled 

564. nacyjb, m. 

- bean 

565. neneiBe, m. 

- roast-meat 

566. 6nqpTeK, m. 

- beefsteak 

pi : dHcfcTeHH 

567. lieBannHii, m. 

- keBanHHk (Yugoslav dish- 


hamburger) 






197 













DAILY UNIT II 


IIPBM &E0 PART I 

MJAJlOr EPOJ 2 DIALOGUE NO. 2 

I?fle Kyny.jeMo xpaHy Where we buy foods 



1. HacTaBHHK * iilTa ce npoAaje 
no (5aKaJiHHi;aMa y AMepmjH? 


y^eHUK ” OBfle -ce no 
daKa^iHHi^aMa Mory Aa Ao6njy 
cbc BpcTe xpaHe. 


2. HacT » A rAe ce Kynyje 
xpaHa y JyrocJiaBHj h? 


Yh ° Ja He 3HaM rAe ce 
Kynyje xpaHa oHaMo . 

3. HacT ° OHaMo ce xpaHa 

npoAaje no pa3HHM pa#HAMa« 

Yh} TaKO je h OBAe <5 hjio 
paHHje. 


1. Instructor ; What is sold 
in grocery stores In 
America? 

Student; Here one can get 
all kinds of food (all 
kinds of foods can be got) 
in grocery stores. 

2• Instr ; And where does one 
buy food in Yugoslavia? 


Stu ; I do not know where 
one buys food there.(over 
the re). 

3* Instr ; There ( over there ). 
food is sold in various 
kinds of stores. 

Stu ; Here, too, it was 
like that before. 


198 

























































4. HacT » Bh cTe Bek ymum 4* 
rAe ce npoAaje Meco, 3 *p 
He? 


2i- Aa, jecMoJ Meco ce 
npoAaje y MecapHHijH. 


5. HacT : A KyAa ( ksmo ) bh 5. 
HAeTe k&a xokeTe Aa 

KynHTe HeKy HapoaHTy 
spcTy xjieOa? 


IdAeM y 6aKajiHHHy hjih 
y neKapHHijy. 


6* HacT « OAaKJie ( OTKyAa ) 6. 
CaKajiHHHe o(5hhho AOtfHjajy 
xjietf? 


y~H * H OHe K7, r nyjy x.ae<5 oa 
neKapHHna, Kao k mh. 


7. HacT * rAe bh KynyjeTe 7. 
MJieKO? 

y~H » y daKajIHHHH HJIH y 

MJieKapH. 


8. HacT * A nospke h Bole? 8. 


yn - To KynyjeM y 
6 anaJiHHHH. 


9. Hac t • y Jyroc^iaBHjH ce 9. 
cBejKe noBphe h Boke npo¬ 
Aaje y nHjbapHHijH • 

y^: H y AMepHHH HeKH 
Kynyjy noupke h Bohe y 

nH*i,apHHHH«r 


Instr : You have already 
learned where meat Is 
sold, haven't you? 


Stu : Yes, we have; meat 
Is sold in a butcher 
shop. 

Instr : And where ("whereto”) 
do you go when you wanTlJo 
buy some special kind of 
bread! 


Stu : I go to a grocery 
store or to a bakery. 


Instr : From where do grocery 
stores usually get (their) 
bread? 


Stu : They, too, buy bread 
from bakeries, Just as we 
(do). 

Instr : Where do you buy 
milk? 

Stu : In a grocery store or 
in a dairy (shop). 


Instr : And vegetables and 
fruit? 

Stu : Those ("That") I buy 
in a grocery store. 


Instr : In Yugoslavia, fresh 
vegetables and fruit are 
sold ("is sold") in a pro¬ 
duce store. 

Stu : In America, too, some 
buy vegetables and fruit in 
a produce store. 


199 

















10• Hacjr : Y kojihko paasa 10* Instr : In how many stores 

(pa'flffiH ) bh Kynyjeie xpaHy? do you buy food? 


r.$opfl : Ja KynyjeM y 
HeKQJiHKQ paflH>a (paA&n) 
Kao Ha npHMep y paA^Ji 
” Safeway ”. 


11. HacT * Kojihkq xpaHe 
KynyjeTe y 6 aKajiHHijH 
tT Safeway tf ? 


Yh' Ja QHAe KynyjeM mhoto 
TJocTa, Majro ) xpaHe . 

12* Hac t » #a jij/l bh yBen 

KynyjeTe tqjikko xpaHe ? 

y~H » Kano KaA® KaTKaA 
KynHM BHUie, a KaTKaA Maae 
(xpaHe' J~. 


Mr,Ford : I buy in several 
stores, as for example In 
the "Safeway" store. 


11o Instr ; How much food do 
you buy in the "Safeway" 
store? 


Stu: I buy there a lot 
( enough , little ) of food . 


12o Instr : Do you always buy 
that much food? 

Stu : That depends. Some¬ 
times I buy more , some¬ 
times less (food). 


200 































jpyrn ziEo 

rPAMATHHKA AHAJIH3A EPOJ 2 


PART II 

GRAMMAR ANALYSIS NO. 2 


PAR. 78 - ADVERBS 

An adverb is a word that modifies a verb, an adjective 
or another adverb; it tells us how, or where, or when an 
action denoted by the verb is done: 

y^HTeub roBopn nojiaKo. 

The teacner speaks slowly . 

MapKO je bpjio medakb . 

Mark is very diligent. 

Ja nyjeM btdjio ro 6 vo . 

I hear very well . 


PAR. 79 - ADVERBS OF PLACE 

Adverbs of place are used either to point out the place 
where something is located or where something happens (demonstra¬ 
tive adverbs of place), or to inquire where that place is (inter¬ 
rogative adverbs of place). The former answer the latter. 

1. - (l) OBfle ce no CaKaJiHHuaMa Mory fla flO(5njy cBe 
Bpcxe xpaHe. 

Ko acHBH tj ceM rocnoflHHa nepnka? 

Who lives there besides Mr. Perich? 

(11) Ja QHfle KynyjeM mhoto xpaHe. 

Ka3ao mh je fla oh He Mosce fla flo^e oBaMo . 

He told me that he was not able to come here . 

Ra jm ^cejiHTe pa ja ao^eM TaMo? 

Do you want me to come ( over ) there ? 

(3) OHaMo ce xpaHa npoflaje no pa3HHM paflH>aMa. 

OBfle je Tatfjra, Ty je cto, a oHfle je npo3op. < 

Here is the blackboard . there is the table, 
and over there is the window. 

" OBfle " (here),".ix" (there), " oHfle" Cover there), and 
" QBaMo tl Cover here, hereto), " TaMo" (over there, hereto**. 

« onaMo^Cover there, thereto) are the most common demonstra¬ 
tive adverbs of place. They are derived from the demonstra¬ 
tive pronouns "oBaj", "Taj", "oHaj" and in order to point 
out the location of an object they are used analogically with 
these pronouns (Par. 4-9). 

"OBfle", "Ty" and "oHfle" are preferably used to denote the 
location when motion is not involved. "TaMo" and "oHaMo" are 
preferably used when motion is involved. "OBaMo" is used only 
when motion is involved. 


201 

























2. - (2) A rA© ce Kynvje xpaHa y JyrocJiaBHjH? 

(5) A Kyfla ( ksmo ) bh HAeTe KaA xoKere Aa KynHTe 

Heny Hapo'iHTy spcTy xjretfa? 

(6) OAaKJie ( OTKyAa ) tfanajiHHue o<5hhho Aodnjajy XJietf? 

rAe bh KynyjeTe xjie(5? 

OTKyAa AOJia3HTe? 

Where from are you coming? 

OflaKJie je sain ynHTejb? 

Where Is your teacher from ? 

w rae? " (Where?), "Km?" or “Kslmo? " (Whither?) and 
“OAaKJie?” or "OTKyAa?" (Whence? or Where from?) are In¬ 
terrogative adverbs of place. 

"Fa®? 11 is used to form questions when motion Is not 
Involved. 

M KyA*?" and "KaMo?" Inquire about motion towards . 

"OAaKJie?" and “OTKyAa?” are used to inquire about 
place from which . "OAaKJie?" is used both when motion is 
involved and when it is not involved. "OTKyAa?” is used 
only when motion is involved. 


PAR. 80 - ADVERBS OF QUANTITY 

(11) Kojihko xpane bh KynyjeTe y 6aKajiHHnn 
~ ,v Sareway"? 

(11) Ja oha© KynyjeM mhotq xpaHe . 

Pe tkh cy npeAeJin rp,e raa obojihko Boha. 

Rare are the areas where there is as 'much 
(of) fruit as here (this). 

(12) £a Jin bh yeeK KynyjeTe tqjihko xpaHe ? 

Mh HeMaMO TOJiHKQ xjieda . 

We do not have that much (of) bread . 

TAe je Morao Aa KynH ohojihkq 3jraTa 7 

Where could he have bought so much (of) gold? 

" Obojihko ” (this much, as much as this, as many as these), 
" tqjihko " (that much, as much as that, as many as those), 
" ohqjihko " (that much, as many as that over there, as many as 
those over there) are adjectives of quantity derived from the 
demonstrative pronouns "obojihkh", "tojihkh" and "ohojthkh” 

(Par. 49) and are used analogically. 

2. - (10) y kojihko paAHa bh KynyjeTe xpaHy? 

(11) Kqjihko xpaHe KynyjeTe y CaKayraimz 11 Safeway”? 

"Kojthko?" is an interrogative adverb of quantity .which 
is derived from the interrogative pronoun "Kojikku?" 


202 

































3. - ( 10 ) Ja nynyjeM y HeKOJHKO pagH^a , Kao Ha npHMep y 

paflffiH ’’Safeway". 

(11) Ja OHfle nynyjeM Mgoro ( gocTa. MaJio ) xpaHe . 

(12) KaTKaA KynzM Bzme ,, a KaxnaA Marae ( xpaHe) . 

y yHHOHHHH HMa MHQTO yHeHHKSL « 

There are many students irTThe classroom. 

y uioj>h HMa caMo MaJio Kafoe. 

There is only a little coffee in the cup. 

” HeKOJiHKo " (several, a few), " Mamo " (little, a few), 
" mhoto" (much, many), ’’ flocTa " (enough, sufficiently, fairly), 
" grane" (more), ”Mase’’ (less, fewer) are other common adverbs 
of quantity. 

4. - If any of the adverbs mentioned under 1, 2 & 3 is 
used with a noun, the latter must stand in the genitive singu¬ 
lar when it denotes mass ( kojizko xpaHe, obojizko Bola, tojihko 
xjietfa, ohojizko 3Jiaxa, -Majio nac^e, etc.) and in the genitive 
plural when it names objects which can be counted ( kojthko 
pafl&a. He kojihko paflaa, mhoto yaeHHKa, etc.). This genitive is 
called the genitive partitive (see Par. 8l). 


TPETlH flEO PART III 

rPAMATMKE BE3KEE EPOJ 2 GRAMMAR EXERCISES NO. 2 

1. - Choose the right adverb and put the other words in the 
parentheses into the proper form; 

(Tfle, KyAa ) bz craHyjeTe? - Ja cxaHyjeM y (cxaHOBz) 3a 
He3KeHjeHe octHijHpe ■ 

(TAe, KaMo) je npeAa? - KpeAa je Ha (xadJia). 

(Tas, KyAa. KaMo) cmo mk caAa ? - Mz cmo caAa y (yaHOHHijaJ. 
(TAe, KyAa) ZAeTe cBaKZ ash? - Ja ZAeM y (uiKOjra) cBanz a&h. 
tFp,e. KyAa) je Bauia Majza? - Moja Majza je oxHinma y (daKajrHzga ) 
(TAe, KyAa) ce yjia 3 Z y (zyla )? -'Y (nyEa) ce yjia3z Ha (BpaxaJ. 
(TAe KaMo) OAJia3Zxe cyTpa? - CyTpa 0A*na3ZM 3a (EBpona;. 

Ko cxaHyje (oba®> OBaMo)? - (Oba©> CBaMO) cTaHyje nopoAHua 

nexpoBzh . , , \ 

KaAa A 0 *^a 3 zxe ( oba® > OBaMo)? - (TaMo, Ty) AO^a3ZM cyxpa. 


2. - Put the words in the parentheses into the proper form: 

Kojizko (rnelep) zMa y (pan)? - y (pan) zMa MaJio (inelep) . 
JeAeTe jiz bh mhoto (Meco)? -He, ja He jeAeM mhoto Ueco) . 
nzjexe jih mhoto (nat^a )? - /la, ja nzieM mhoto (Kac^aj 
HMa jih mhoto (yaeHZu;z) y (Haina niKOJia)? ■ 

ZMa mhoto (yaeHHHz). 

Kojizko (cxomosz) HMa y (Haina ynzomma)? - Y (Hama ywHHUft 
HMa mecx cxoJioBa. 


Anui’u \ / • 

fla, y (Haina niKOJia. 


KojihscoI C xo^tzue ) ZMa 
ZMa AsaHaecx (twelve 


y (Haina ynzoHHua) ? - Y 
) cxomzija. 


(Hama yHZOHzpa, 


203 
























Koahko (yve hhah) zua y (Hama yvHOHHAa) 4 ? - Y (Hama yHHOHHija) 
Hua je^aHaecT (eleven) yveHHicao 

Koahko (yveHHne) HMa y (Hama yvHOHHua)? - y (Hama yvHOHHua) 
Bua je^Ha yveHHua. 

£a ah bh je^eTe BHiue (ueco) hah (xAe<5)? - Ja jeAeu BHme (xa6<5) 
Hero (Meco)* 

KaAa 1eA©Te wane (Boke), asth hah 3huh? - 3hmh jeA©* Mane 
(BoJie) Hero JieiH. 

Hua ah y (KaAH$opHHja) AoOxa (noBpiie)? - £a, y (KaAH(|)opHH Jh) 
Hua Aocxa (noBpiie). 

Koahko (6aKaAHHne) mta y (MoHTepej)? - y (MoHTepej) Hua 
uHoro ( 6 aKaAHHue). 

3amxo y (JyrocAaBHja) Heua Aocxa (xparaa)? - Ja He 3Hau. 

Koahko (jaja) nojeAexe 3a AopyvaK? - Ja nojeAeu ABa (jaja) 

3a AopyvaKo 

Ta© hu a UHoro (ayTouotfHAH)? - y (KaAH^opHHja) nua UHoro 
(ayTOUOtfHAH)o 

Hua ah UHoro (ayTotfycn) y (MoHTepej)? - y (MoHTepej) Heua 
MHoro (ayTodycn). 

Hua ah y JyroCAaBHjH oboahko (ayTouotfHAH)? - He, y 
(JyrocAaBHja) Hua uajio (ayTouo<5HAH). 

£a ah cy cbh yveHHHH 6 hah y (mKOAa)? - He, HeKOAHKo (yveHH- 
Ah) HHje (5hao y (mKOAa). 


HETBPTH /IEO PART IV 

IIITHBO EPOJ 2 READING TEXT NO, 2 

0 xjie6y y JyrocAaBHjn 

y JyrocAaBHjn, no rpaAOBHMa, xAetf ce Kynyje no 
neKapHHnaMa hah ce npaBH koa nyKe <» Ha ceAy xAe(5 ce o6h^ho 
npaBH koa nyleo 

IIo rpaAOBHMa XAed ce o<5hhho npaBH oa tfeAor nmeHHVHor 
GpauiHa® no ceAHMa ce jeA© (5eA h hah aphh mueHHHHH XAe(5 hah 
npoja* npoja ce npaBH oa KyKypy3Hor 6paura a. H no rpaAOBHMa 


204 







h no cejtHua nonaTKaA ce j©Ae xjie(5 oa paacn, kojh ce o<5hhho 
npaBH oa upHoi* (5paniHa. y bojcijh ce j©Ae npHH nineHHHHH xjie(5. 
Taj xjie<5 ce 3ose tshh• 

y Jyroc^iaBHjH ce j©Ae mhoto xjieda. 

"Toast" ce Ha cpncKoxpBaTCKOM sob© "npateHM xjie6". 

KaA xjig 6 HHje cBest, Kasae ce a& j© tfajaT. 


IIETH iXEQ PART V 

IIHTAHA M3 1HTHBA EPOJ 2 QUESTIONS ON THE READING 

TEXT NO. 2 

1. TAe ce Kynyje x.ne(5 no rpaAOBHMa y JyrocjiaBHjH? 

2. £a jih ce XJie6 npaBH koa Kyke no rpaAOBHMa? 

3* Aa jih ce no cejiHMa x^red Kynyje hjih ce npaBH? 

4« Oa Kojer dpaiiiHa ce o<5hhho npaBH xjieti no rpaAOBHMa? 

5* Kojn xjie<5 c© jeAe BHUie no rpaAOBHMa! oa npHor hjih oa 
deJior raneHHHHor (5pauiHa? 

6* Kojn xjie<5 ce jeAe bhiuc no cejtHMa! oa bejior hjih oa npHor 
nmeHHHHor CpaniHa? 

7. Oa Kojer <5pauiHa ce npaBH npoja? 

8. TAe ce jeAe xjieti oa paatH? 

9. Oa Kojer tfpaiUHa ce npaBH Taj xjie6? 

10. Oa Kojer Cpauma ce npaBH xjie6 Kojn ce jeAe y BojcnH? 

11. Kano ce 3ose Taj xjie<5? 

12. Kano ce 3ob© "toast” Ha cpncKoxpBaTCKOM? 

13. Kaico ce 3oae x.ue<5 Kojn HHje cseK? 

14. KanaB xjieC bh bhiuc BOJiHTe ! CBe3K hjih ' <5ajaT? 

15. Kojn xjig6 bh BHine BOJiHTe! 6ejiu hjih npHH? 

16. PAe ce j©A© mhoto x.ae<5a? 

17. JeAeTe jm bh mhoto xjieda? 


iiJECTH /jEO PART VI 

BEHEA H3 nPEBO'BEHA. EPOJ 2 TRANSLATION EXERCISE NO, 2 

Where we buy food 

Over there, In Yugoslavia, they buy food In various 
stores: in the grocery, in the bakery, in the dairy (shop), in 


205 












the butcher shop, in the produce store. 

Here in America some people buy food in more than one 
store, but, usually, one buys everything in one and the same (hctom) 
store, that is, in a large grocery. 

When do we go to a bakery? When we want to buy some 
special kind of bread. 

Why do we buy milk in a dairy (shop)? Because, then, 

We do not have to go to the store every day. 

Why do we sometimes buy vegetables and fruit in a 
special store, that is, in a produce store? Because their 
vegetables and fruit are usually of good quality. 


CEZIMH REO PART VII 

PEHHHK EPOJ 2 VOCABULARY NO. 2 


d^KajiHima, f. - grocery store 
npoflaTH, v.,t.,pfv._- to sell 
pr.t: np6flaM,np6flain,np6fl§ 

np&AaMO,npoflaTe,np6Aajy 
npoflasaTH, v.t.,lpfv._-_to sell 

pr .V np6flaj§M,npoAajeiii,np6Aaje 

npoAajeMo,npoAajeTe >n poAajy 

ao(5hth, v. ,t., & i., pfv.to get; to receive; to win 
pr.ts A^Hjew,A0<5njem,A0<5Hje 

AO(3HjeMO, AodHjeTe, AO(5Hjy 

♦570. Ao(5HjaTH, v ,, t., & i., ipfv. - to get; 
pr.t» AodHjaM,Ao65jani,AodHja 

Ao(5HjaMo, AoOHjaT©, AO(5Hjajy 


568. 

569, 


♦569 


570. 


to receive, to win 


571. ohemo , adv. 

572. KaMo, adv. 

*144. HapovHT, adj.,m. 

HapoHHTa, f. 
HapOMHTO, n. 


over there 
where (whereto; 
special 


whither) 


573. n&KapHuua, f. 

574. OAaKJie, adv. 

575. 6TKyAa, adv. 

576. MJieKO, n. 


- bakery 

- wherefrom (whence) 

- wherefrom (whence) 

- milk 


206 






577. MJieKapa, f. 

578*. Boke, n., coll. 

579. nnjbapHHua, f. 

580. paAHA^ f. 

581. oHAe, adv. 

582. KaTKaA,noKaTKOA, adv. 

583. m&h* f aav. 

584. 6bITmo, adv. 

585. miieHHHHH, adj. 

mueHH^Ha, f. 
mn^HHHHo, n. 

586. OpkiiHo, n. 

587. npoja, f. 

583. KyK^py3HH 9 adj. 

KyKypy3Ha, f. 
KyK^py3Ho, n. 

589. BojcKa, f. 

590. TaHH, m. 

591. <5&jaT, adj.,m. 

OajaTa, f. 
dajaTO, n. 


- dairy (shop ) 

- fruit 

- produce store (greengrocer's 

- store / store) 

- over there 

- sometimes 

- less 

- here (over here) 

- wheat 


- flour 

- cornbread 

- corn 


- army 

- very dark bread (baked for 

- stale /the Yugoslav army) 



207 





DAILY UNIT III 


IIPBH AEO 


PART I 


flHJAJOr EPOJ 5 


DIALOGUE NO. 3 


y (5aKa^iHHmi 


In the grocery store 



EanajiHH - He MOJKCTe a* 
AodHjeTe' abr KHJiorpaMa 
nyTepa , Hero caMO jeAaH 
KHjiorpaM . 

2. £o(5po, oHAa mh AajT® 2 

tph KHjiorpaMa cbhbckc 
Mac TH 9 


Grocer ; You cannot get two 
kilograms of butter, but 
onl.v one kilogram . 


Mr.F ; All right, then give 
me three kilograms of lard , 


EaK» To mo ace, jep cau jyne 
AoOho cto KHjiorpaMa Mac th 


3* r*$ °o A 3axHM xoky AeceT 
jiHTapa 3e,jTHHa (yj>aTT 

EftK o KojH 36 J THH KeJIHTC? 


Gr ; That can be done ("That 
can"), because yesterday I 
received a hundred kilograms 
of lard. 

3. Mr.F ; And then I want ten 
liters of oil . 

Gr; Which oil do you wish? 


208 





























































4 


4. r.$ : £ajTe mh HeTHpH 

jiHTpa QBor h mecT JiHTapa 
phot 3eiTHHa « 

Ean * .ZJoOpo. 

5* SCe^iHM TaKo|?e Majio 5. 

cnpkeTa . 

EaK ° XoKeTe jih nojia 
jiHTPa? 

6- r.g s Aa, to je AOCTa. 6. 
A npoAajeTe jih bh 3ejieHy 
Ka<jy? 

Ean * IIpoAajeM h 3ejieHy 
h npaceHy Kacf^y. 

7. r>4> : KaKO npoAajexe 7. 

Ka$y? 

Ean * 3ejieHy (nac^y) Ha 
khjio, h to flsafleceT h 
. jeflaH flHHap khjio rpaM • 

8. r.4> ‘ A Kano npoAajeTe 8. 
npaceHy Kacfy? 

EaK * rip^eHy npoflajeM Ha 
naKJio, ABaaeceT h hsthph 
AHH apa naKJio* 

9. r»4> : /(o(5po, AajTe mh 9. 

KHjiorpaM 3ejieHe h 

naKJio nprecHc Kacbe . 

EaK * Mojihm• 

10. r.4> ° 3aTHM mh AajTe 10. 

jeAaH uaK Cpamna h A®a 
uaKa iuekepa . 

EaK * XoKeTe jih bojihkh 
njm MajiH uaK gpsniHa ? 

11 . r. 4 > * ^ajTe mh seJiKKH 11 . 

paK. 

EaK~ ° MOJIHM, H3BOJIHTe. 


Mr.F : Give me four liters of 
this and six liters of that 
oil . ~~ 

Gr: All right. 

Mr.F : I also wish some 
vinegar . 

Gr: Do you want half a 
liter ? 

Mr.F : Yes, that is enough. 
And do you sell green 
coffee? 

Gr : I sell both green and 
roasted coffee. 

Mr.F : How do you sell 
coffee? 

Gr : The green (coffee) by 
the kilogram, that is ("and 
that"), twenty one dinars 
(" dinar ”) a kilogram. 

Mr.F : And how do you sell 
roasted coffee? 

Gr : The roasted I sell by 
the package, twenty-four 
dinars a package. 

Mr.F : All right, give me a 
kilogram of green and a 
package of roasted coffee. 

Gr; O.K. 

Mr.F : Then give me a bag 
of flour and two bags of 
sugar . 

Gr: Do you want the large 
or the small bag of flour ? 

Mr.F : Give me the big bag. 


Gr : All right, here you are. 


209 













































PART II 


R?ym ZLEQ 

rPAMATHHKA AHAJIH3A EPOJ 5 ( GRAMMAR ANALYSIS NO. 3 

PAR. 81 - THE GENITIVE PARTITIVE 

A genitive noun may have a part itive meaning; it refers 
not to the whole mass or species, but to only part of it. 

The English equivalent of the partitive genitive may 
be: ££, anv T some ,, no T not any , or no word at all. 

PAR. 82 - THE GENITIVE PARTITIVE AFTER NOUNS 

(l) Mojihm, Aajre mh abh BejiHKa naKJia Macjia . 

(1) He MOJKeTe Aa AOdnjeTe A»a KHjiorpaMa nyTepa * 

(2) Aodpo, oHAa mh AajTe xpn KHjiorpaMa cbhbckc mscth . 

(3) A 3&thm xoiy AeceT JiHTapa 3ejTHHa (y»g>a)» 

(4) AajTe mm nexupH JiHxpa osor h uicct JiHTapa QHor 3e.1 thhh « 
(10) 3aTHM mh AajTe jeAan pan CpaniHa h A»a pana mehepa * 

(10) XoleTe jm sejiHKH hjih MajiH pan CpauiHa ? 

The nouns M naKJio M , w KHjiorpaM w , "jiHTap ", ' ^iaK n and other 
similar nouns denote only a part of the mass or species and 
as such they are followed by the genitive partitive. 


PAR. 83 - THE GENITIVE PARTITIVE AFTER NUMERALS 

1. - (10) 3aTHM mh AajTe jeA&H pan Cpauma h abs uana 
meLepa* 

(2) Aodpo, oHAa mh AajTe tph KHJiorpaMa cBHacKe 

MHCTHo 

(8) IIpsceHy npoAajeM Ha naKJio, ABaAeceT h hbthph 
AHHapa naKJiOo 

Moj OTau HMa tphabcbt h tph . a Moja MajKa 
TpHAeceT h ABe roAHHe » 

My father is thirty-three and my mother thirty - 
two years old * 

The cardinal numerals "he a 11 (two), " tph 11 (three) and 
M ne thph” (four) are always followed by the genitive singular. 

The genitive singular is used also after any cardinal 
numeral In which the last element (as expressed in words) is 
H ABa M , rt TpH M or M HeTHpH ,( (ABaAeceT h neTHpn, TpHAeceT h tph, 
TpHAecex h ABe g etc .) 

I NOTE : The genitive, singular of all masculine and neuter 
adjectives after these numerals is formed by adding the 
ending '♦-a" to the stem: 

( 1 ) Mojihm AajTe mh Asa BejiHKa naKJia MacJia* 

UlTa HMaTe tph nocJieAH?a naca? 

What do you have the three last periods? 


210 





































2 . - 


Oh HMa neT cHHOBa > 

He has five sons . 

(4) HajTe mh neTHpH jrHTpa obot h niecT AHTapa ohot 

30 j THHa• 

Ja HMaM cegaM ojioBaKa h ocaM nepa . 

I have seven pencils and eight pens . 

y ynHOHHi^H HMa fleBeT yneHHKa . 

There are nine students in the classroom. 

(3) A 3 aTHM xoky aecex AHTapa 3ej^HHa. 

y oboj codn cnaBa jeAaHaecT BojHHKa . 

In this room eleven soldiers sleep, 
y cTapoj KJiacH HMa TpHHae jt, a y MJia^oj KAacH 
ABaHaecT yneHHKa. 

There are thirteen students in the senior and 
twelve students in the junior class. 

KynHo caM neTHaecT KHjiorpaMa nielepa, urecHaecT 
KHJiorpaMa KpoMnHpa h ceAaMHaecT KHJiorpaMa dpauma' 
1 bought fifteen kilograms of sugar, sixteen 
kilograms of potatoes and seventeen kilograms 
of flour. 

Moj dpaT HMa ocaMHaecT , a Moja ceoTpa AoseTHaec t 
roAHHa. 

My brother is eighteen and my sister is nine ¬ 
teen years old . 

Ja HMaM ABaAO.ee t roAKHa. 

I am twenty years old . 

Moj npHjaTex HMa AsaAeceT h neT roAKHa . 

My friend is twenty-five years old . 

(2) To MOHce, jep caM jyne ao(5ho cto KHjiorpaMa MacTH . 


All cardinal numerals, except those under 1) and the 
cardinal numeral” jeAaH ” and compound numerals in which the 
last element (as expressed in words) is ”jeAaH” are followed 
by the genitive plural: 

( 1 ) He M03K6T0 Aa AodnjeT© ABa KHJiorpaMa nyTepa, Hero 
caMo jeAaH KHjiorpaM. 

(7) 3ejieHy Ha khjio, h to AsaAeceT e jeAaH A^Hap 
KHjiorpaM« 


NOTE : The genitive after adverbs of quantity (see par 80) 
nouns mentioned in par. 82 and after numerals is also called 
the genitive of quantity. 


211 








































jCESBE 

TPAMATM^KE BE3KEE EFOJ 5 


PART III 


GRAMMAR EXERCISES NO ^ 

Put the words in the parentheses into the proper forms 
Kojihko (nyTep) acejiHTe? - £ajTe mh ABa nanjia (nyTep). 

Kojihko (jiHTap cHpEe) sceJiHTe? - HajTe mh je^aH JiHTap (cHpEe). 
Kojihko (uLfcHBe) acejiHTe? - HajTe mh Tpn (KHJiorpaM) (imkHBe) . 

Kojihko (chhobh) HMa rocnoAHH MapnE? - TocnoAKH MapnE HMa 
ABa (Be jihk chh). 

Kojihko (chhobh) HMa rocnoAHH IlepHh ? - PocnoAHH IlepHE HMa 
TpH (CHH). 

Kojihko (nepo) HMaTe? - Ja HMaM neTHpH (Aodpa nepa). 

Kojihko (ojioBKe) HMaTe? - Ja HMaM neT (oiiiTpe ojioBKe) . 

Kojihko (^acoBH) Ha AaH HMaTe? - Mh HMaMO mecT (nacoBn) Ha a&h. 
Kojihko (ctojiobh) HMa y (Hama ynHOHHija)? - Y (Hama y^HOHnija) 

HMa ceAaM (ctojiobh). 

y kojihko (nacoBH) HAQTe y (niKOJia)? - Ja habm y niKOJiy y ocaM 
(nacoBH). 

Kojihko (nTHue) HMa y (naBes)? - y (naBeo) HMa AeseT (nTHije) . 
Kojihko (dpanmo) HMa y (nan)? - y (nan) HMa AeceT (KHJiorpaM) 

(dpaniHo) . 

Kojihko (BojHHAH) cnaBa y (oBa coda)? - Y (oBa coda) cnaBa jeAa- 
HaecT (bojhhd;h). 

Kojihko (yHeHHnn) HMa y (Haina KJiaca)? - Y (Hama KJiaca) HMa ABa- 
HaecT (yneHHijH). 

Kojihko (yneHHijH) HMa y (cTapnja KJiaca)? - Y (cTapnja KJiaca) 

HMa TpHHaec t (yneHHnn) . 

Kojihko (KHmorpaMH) (dpanmo) cTe KynnjiH? - Kynno caM neiHaecT 
(KHjiorpaMH) (dpaniHo) ; 

Kojihko (KHmorpaMH) (rneEep) CTe KynHJiH? - Kynno caM mecHaecT 
(KHjiorpaMH) (meEep) • 

Kojihko ( 3 eneBH) CTe BHAe jih? - BHAeo caM ceAaMHaecT ( 3 eneBn). 
Kojihko (roAHHe) HMaTe bh? - Ja HMaM ocaMHaecT (roA^He). 

Kojihko (roAHHe) HMa Barn cTapHjH dpaT? - Moj cTapnjH dpaT HMa 
AeBeTHaecT (roAHHe). 

Kojihko (roAHHe) HMa Baiua MJia^a cecTpa? - Moja MJia^a cecTpa 
HMa ABaAeceT (roAHHe)• 

Kojihko ( roAHHe ) HMa Baiua cTapnla cecTpa? - Moja cTapnja cecTpa 
HMa ABaAeceT h (jeAHa) (roAHHaJ. 

Kojihko (roAHHe) HMa Barn npHjaTej>? - Moj npnjaTe^ HMa ABaAeceT 
h ABe(roAHHa ). 

Kojihko (Hore). a kojihko (pyne) HMa noBeK? - ^OBeK HMa ABe 
(Hora) h ABe (pyKa). 

Kojihko ( 3 ydn) HMa noBeK? - HoBen HMa TpHAece t h ABa (3yd). 
Kojihko (npcTn) hob 6 k HMa Ha pynaMa, a kojihko Ha Horawa? - 
HoBeK HMa AeceT (npc th) Ha pynaMa, a Aece t (npc th.) Ha HoraMa. 
Kojihko (Hore) HMa Manna, a kojihko (Hore) HMa rojiyd? - Manna 
HMa neTHpn (Hora), a rojiyd HMa ABe (Hora) . 


212 






HETBPTH flEO 

UlTHBO EPOJ 3 


PART IV 

READING TEXT NO, ^ 


0 (5po.1eBHMa 


^Ba nyTa jeAaH je ^Ba. Tpn nyTa jeAaH je TpH. Rbsl nyTa 
ABa je neTHpn. IleT nyTa jeAaH je neT. flBa nyTa TpH je mecT. 
Tpn h HexupH cy ceAaM. ^Ba nyTa neTHpn je ocaM. Tpn nyTa 
TpH je AeBe t • IleT h neT cy AeceT. 

AeceT h jeAaH cy jeAaHaecT* AeceT h ABa cy AsaHaecx. 
AeceT h xpH cy TpHHaecT. AeceT h neTHpH cy neTpHaecT. AeceT 
h neT cy neTHaecT. AeceT h inecT cy iirecHaecT. AeceT h ceAaM 
cy ceAaMHaecT. AeceT h ocaM cy ocaMHaecT. AeceT h AeBe t cy 
AeBeTHaec t • fleceT h AeceT cy ABaAeceT. 

ABaAeceT BHiue jeAaH je ABaAeceT (h) jeAaH. ABaAeceT 
BHuie ABa je ABaAeceT (h) ABa. ABaAeceT BHiue TpH je ABaAeceT 
(h) Tpn. ^BaAecex BHiue neTHpn je ABaAeceT (h) neTHpn. 
ABaAeceT BHiue neT je ABaAeceT (h) neT. ABaAeceT BHiue urecT 
je ABaAeceT (h) inecT. ABaAeceT BHure ceAaM je ABaAeceT (h) 
ceAaM. ABaAeceT BHiue ocaM je ABaAeceT (h) ocaM. ^BaAeceT 
BHiue AeBe t je ABaAeceT (h) AeBe t. AeaAecex BHiue AeceT je. 
TpHAeceT. TpHAece t BHiue jeAaH je TpHAece t (h) jeA&H. 

Re ceT nyTa AeceT je cto. 


1213 







IIETH flEO 


PART V 


IIHTAHA H3 IHTHBA BPOJ 5 Q UESTIONS ON THE READING 

TEXT NO. a 


1. Kojihko 

jo 

ABa ny.Ta' 

TpH? 


2. Kojihko 

jo 

ABa nyTa 

He THpH? 

3. Kojihko 

jo 

TpH nyra 

TpH? 


4. Kojihko 

jo 

ABa H TpH? 


5. Kojihko 

Jo 

ABa h nei? 


6. Kojihko 

je 

neT h nei? 


7. Kojihko 

je 

ABaAeceT 

MaH>e 

je ash? 

8. Kojihko 

je 

ABaAeceT 

Maifee 

ABa? 

9. Kojihko 

je 

ABaAeceT 

Mame 

TpH? 

10. Kojihko 

je 

ABaAeceT 

Mane 

He THpH? 

11. Kojihko' 

je 

ABaAeceT 

Mane 

neT? 

12. Kojihko 

je 

ABaAeceT 

Mane 

HiecT? 

13. Kojihko 

je 

ABaAeceT 

Man*e 

ceAaM? 

14. Kojihko 

je 

ABaAeceT 

Maae 

ocaM? 

15. Kojihko 

je 

ABaAeceT 

MaTte 

AeBe t? 

16. Kojihko 

je 

neTHaecT 

h niecT? 

17. Kojihko 

je 

neTHaecT 

h ceAaM? 

18. Kojihko 

je 

TpH nyTa 

AeceT? 

19. Kojihko 

je 

TpHAeceT 

BHUie 

neT? 

20. Kojihko 

je 

AeceT nyTa AeceT? 

IilECTH 

11 


PART VI 


BE3KEA H3 IIPEBO'BEHA BPOJ 3 TRANSLATION EXERCISE NO. 3 

In the Grocery Store 

Mr, Ford went to the grocery store yesterday, and he 
bought all kinds of food, especially fats. He bought a 
large package of butter, three kilograms of lard and ten 
liters of oil (four liters of one kind and six liters of 
another kind), The grocer did not want to sell two large 
packages of butter, but he sold as much (ohojihko) lard and 
oil as (kojihko) Mr, Ford wished to buy. 

Mr. Ford also bought five small bags of flour of a kilo 
each, and a large bag of sugar. Further, he bought a kilo¬ 
gram 6f green coffee and a package of roasted coffee, as well 












as (nao h) half a liter of vinegar, 


CE/jMK ZLEO 
PEHHMK EPOJ 3 

592# AajT© mh 

593. naKJio,n. 

594. Macjio, n. (MacJiau, m.) 

595. nyTep, m. 

596. danaJiMH, m.i<5aKaji, m.) 

pi* (3aKa^iH 

597. MacT, f. 

CBHHOKa MacT 

598. cto, card.,num. 

599. AeceT, card.,num. 

600. JiHTap, m. 

gen. sing* jiHTpa 
gen.pl-* JiHTapa 

601. 3ejTHH, m. 

602 . yjbe , n. 

603. nrecT, card. ,num. 

604. cHphe, n. 

^en. sing: cfrpleTa 

605. AeaAeceT, card.,num. 

ABaAeceT h jeAaH 
ABaAeceT h THpH 

606. van, ra. 

pi: yanoBH 
507. nielep, m. 

608. nei, card.,num. 

609. c&AaM, card.,num. 

610. &caM, card.,num. 

611. AeseT, card.,num. 

612. jeAaHaecT, card.,num. 

613. AsaHaecT, card.,num. 

614. TpHHaecT, card.,nura. 

615. neTf)HaecT, card., num. 

616. neTHaecT, card.,num. 

617. mecTHaecT, card. , num. 

618. ceAaMHaecT, card.,num. 

619. ocaMHaecx, card.,num. 

620. ABBeTHaecT, card.,num. 

621. Tp^AeceT, card.,num. 


PART VII 

VOCABULARY NO. 3 

- give me 

- package 

- butter 

- butter 

- grocer 

- fat 

- lard 

- hundred 

- ten 

- liter 


- oil 

- oil 

- six 

- vinegar 

- twenty 

- twenty-one 

- twenty-four 

- bag 

- sugar 

- five 


- seven 

- eight 

- nine 

- eleven 

- twelve 

- thirteen 

- fourteen 

- fifteen 

- sixteen 

- seventeen 

- eighteen 

- nineteen 

- thirty 


215 ’ 






DAILY UNIT IV 


PART I 


IIPBH ffiCO 


flMJAJIOr EPOJ 4 


DIALOGUE NO, 4 


y pecTopaHy 


In the restaurant 


1. KejiHep (KoHodap )» fla jiil ctb 
BeL HapyHHJiH (pynaK) ? 


1» Walter : Have you ordered 
(lunch) yet? 



rocT » HncaM, ajiH sseJiiiM fla 
HapynHM. 


Guest : I haven't, but I 
wish to order. 


2« Keji ° Ako bojimtc cyny, Kua 
AaHac flodpe rosebe cyne . 

rp : Cht caM rosebe cyne . 
ajiH caM 3Kej>aH pHd«g>c nopde . 


3. Ke£* AaHac hcms pndJbe qopde . 
ajiM hm& nHjieiie nopde . 


ro ? Haje (5hjio hh jyne pHdj>e 
nopde . 


2. W: If you like soup, there 
Is good beef broth today. 

G: I am fed up with (tired 
of) beef broth , but I am 
eager for fish soup . 

3. W: Today there Is no fish 
soup , but there Is chicken 
broth . 

G: There was no fish soup 
yesterday either. 


216 




































































4. iSej : To je TanHo, ajin je 
PK6>fce aoode y nponijm 
nexaK. 

ro : KaA je Tano, AajTe 
mh Ty riHjieiiy nopdy. 

5* KeJi * Mo^hm. A niTa 3Ke^iHTe 
Kao rjraBHo jejio? 


ro* npmrHHHo caM rjraAaH. 
^.ajxe mh Aa noivieAaM 

j e JIOBHKK • 


6 . Kejr * M3BOJiHTe j e jiobhhk. 
Ty HMa cBera , 3ap He? 


4. Ws That is correct, but 
there was fish sour last 
Friday. 

G: If that is so. give me 
that chicken broth. 

J. W: All right. And what do 
you wish for ("as 1 ') the 
main course? 

G: I am rather hungry. Let 
me have a look at the menu 
("Give me to look at the 
menu"). 

6. Ws Here is the menu. There 
is everything (" There is 
of all ") there, isn't 
there? 


ro * fla, je^ioBHHK je nyH 
pa3HHx je^ia, ajra Ty HeMa 
pnde. 

7. Ke^i: Ty cy pude. 3ap He 7* 
BHAHTeT 


G: Yes, the menu is full of 
various foods T but there is 
no fish there . 

Ws Fish is there ("are there"). 
Don't you see? 


To* Aa, eljipl HMa caMo 
JeAHa BpcTa "piTde • 


Gs Yes, but there is only 
one kind of fish. 


Keji y npoinjiH neTan zMajm 
cmo BHine' BpcTa puda. 

To * Hodpo, AajTe mh Heno 
ne^eae. 


8. Ws Last Friday we had several 
kinds of fish. 

Gs All right, give me some 
roast meat. 


Keji» XoiieTe jm jaraeLe 
min Tejiehe neneae? 


9. Ws Do you want roast lamb 
or roast veal? 


To: Te^ieiie. TaKoije, Ma.ao 
"cajiaTe oa napaAaj3a. 

10. Kejii JKeJiHTe jiyl nuTe? 

To* HMaTe jivl Heny cJiaHy 
miry? 


Gs Veal. Also some tomato 
"salad. 

10. Ws Do you wish some pie? 

(li Do you have some salty 
pie? 


217 


















11. Kejr* ^aHac je Bpjio Aodpa 
nma oa cnpa. 

To • HajTe mh to h flajTe 
mk Majro BHHa, jep caM 
MHOTO 3Ke A9-H • 


11. W: Today the cheese pie is 
very good. 

G: Give me that and also 
"give me some wine, because 
I am very thirsty. 


iipyrh REO PART II 

rPAMATMKA AHAJIH3A EPOJ 4 GRAMMAR ANALYSIS NO 4 


PAR. 84 - ENGLISH "THERE IS" AND"THERE ARE" 

1. - The English expressions "there is" and "there are" 
have two distinct functions. In one "there" Is spoken with 
emphasis and serves to point out the location of something 
as opposed to "here". In this case the Serbo-Croatian equiva¬ 
lents of "there" are " Ty " or " oHfle " (see Par.79) and the 
equivalent of "is" and "are" the proper forms of the verb 
"Chth”: 


Oba© je 3 eM.ia, Ty je Mope, a oHAe je cyHije. 

Here is the land, there is the sea, and (over) there is 
the sun. 

In the other usage "there" is spoken with no emphasis 
at all; it introduces a phrase denoting the mere existence 
of something. It makes no reference to location. If the 
sentence indicates location another phrase must be included 
for that purpose ( in the examples below: in the classroom, 
in the cup, on a hand).In this case the equivalent of the 
phrase "there is" or "there are" is most often the invaria¬ 
ble form " HMa" (literally: has) and seldom the proper form 
of " < 5 hth" . The phrase "HMa " is always followed by the geni¬ 
tive case: 

( 2 ) Ako BOjiHTe cyny, AaHac HMa Aodpe roBefre cyne . 

(6) H3BOJiHTe je jiobhhk• Ty HMa cBera , 3ap He? 

Kojihko yneHHKa HMa y ynHOHHijH? - y yHHOHHijH HMa 
HeTHpH yneHHKa. 

How many students are there in the classroom? - 
There are four students in the classroom. 

Kojihko npcTa HMa Ha jeAHoj pyijn? - Ha jeAHoj pyun 
HMa neT npcTa. 

How many fingers are there on a hand? - There are 
five fingers on a hand. 


218 














Kojihko Kacjpe nua y iiio*i>H? - y uio«i>h Hua oemo mejio 
Kacfie • 

How much coffee Is there in the cup** - There la 
only a little coffee in the cup. 

The following are examples in which the phrases ”there 
is 11 , M there are M , are rendered by the proper form of ” < 5 hth”: 

UlTa je_ Ha npo3opy? - Ha npo 3 opy usehe. 

What is there in the window? - There are flowers 
in the window. 

iilTa je. CTOjry? - Ha cTOjry cy. KHJire, ojioBKe h nepa 
What is there on the table? - There are books, 
pencils and pens on the table. 

2. - ” There is not” or w there are not * is translated 
by w HeMa w (literally: has notT i 

(3) AaHac HeMa pn6.a>e nop<5e. 

(6) Jx a, jejroBHHK je nya pa3HHx jeJia, ajiH xy HeMa putfe • 

3. - M There was” or ”there were” is translated either 
by the proper form of ” 6 hxh ” or by ” 6 hji o je ”. The ” 6 hjio je” 
is used when reference is not made to the whole mass or 
species and particularly when the quantity is expressed by 
an adverb of quantity or a cardinal numeral which otherwise 
governs the genitive partitive: 

(4) To je TanHo, sjih je 6hjio pn(5>fce nop<5e y nponuiH nexaK. 
Kojiiiko BojHHKa je 6kjio Ha pynny? - Ha pynicy je 6vuio 
MHOrO BojHHKa# 

How many soldiers were there at the luncheon? - 
There were many soldiers at the luncheon. 

Otherwise the proper form of ”(5 hxh” is used: 

Ezio je jeAHOM jcAan nap. 

There was once a king. 

CsAe ay HenaAa Oiura Jiena cejia. 

There were once nice villages here. 

4 . - ” There was not ” or ” there were not ” is translated 
either by the proper form of ” 6 hth ” or by " H HHje 6 kjio ”, in 
accord with what has been said under 3) : 

Zla jih je 6ujio Miioro BojHHKa Ha pynny? - He, Ha pynny 
HHje 6hjio MHoro bo j hhks • 

Were there many soldiers at the luncheon? - No, 
there were not many soldiers at the luncheon. 


219 




























PAR. 85.'- THE GENITIVE PARTITIVE AFTER ADJECTIVES 

(2) Cht caM roBefrc cyne . rjivl cbm ace^aH pH<$»&e Hop(5e . 

(6) £a, je jcobhhk je nyn pa3HHx jejia * 

Adjectives "cht” (satiated, fed up with, tired of), 
"aeejbaH" (desirous, eager), w nvH 11 (full), H rjiagaH* (hungry), 
* ace'A'aH" (thirsty) and other adjectives of similar meaning 
require the genitive partitive. 


TPETiH £E0 PART III 

rPAMATKHKE BE3KEE EPOJ 4 GRAMMAR EXERCISES NO. 4 

1. - Translate the following sentences into Serbo-Croatian; 
What is there in the cup? - There is a little coffee in the 
cup. 

What is there in this bag? - There is sugar in that bag. 

Is there any sugar in this coffee? - No, there is no sugar 
in that coffee. 

Is there any milk in the cup? - Yes, there is some milk in 
the cup. 

How many students are there in the classroom? - There are 
twelve students in the classroom. 

How many chairs are there in the classroom? - There are 
thirteen chairs in the classroom. 

How many tables are there in the classroom? - There are 
seven tables in the classroom. 

How many doors are there in the classroom? - There is only 
a door in the classroom. 

Is there much coffee in the cup? - No, there is only a 
little coffee in the cup. 

Is my coat there? - No, your coat is not here but over 
there. 

Are there many forests in Yugoslavia? - Yes, there are many 
forests in Yugoslavia. 

Are there more Serbs and Croats in America than in Austra¬ 
lia? - Yes, there are more Serbs and Croats in America than 
in Australia. 

Were there many guests at the dinner? - No, there were not 
many guests at the dinner. 

What did you have for dinner? - There was much meat, vege¬ 
tables and fruits. ^ 

What did you have to drink for dinner? - There was some wine 
and much beer. 

Is there enough of salt in this meal? - I think there is 
enough salt. 

Did anybody ask for me? - Yes, there was an old man here and 
he asked for you. 


220 












2. - Put the words In the parentheses into the proper form: 
Cut caM ( rpaflCKH jkhbot) • 

JrCejbaH caM (hhct Ba3Ayx) • 
haK je nyH (niekep). 

Mope je OBAe nyHo (pzda). 

KoTao je nyH (BOAa)• 

Byn (wolf) je yBeK rjiaAaH (Meco) h sceAaH (kpb). 


^ETBPTH AEO part IV 

iTHBO EPOJ 4 HEADING TEXT NO 4 

J 6 JIOBHHK 


Cyne 



Pa3Ha je.ua 



ToBe|)a cyna. 


AHH. 

uapMa oa KHcejior 



Cyna oa nHpHHaa . 

. 8 

AHH. 

Kynyca . 


AHH. 

Cyna oa pe3aHaua ... 

. 8 

AHH. 

I>yBeH . 

14 

AHH. 




Mycana oa KpoMnzpa. 

.12 

AHH. 

^lopde 



Mycaza oa njiaBHx 



Ihuieixa aopda . 

10 

AHH. 

naTJiHnaHa .. 

16 

AHH. 

JariBeixa aopda. 

10 

AHH. 

IlyaeHe nanpHKe. 

15 

AHH. 

Tejieka aopda. 

10 

AHH. 

IlyasH napaAaj3 ..... 

14 

AHH. 

PHd.*>a aopda . 

10 

AHH. 




IIapaAaj3 aopda . 

8 

AHH. 

Meco Ha acapy 



Hopda oa KpoMnnpa 

8 

AHH. 

Bz^xeK . 

24 

AHH. 




BeBanaHiiH (KOMaA).* 

1 

AHH. 

XjiaAHa jejra 






XjiaAHa jarHseTHHa. 

16 

AHH. 

IIoBpiia h BapzBa 



XjraAHa npaceTHHa .... 

20 

AHH. 

Ilnpe oa KpoMnzpa .. 

6 

AHH. 

CBZaCKE je3HK . 

12 

AHH. 

Ilnpe oa nacyj>a .... 

6 

AHH. 

lllyHKa . 

16 

AHH. 

KzcejiH KpacTaBnz . . 

6 

AHH. 

CBEHcne KOdacnpe . . . . 

14 

AHH. 

Kzcejre nanpHKe .... 

6 

AHH. 

CBHHOKa npuiyTa. 

18 

AHH. 

Kzcejiz Kynyc ...... 

6 

AHH. 

roBe^a npuiyTa . 

18 

AHH. 




C jraHHHa .. 

10 

AHH. 

CajiaTe 



CpncKH czp .. 

8 

AHH. 

3e.ueHa ca^aia. 

8' 

' AHH. 

KajMan .. 

10 

AHH. 

CaJiaTa oa napaAaj3a 



Kzcejio MJieKO .. 

4 

AHH. 

h npHor jryna. 

10 

AHH. 




CajiaTa oa cBeJKHX 



Je.ua oa jaja 



KpacxaBaua . 

10 

AHH. 

KajraHa .. .. 

8 

AHH. 

CajiaTa oa KpoMnzpa. 

6 

AHH. 

IIpsceHa jaja . 

8 

AHH. 

Ca.uaTa oa nacyj>a... 

6 

AHH. 

KyBaHa jaja (komba)** 

2 

AHH. 







IlHTe 



neaeaa 



HHTa oa jadyna .... 

12 

AHH. 

IlHJieiie neaeite . 

20 

AHH. 

IlHTa oa czpa. 

12 

AHH. 

Jarsehe neaeae (MJiaAo) 22 

AHH. 




Tejieiie neaeae. 

18 

AHH. 

Boke 



Ilpacehe neaeae . 

24 

AHH. 

Jadyne . 

6 

AHH. 


221 




















































PART V 


HETH ZlEO 

nHTAHA M3 lilTMBA BPOJ 4 QUESTI ONS ON THE READING 

TEXT NO. 4 

1. Kojy cyny bh bojiht©? 

2. Kojy Hopdy bh BOJime? 

3. Koje xjraAHo jejio bh bojiht©? 

4. Kano bh bojiht© a& j©A©Te jaja? 

5. Koje KysaHo jejio bh sojiHTe? 

6 . Koje neneHo jejio bh bojiht©? 

7. Koj© neneae bh bojihtc? 

8 . BojiHTe jih bhui© n©H©Ho m©co hjih mcco Ha scapy? 

9. lilTa BOJiHTe bhui© * (5H(|)TeK hjih LeBannHle? 

10. Koje noBphe bh bojiht©? 

11. Koje BapHBo bh bojiht©? 

12. Kojy cajiaTy bh bojiht©? 

13. Kojy nHTy bh bojiht©? 

14. Koj© BOl© BH BOJIHTe? 


IHECTH ZlEO PART VI 

BEKEA H3 IIPEBO'EEHA EPOJ 4 TRANSLATION EXERCISE NO. 4 

In the Restaurant 

When I want to order food in a restaurant, I first have 
a look at the menu. When I am very hungry and do not have 
time to study the menu, I ask the waiter. He knows what is 
good that day, and he knows what I like. Those menus are 
full of different names, and I like to learn difficult words. 
All kinds of dishes are there. Often there are foods that I 
don*t like, and often, too, there are no foods that I like. 
For example, yesterday, I was eager for fish soup, but there 
was no fish soup; there was only chicken broth. 

I like noodle soup, fish soup, ham, pork sausages, 
stuffed peppers, mashed beans and other legumes. I also like 
very much that dessert they eat in Yugoslavia, which they 


222 












call "niiTa M . It Is more or less like our pie. And their 
N KajMaK M , which you eat on bread, is very tasty too. 


CEfllffl flEO 
PEHHKK EPOJ 4 


PART VII 

VOCABULARY NO. 4 


622. 

623. 

624. 

625. 


*625 • 


626. 

627. 


629. 

629. 

630. 

631. 

632. 
*632. 

633. 

634. 


635. 


636. 

637. 

638. 


pecT&paH, m. _ -restaurant 

K^JiHep, m. (KOHo(5ap | m.-)* waiter 
rocT, m. - guest 

HapyHHTH, v.,t.,pfv. - to order 
pr.t: HapyMHM,Hiipy'iHiii,HapyHH 

HkpynKMO,HkpynETe,H&pyv© 
Hapyv^saTH, v.,t.,ipfv. - to order 
pr.t: Hap^HyjeM,HapyHyjeui,HapyHyje 

Hap^MyjSMo,Hap>Hyjete ,HapHyjy 


c|na, f. 
cht, adj.,ra. 

CHTa, f. 
c hto, n. 
acejbaH, adj.,m. 

HOJ>Ha, f. 
k©j>ho, n. 
n6p0a, f. 
n^TaK, m. 

f ;en. sing: neTKa 
ash, adj.,m. 

TJiaAHa, f. 

rjiiAHo, n. 

rji^AftTH, v., t•, & i., ipfv. - to look 
pr.t: r^ASM»rJieAam,r^Ai 

rjifc AaMO, ivib a&t©, vji & Aa 
noivieAaTH, v. ,t., & i., ipfv. - to look 
pr.t: norjieAfiw ,n6rji©A©ii>nbrJieAa 

nOr^ie aAmu ,nbrJieA^Te ,n^rjieAa jy 
jeJioBHHK, m. 

pi: jbjioBHHmi 
njN. adj.,m. 
nyua, f. 
nyuo, n. 
cjiaH t/ adj.,m. 
cJiana, f. 
cji£ho, n. 
nHia, f. 
bhho, n. 

H^AaH, adj.,m. 
ac^AHa, f. 
sc ©aho , n. 


- soup or broth 

- tired of, fed up,.satiated 


- eager, desirous 


soup or broth (seasoned wlth_ 
Friday /fried wheat flour) 

hungry 


- menu 


- full 


- salty 


- pie 

- wine 

- thirsty 


223 






639 . 

6.40. 


641. 

642. 

643. 

644. 


645. 
646 • 


pe3aHi*H, m. ,pl - noodles 

gen.pl* pe3aHaua 
pdd^H, adj.,m. 

pH6j.a, f* 
paO^e, n. 

uiyHKa, f. 

Ko<5acHna, f. 

K&jMaK,- m. 

gen. sing* KajMaKk 
nyaeH, adJ.,(pass.part),m. - filled, stuffed 
n^i&eHa, f. 


- fish 


- ham 

- sausage 

- cream of boiled milk, 


ny&eHo, 
sapHBO, n. 
n&pe, m. ^ 

n&pe ofl KpoMnUpa 


- legume 

- puree, mash 

- mashed potatoes 


salted 




224 






I N D E X 


‘Page 


ABBREVIATIONS 

27. 41. 

60 , 69, 177 
A 

ACCENT IN SERBO-CROATIAN 

' ) **■ i 

ADJECTIVES: 

DECLENSION OF: 

The accusative plural 


114 

The accusative singular 


115 

The genitive plural 


182 

The genitive singular of feminine 


182 

The genitive singular of masculine 


181 

The genitive singular of neuter 


181 

The locative plural 


134 

The locative singular 


133 

The nominative plural 


47 

Review of 


145 

= DEFINITION OF 


45 

"ENDING IN "CKH" 


162 

FORMS OF: 

Definite form 


46 

Definite form only 


47 

Formation of definite form 


47 

Indefinite form 


46 

GENDER OF: 


45 

Formation of feminine and neuter genders 

46 

KINDS OF 


153 

STEM OF 


45 

ADVERBS: 

DEFINITION OF 


201 

OF PLACE 


201 

OF QUANTITY 


202 

ALPHABET - CYRILLIC: 


14 

SAMPLE OF HANDWRITING 


15 

ARTICULATION OF 

SERBO-CROATIAN CONSONANTS 


, 9 

SERBO-CROATIAN VOWELS 


3 

CONJUNCTIONS: 

USE OF AA 


84 

CONSONANTS 

ARTICULATION OF 


9 

ASSIMILATION OF VOICED AND VOICELESS 


164 

CHANGE OF VELAR 


- 3 § 

CHART OF 


8 

DIVISION OF 


6 

DECLENSION - DEFINITION 


35 

DIRECT OBJECT 


92 

FINAL Jl and 0 


13* 

MOVABLE A 


48 


225 


NOUNS: 

COLLECTIVE 
DECLENSION OF 

The accusative plural 
The accusative singular 
The accusative with prepositions 
The genitive plural of feminine 
The genitive plural of masculine 
The genitive plural of neuter 
The genitive singular of feminine 
The genitive singular of masculine 
The genitive singular of neuter 
The genitive of origin 
The genitive partitive: 

After adjectives 

After adverbs of quantity 

Definition 

After cardinal numbers 
After nouns 

The genitive possessive 
The genitive of quality 
The locative plural 
The locative singular 
The long plural 

The nominative - definition and use 
The nominative plural 
Review of 
DEFINITION OF 
GENDERS OF 
KINDS OF 
STEM OF 
NUMERALS 

THE GENITIVE PARTITIVE AFTER CARDINAL 
ORGANS OF SPEECH 

ORIGIN OF THE SERBO-CROATIAN LANGUAGE 
PEPSON - FIRST, SECOND AND THIRD 
PREDICATE 

PREDICATE ADJECTIVE 
PREDICATE NOMINATIVE- 
PREPOSITIONS: 

WITH THE ACCUSATIVE 
WITH THE LOCATIVE 
PRONOUNS: 

ADJECTIVAL: 

Declension, see adjectives 
Definition 
DEFINITION OF 
DEMONSTRATIVE 
INTERROGATIVE 
PERSONAL 
POSSESSIVE 



113 

92 

94 

174 

173 

174 
172 
172 
172 
192 
210 
220 
202 
210 
210 
210 


191 

192 
113 
102 


75 

36 

37 
145 

35 

35 

35 

38 


210 

2 

1 

55 

65 

73 

73 


94 

102 


64 

55 

!03 

64 


55 

143 


226 




PRONUNCIATION DRILL SENTENCES 
SENTENCE: 

DECLARATIVE (Affirmative and negative) 

DEFINITION 
INTERROGATIVE 
INTERROGATIVE NEGATIVE 
KINDS OF 

PRONUNCIATION DRILL SENTENCES 
SIMPLE, 

THERE IS, and THERE ARE 
VERBS: 

ACTIVE PAST PARTICIPLE OF 

AUXILIARY VERB EHTH 

COMPOUND PAST TENSE OS THE PERFECT 

DEFINITION OF 

IMPERFECTIVE 

INFINITIVE OF 

INTRANSITIVE' 

PRESENT TENSE: 

Of the auxiliary 6 hth: 

Affirmative 

Negative 

Endings 

With connecting vowel a and pr. t. endings 
aM, am, a, aMo ... 

With connecting vowel e or h and pr, t. endings 

HM, HUI, H ... 

Of the verb hIh 
N egative form of 
Negative form of the verb raaTH 
PERFECTIVE 
TRANSITIVE 
VOWELS: 

ARTICULATION OF 
WORD ORDER 


16 

66 

64 
73 
75 

65 
16 
65 

218 

123 

57 

]23 

56 

85 

56 
91 

57 


57 

66 

82 


83 

84 

6 ^ 

66 

85 

91 

3 

73 


LANGUAGE SC HOC 


52 . 207.7462 


227 








■ 









































































































/ 




















































































































































































































9 































































































. A O 

' A X C« N " 

V* A 0 X * 





f°<, 


s 0^ S' 

c o A- ^ '* ^A* <0° c b t 1 

;%."" v'V"'A ^^1-°'.%, 




d* ^ ± ^ * ry ) 

**'■,%”*“ <A<*., ^ V 

> V • KvW//^ * • <*' V 

>*%, 



a o^ ; 

a c^A- aaa,/ ^..>l^>^>> 3 /^*-?%*''’ 

- * * - ^ a* a^<#vA ^ ^ A 4Vr % 

" %A «»%* %<f “M: ^ 

$>% °wy; ^ v ^ : IBr« .$*% A A ^ 

v'**° a\ «- * * „v ■ • x VV n * «X o° v ' 

^ 6£?/1l f/y-? 4> r**. \\ *s tVAMpi^. ^ , 

- - ' *b o x . 

r> 





O (V 5 +<+ u 1// gSUP *> A^ V ~</A "* 

< y 0 * .V * A o, 

"< 4 A C° NC ^ 7 o. 

■1 JO * ^ 

«P AN <s cROXR ^ 

* A V^ ° , ^ A 


X. 


f ^ A • 

-. A v = 

WL t* 



* 8 


<» 

; A ++ - 

N x A ✓* . 

\ ,'X’ dy y 

-' ^ Ht* * 8 . ■' a X c * a 

,9 k y. 'I * <> f C‘ V -> s , 

^ jp % v, * <04, ^ 

;Mi° u m 

c^ x*> ^ 

4 - %**&&** .<&' V ' X“^ V ^ ^ ^ ^ 

’ V c 0 N <; # ^O X * 4 S ^ 0^ ’ 1 1 * * ^ y ° ' A % c 0 N c * ^O / S 4 S .0^° x o v 1 * * '<* 0 9 ' C 

: i> b ^ ^ 





•u cy vj *> 

♦ 4 ^ 

^ N> %. ' 

O ^yys . o * ■? 

<' 3 /^ r ' V* \V> ^ 

5 /n. 0 A> 

z ^ V 

^ c5> -<; <» ° 

^ ^ l> - ^ ^ V . 

O V ’ * ^ O -4 

* A 





k :^Ma , '° **»■$ f* 


* 'X Ar 


* ^ ^ 

^ •>> » 


■f . . <y S 

<• y 0 » Jk ^ A - A -V 






16 * V y 0 9 ' V\ c A c x'^- 

- A r, **> A 

c o 0 % *> 


o v 





S' <>* V ^ 

« O 0 V 

. • A* • .:<*>!> A-/.... ( K" 

° A - SIR - ^ ^ ° ^ ° 

q A ° 



^ - a’ 

* % Jp « 

<y ^ «j 


A % \ 



A,./ ^ - 



‘. ■* A ^L * 

A o ^ c * ^ /vv 

A A j 0 A 

^ ^ ^ A ™v** , , , 

^-o G . 'b'TfT-' ^ „ 

V s G”G, A> 





f % 

c> /,^>c/ N ". A 

C> , * 0 I A* A V ^ 0 M 0 * AA' ' "<> 

*«'’%'. vA'.Ms •> / -*A'. \ 

*- ^ A X > j 

*1 40 SsaotM z & \ 



<i ^ 
















































































































N C . f- 
s 

^ vX V 

* o o x 

^ \V 7 r> ^ V3L iiwvnv 

-f^rsjr^ <S A vr %'Y . v > 

% 1 *7T, • •' / ,. %' * r',. >• / 

-v tT\ fey A *v> 

«= ^\\V^W//77 z </> <^v 

C X> 

^>, ° 
U ‘ -J 




, 0 / 

r * « "Wflm * oo’ * 

^ ; ° x ,<r - o5 X* 

^ /. ^V 1 . 1 . \^ > ^ f v ts :- , i-,r . A- cP. 

r> y * 0 O f t ' ! " A/ s'- r V ✓ * r\ 

, . Y. * o * 0 \k° ,. s „ Y > . , V 11 Y ^ * ■ - ’ <v) 

1 >, > A %.' # ( v o v 

%/ .*£&*• V/ - ; 

* ** v % \1§P •• ^ 

'Y. / ' 4 * s s aG <* y 0 * \ * A -o 

Yv*\^YA A c 0 N c * . A 

A 9 


.V' ^ V'^>' r ~ ^ '* ;a 9 

s S v i w v 4 0 # x V \ .. ■' 

(V - # V * * sf dS c o m c . Ay 

r A ■* v V 9j, 

* ^ yi < 

< y> - - ^vJLm ^ 


a 0 °^> 

> J f 

* S\ f~> l' V 

0 ■ Ki° °^ * * \' * ' 

.cy ^ * 6 o , 

AO r- K3 53 ^ ^ 

. f y * 

°- 

0 ^ 



V 




', y <x c 

* .0 K o ■ ,0 

.9^ ♦ * 0 

^ " *4^a. V ^ A, - 

° %> ,A ° 

vV ^ " Z 



cL 


* . : z A 

c ^ © V 

^ v? ^ 0 


■6 

< 

% 

V* 

cc 

A v 

<P 

' X \ 

•i> 


c 



v^y . \S % XJ *' w 

c^ r ^ .0 

Y 1 f* °' Y 
> A 0 V » v # 0 /• "o 

& f A.*S' ^ Ai <» 

° Y Y «» 

* ^ 7- 


-'iy » 

^ v^ X 

^ v ° ^ 


4- 

C o l ’*ni‘\f s , 

} /■ C v \ ^ 

% A ,v ^ 

; Y -A “ 

=-i ^ £ **$+ ° * 

)£*>£> ** 1 1 ’’ i ' ; w •* ^ 
yy < *o«^ a o < 

^ ,111, Y c 0 N c * l O. 

V , - ? 'f * O ^ c-?^N\ ^ O 

J»/A A>^ * V* i \\TV^Ste y* 

Z' -x v 

<1 o o x 
* 


\ v 


if 


<xy 

% V 

y s s xO 
7 * * s _"N \ I B u 

PvV <i ' 4 v \\ 

c.° Y * 

d&Afr/y-> * ^ A \ <s 

^ ^ y ° ^ 


,y % 


\ v 


0 o 

S XT- 




^ C 
Y'x - */ ^ 

• : \V * A> 

\/ ^ <# ^ .. 

^ ^ a 

■ / •Y'^ ">v 


V 




? : ^ o x 

X° »■ 

V s * * r 

^ • A V V- *■ V * ^jThtJ * ^ 

• ^ -V s "■. Y * 

V 

■ —, ^ 
z- 

r V 

<* o CV 

- • ^ ™ : ^ -y : 

r o *■ y, A\y % y > olTo'* \o° c o/''/;, ! '- s ^ Y N "v 

/y v\^y. 

r - ^ ^ * %# :Mk*° * 

a - w/wM: y : 

^ V? O 'r y ( A V ^ ^ V9 

V O V * '- - A> < rjy y 

s X G V <* y o« x * yA o -v, c s 

V 1 * * <* 4 c. 0 N <; ^ ^O. .u x « 

Is-s -y -p Jo i> ^sv. ^ -X (A v N /^L. 7 

= *N^i& : a": 

y 

f ^-<fy//IVf3F N \^ ' 

<~\ zs i. 'CfA/ x s o » ri«* 

s * ^ ^ - “ *' Yn* V * 7, Ay u ■ , >- s v v T 




■ - ^ .* jflfe\ % /. 



- y y* 

* a ^ 

s s ' <0 X " <“ 

,0^ 4 * V ' * * A 

C. V V _./V>0, -» Y O 

* Yy <^ X 

o X° O* * y 

o - ^ 

.0- „ 

^ - v * 0 Y 8 ' 





Av 

*■^0-4. 

7 o <» \ ^ N A o ’'/..X s 

Y c° N 0 « o r 0* ^ 

f o '■> r~sAAt\ t 'fy KJ v 

v 

0 X V 


sA ■■’ '^> ’s-^mfw'A a v " %■«■"»■* . 

y yLJ u% cp'f n AAf,\ y ■>' 

\V ^4 ^ 



O V 

s s\o v <r 
e .o^ .« 118 * '<s> 



) 

z<r> 
























































LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 



□□□2b350724 































































































































































